TRAILER BRIDGE INC
S-1, 1997-05-30
Previous: GLENBROOK LIFE VARIABLE LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT B, N-8B-2, 1997-05-30
Next: SYMPLEX COMMUNICATIONS CORP, 10SB12G, 1997-05-30



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 30, 1997

                                            Registration No. 333-            

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                               ___________________
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ___________________
                              Trailer Bridge, Inc.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
           Delaware                  4213                 13-3617986
       (State or other        (Primary Standard        (I.R.S. Employer
       jurisdiction of            Industrial         Identification No.)
       incorporation or      Classification Code
        organization)              Number)

                   9550 Regency Square Boulevard, Suite 500
                         Jacksonville, Florida  32225
                                (904) 724-4400
      (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
              code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
                           _______________________
                                Ralph W. Heim
                    President and Chief Operating Officer
                             Trailer Bridge, Inc.
                   9550 Regency Square Boulevard, Suite 500
                         Jacksonville, Florida  32225
                                (904) 724-4400
     (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                       area code, of agent for service)
                        ______________________________
                                  Copies to:
     William G. Gotimer,     Linda Y. Kelso, Esq.    Bruce E. Macdonough, Esq.
          Jr., Esq.            Foley & Lardner       Greenberg, Traurig,
     Trailer Bridge, Inc.      200 Laura Street     Hoffman, Lipoff, Rosen
    500 Park Avenue         Jacksonville, Florida      & Quentel, P.A.
       Suite 540                    32202            1221 Brickell Avenue
     New York, New York         (904) 359-2000      Miami, Florida  33131
          10022    
     (212) 935-9518                                    (305) 579-0500
                          ____________________________

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
   soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
   Statement.
        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
   offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
   Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [_]
        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
   offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check
   the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
   number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
   offering. [_]
        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
   462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering.[_]
        If delivery of this prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
   Rule 434, please check the following box. [_]
                          ____________________________
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                      Proposed Maximum        Amount of
        Title of Each Class of      Aggregate Offering       Registration
     Securities to be Registered          Price(2)              Fee(1)

    Common Stock, $.01 value  . .      $31,000,000.00         $9,393.94

   (1)  Includes _______ shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an
        over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters.
   (2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
        pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.
                             ______________________

      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date
   or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the
   Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that
   this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in
   accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the
   Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the
   Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
   <PAGE>
                                                       Subject to Completion
                                                       May 30, 1997
                          __________ Shares
                         TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.
                             Common Stock

       All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold
   by Trailer Bridge, Inc. ("Trailer Bridge" or the "Company"). 
   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
   Common Stock of the Company.  It is currently estimated that the
   initial public offering price will be between $_______ and
   $________ per share.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
   factors to be considered in determining the initial public
   offering price.  The Company has made application for the Common
   Stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
   "TRBR."

                   _______________________________________

       The Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. 
   See "Risk Factors" beginning on page ___.

                   _______________________________________

   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES 
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
   PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY 
   REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Price                      Underwriting                    Proceeds
                                                to                      Discounts and                       to
                                              Public                     Commissions                    Company(1)
      <S>                                   <C>                          <C>                            <C>

      Per Share . . . . . . . . .            $                            $                              $      

      Total(2)  . . . . . . . . . $                            $                               $                         
</TABLE>

      (1)  Before deducting expenses of the offering estimated at 
           $________________. 

      (2)  The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to 
           purchase up to an additional ___________ shares of Common 
           Stock solely to cover over allotments, if any.  To the extent 
           that the option is exercised, the Underwriters will offer the 
           additional shares to the public at the Price to Public shown 
           above.  If the option is exercised in full, the total Price to 
           Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to 
           Company will be $__________, $_________ and $_________, 
           respectively.  See "Underwriting."

                     _______________________________________

      The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters,
   subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them,
   and subject to the right of the Underwriters to reject any order in whole
   or in part.  It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock
   will be made at the offices of Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Baltimore,
   Maryland, on or about ___________________, 1997.

                             ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                INCORPORATED

             The date of this Prospectus is __________________, 1997.

   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
   THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE
   SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION
   STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN 
   OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE
   ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION
   OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE
   SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   <PAGE>

   [Inside front cover pictures; multiple photographs showing sequential
   movement of freight]
















      CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN
   TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE
   COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING BY ENTERING STABILIZING BIDS, EFFECTING SYNDICATE
   COVERING TRANSACTIONS OR IMPOSING PENALTY BIDS.  FOR A DESCRIPTION OF
   THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

      The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
   containing audited financial statements and an opinion thereon expressed
   by independent certified public accountants and with quarterly reports for
   the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited financial
   information.

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
   information and the financial statements and notes thereto appearing
   elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Except as otherwise specified, all
   information in this Prospectus assumes (i) a 20,000-for-one split of the
   shares of Common Stock and (ii) no exercise of the Underwriters' over-
   allotment option.  See "Underwriting."  

                                   The Company

      Trailer Bridge, headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, is an
   integrated trucking and marine freight carrier that currently provides
   truckload freight transportation primarily between the continental U.S.
   and Puerto Rico.  Founded in 1991 by transportation pioneer Malcom P.
   McLean, the Company combines an efficient and dedicated motor carrier with
   a low cost barge and tug marine transportation system.  Trailer Bridge is
   the only company to operate marine vessels fully configured to carry 48'
   and 53' long, 102" wide, "high-cube" trailers.  This configuration enables
   the Company to achieve equipment utilization rates and other operating
   efficiencies not readily available to traditional ocean carriers that
   primarily use smaller capacity equipment, such as 40' containers.  The
   Company believes that as a result of these and other efficiencies, its
   total unit costs per mile are the lowest of any carrier operating between
   the U.S. and Puerto Rico.  

      Trailer Bridge intends to achieve significant growth by providing the
   lowest cost freight transportation service to markets well suited to its
   high-cube integrated truckload and marine freight system.  Based on volume
   and pricing data, the Company believes there are a number of markets in
   which the Company's unique transportation system can provide superior full
   load service at a significant cost advantage over existing modes of
   truckload and rail intermodal transportation.

      Trailer Bridge's differentiated service quickly gained the acceptance
   of U.S. to Puerto Rico shippers, leading to rapid growth and high
   equipment utilization.  In 1993, the Company's first full year of
   operation, Trailer Bridge achieved a 93% outbound (U.S. to Puerto Rico)
   vessel utilization rate and captured 5% of the U.S. to Puerto Rico marine
   freight market.  In response to the rapid market share gains experienced
   by Trailer Bridge, in 1996 the Company increased its vessel capacity by
   56% by inserting midsections ("mid-bodies") into its two existing barges,
   increasing the capacity of each barge from 266 to 416 48' equivalent
   truckload units.  

      Trailer Bridge will increase its vessel capacity by an additional 56%
   in late 1997 and early 1998 when it takes delivery of two 408' long
   container carrying barges designed specifically for the Company's
   integrated truckload marine transportation system and bearing the
   Company's "Triplestack Box Carrier/TM/" trade name. The Triplestack Box
   Carriers/TM/ are versatile, low-draft vessels that have a capacity of 213
   53' containers, stacked three-high on a single deck.  Construction of
   these two vessels began in March 1997 and, upon their completion, they are
   expected to be deployed in the Company's existing Puerto Rico freight
   operation.  Trailer Bridge also intends to contract for the construction
   of three additional Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ which it intends to
   deploy in coastwise service between New York and Florida.  The Company
   also intends to investigate other marine markets which are well suited for
   its unique, cost-efficient transportation service, such as from the
   continental U.S. to Hawaii or Alaska.  Management believes that shippers'
   ongoing attempts to reduce distribution costs have resulted in a number of
   trends that provide significant growth opportunities for low-cost freight
   cargo companies such as Trailer Bridge.  These trends include (i) core
   carrier consolidation in which shippers "partner" with a small base of
   carriers, (ii) intermodalism, as shippers shift between transport sectors,
   and (iii) logistics outsourcing.

      Management believes that the Company's principal competitive strengths
   are:

      Significant Operating Cost Advantage.  Trailer Bridge believes it is
   the lowest cost provider of freight transportation between the U.S. and
   Puerto Rico.  Lower overall operating costs are achieved through
   significantly higher equipment utilization and lower marine linehaul costs
   than those of traditional ocean carriers.  The Company's inland trucking
   operation achieves significantly higher equipment utilization and lower
   unit trucking costs by using 48' and 53' high-cube trailers.  These
   trailers provide customers with over 50% more interior capacity than 40'
   marine containers but with similar inland trucking costs.  The Company's
   marine system uses towed ocean-going barges instead of self-propelled
   container ships to deliver equivalent units of capacity at significantly
   lower capital and operating costs.

      Domestic Truckload Operations.  The Company is the only carrier using a
   fleet of company-owned and leased tractors and high-cube dry van trailers
   to provide transportation services between the continental U.S. and Puerto
   Rico.  By using high-cube equipment, the mainstay of the domestic
   truckload industry, and a centralized dispatch system, the Company can
   more effectively compete for and obtain domestic non-Puerto Rico truckload
   freight while repositioning equipment for Puerto Rico shipments.  As a
   result, the Company operates with lower empty miles and higher equipment
   utilization than its competitors in the Puerto Rico trade.

      Centralized Operation in Strategic Location.  Trailer Bridge operates a
   centralized truckload operation from its headquarters in Jacksonville. 
   Because approximately 70% of the Company's truckload freight is dispatched
   through Jacksonville on a regular schedule to meet weekly barge sailings
   to Puerto Rico, the Company is able to achieve maintenance and other
   operating efficiencies and higher driver retention.  Additionally, the
   Company's centralized Jacksonville headquarters is strategically located
   near key southern rail and highway endpoints which connect U.S. cities to
   Puerto Rico and other Caribbean points.

      Emphasis on U.S. Domestic Ocean Trade.  The Company will continue to
   concentrate its marine operations in markets protected by the Jones Act. 
   The Jones Act prevents foreign-built or foreign-crewed vessels from
   competing in ocean trade between ports in the U.S., including the non-
   contiguous areas of Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

      Experienced Management Team.  The Company's officers and directors have
   extensive experience in the transportation industry, including an average
   of over five years with the Company.  The scope of management experience
   at Trailer Bridge is well balanced between both trucking and marine
   transportation.

      Trailer Bridge's strategy for continuing its profitable growth includes
   (i) increasing capacity in its Puerto Rico service by 56% with the
   addition of two new barges called Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ designed
   specifically for the Company to carry 53' containers, (ii) initiating a
   new coastwise marine transportation system offering twice-weekly service
   from New York to Florida utilizing three Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ to
   be built in 1998, and (iii) initiating marine service to other Jones Act
   protected markets such as Hawaii and Alaska and other offshore markets.

      Trailer Bridge was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in August
   1991.  The Company's headquarters is located at 9550 Regency Square Blvd,
   Jacksonville, Florida 32225, and its telephone number is (800) 554-1589.



                                  The Offering

    Common Stock offered hereby . . . . . . . . . . . ____________ shares

    Common Stock to be outstanding 
    after the offering  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ____________ shares (1)

    Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To purchase revenue 
                                                      equipment, fund a 
                                                      dividend to existing 
                                                      stockholders, reduce 
                                                      indebtedness and 
                                                      increase working 
                                                      capital.  See "Use of
                                                      Proceeds."

    Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol  . . . . . TRBR

   (1)  Excludes 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance to
        employees under the Company's Incentive Stock Plan (of which options
        to purchase 600,000 shares at the initial public offering price have
        been granted, subject to consummation of the offering).  See
        "Management - Incentive Stock Plan."


                          Summary Financial and Operating Data
               (In thousands, except share amounts and operating data)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Three Months
                                                                                                  Ended                            
                                              Year Ended December 31,                            March 31, 
                                      1992       1993       1994      1995       1996         1996      1997
   <S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>

   Statement of Operations Data:
     Operating revenues  . . . .    $ 38,778   $ 67,613   $ 72,192   $62,531   $63,148       $14,568   $16,446
     Operating income (loss)   .      (9,309)     5,094      6,175     8,778     4,425           966     1,748
     Nonoperating expense (net).        (864)      (944)    (1,805)   (1,314)   (1,015)         (256)     (264)
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------   -------        ------   -------
     Income (loss) before
       provision and pro forma  
       provision (benefit) for
       income taxes  . . . . . .     (10,173)     4,150      4,370     7,464     3,410           710     1,484
     Provision for income taxes           --          9         12        67        39             8        29
                                    --------   --------   --------   -------   -------        ------   -------

     Pro forma provision (benefit)
       for income taxes(1). . .       (3,860)     1,615      2,015     3,037     1,298           259       546

     Pro forma net income
       (loss)(1) . . . . . . . .    $ (6,313)  $  2,526   $  2,343   $ 4,360   $ 2,073       $   443   $   909
                                    ========   ========   ========   =======
     Pro forma net income (loss)
       per common share(1) . . .    $   (.63)  $    .25   $    .23   $   .51   $   .24       $   .05   $   .11
                                    ========   ========   ========   =======   =======       =======   =======
     Weighted average shares
       outstanding . . . . . . .      10,000     10,000     10,000     8,512     8,500         8,500     8,500

   Operating Data:
     Operating ratio(2)  . . . .       124.0%      92.5%      91.4%     86.0%     93.0%         93.4%     89.4%
     Vessel utilization outbound        60.1%      93.5%      90.9%     96.0%     88.4%(3)      96.3%     78.1%(3)
     Vessel utilization inbound.        12.1%      36.6%      52.8%     51.6%     42.0%(3)      59.8%     33.6%(3)
     Overall vessel capacity 
       utilization . . . . . . .        36.1%      65.0%      71.8%     73.8%     65.3%(3)      78.1%     55.8%(3)
     Tractor loaded mile
       percentage  . . . . . . .        77.3%      87.1%      86.2%     81.0%     81.5%         83.0%     80.5%
     Weighted average tractors .         178        199        256       187       163           174       154
     Weighted average trailers .         923      1,629      1,605     1,458     1,762         1,400     1,983

                                                                                                 March 31, 1997     
                                                                                                            As    
                                                                                              Actual    Adjusted(4)
   Balance Sheet Data:
     Working capital (deficit)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ (2,823)    $      
     Net property and equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          14,349       _______
     Total assets    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          26,440       _______
     Long-term debt, capital lease obligations, including current portion, 
       and due to affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          15,242       _______
     Stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           6,314       _______

   </TABLE>
   ________________________________

   (1)  Since January 1, 1992, the Company has operated as an S Corporation
        under the Internal Revenue Code and the laws of the states that
        recognize S Corporation status.  As a result, the Company's taxable
        earnings were taxed directly to the Company's then-existing
        stockholders.  Pro forma net income assumes that the Company was
        subject to federal and state income taxes and was taxed as a C
        corporation at the effective tax rates that would have applied for
        all periods.  See Note 1 to the Financial Statements.  With the
        closing of the offering, the Company will become subject to federal
        and state income taxes.  The pro forma statement of operations data
        do not give effect to a non-cash charge (that would have been
        approximately $650,000 at March 31, 1997) in recognition of deferred
        income taxes that will result from the termination of the Company's S
        Corporation status upon effectiveness of the offering.
   (2)  Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue.
   (3)  Vessel capacity outbound to Puerto Rico and inbound to the U.S.
        increased in 1996 from 266 to 416 48' trailer equivalents.
   (4)  Adjusted to reflect (i) the sale of _________ shares of Common Stock
        offered by the Company at an assumed price of $_________ per share
        and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as
        described under "Use of Proceeds," and (ii) a non-cash charge (that
        would have been approximately $650,000 at March 31, 1997) that will
        result from the termination of the Company's S Corporation status. 
        See "S Corporation Status."

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
   risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in
   the Company's Common Stock. 

   Operations Dependent on Limited Fleet and Special Loading Structures

     The Company's current operations are dependent upon two vessels and
   triple deck loading ramps at the Company's port facilities in
   Jacksonville, Florida and San Juan, Puerto Rico, the loss of any of which
   could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  The operation of any
   marine vessel involves the risk of catastrophic events due to various
   perils of sea.  In addition, port facilities in Jacksonville and San Juan
   are vulnerable to the risk of hurricanes.  In the event of either a total
   loss of or major damage to any vessel or ramp, there can be no assurance
   that the Company could locate a suitable replacement, or if available,
   that such replacement could be obtained on suitable terms.  The Company
   also would be adversely affected if unexpected maintenance or repairs were
   required for any vessel or ramp, all of which have been specially
   configured for the Company.  The Company does not maintain business
   interruption insurance.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
   loss of, damage to or significant required repair to any of the Company's
   vessels or port facilities in the future would not have a material adverse
   effect on the Company.

   Current Reliance on Single Market

     Most of the Company's present revenue comes from freight moving either
   to or from Puerto Rico.  The Company's current results are therefore
   affected by economic conditions and business cycles in Puerto Rico that
   may or may not be similar to those in the U.S.  The Company's present
   reliance on the Puerto Rico market makes it susceptible to changes that it
   would not otherwise be exposed to if it operated in a more geographically
   diverse market, including a downturn in the local economy, local economic
   and competitive factors, changes in government regulations and political
   changes.  The U.S. Congress has passed legislation that establishes a
   phase-out of Section 936 of the Internal Revenue Code, which allowed for
   favorable U.S. tax treatment of profits resulting from manufacturing
   operations in Puerto Rico.  This favorable tax provision contributed to
   economic growth in Puerto Rico in the past by enticing U.S. corporations
   to establish manufacturing operations in Puerto Rico. Any change in Puerto
   Rico's political status with the U.S., or the ongoing debate on such
   status, could affect the economy of Puerto Rico.  The ultimate effect of
   the phase-out of Section 936 or of possible changes in Puerto Rico's
   governmental and political status is uncertain, but there can be no
   assurance that such issues will not adversely affect the Company.  

   New Venture Risks

     A key element of the Company's strategy for future growth is to expand
   into new markets, including the domestic coastwise traffic lanes such as
   New York to Florida, while continuing to build the Company's presence in
   the Puerto Rico market.  In addition, the Company's expansion in both the
   Puerto Rico and coastwise traffic lanes will be accomplished with its new
   Triplestack Box Carrier/TM/ vessels which will require the Company's
   acquisition of containers, chassis units and loading equipment that may
   not be compatible with the Company's existing vessels and revenue
   equipment.  The planned use of Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ and expansion
   into coastal traffic lanes are subject to risks of establishing a new
   business, including lack of experience, unforeseen design, operating and
   maintenance problems and lack of market acceptance.  In the case of the
   coastwise traffic lanes, there is presently no comparable marine service
   and the Company will be competing with the rail intermodal and truckload
   industries.  Many competitors in these industries have substantially
   greater financial resources, operate more equipment, or carry a larger
   volume of freight than the Company.  Moreover, the expansion in Puerto
   Rico with the Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ and the entry into new coastal
   traffic lanes will require new marketing strategies, additional personnel
   and a continuing evaluation of management structure.  No assurance can be
   given that Trailer Bridge will be able to attract a sufficient number of
   customers at freight rates that result in profitable operations in Puerto
   Rico and the new traffic lanes and markets it expects to expand into in
   the future.  See "Business - Growth Strategy." 

   Ship Construction Risks

     The Company has entered into a fixed price contract for the Company's
   two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/, and construction has commenced with the
   first vessel scheduled for delivery in November 1997 and the second vessel
   scheduled for delivery two months later.  No assurance can be given that
   there will be no changes in the contract specifications, either as
   required by various regulatory bodies or as requested by the Company,
   which result in an increase in construction cost and/or a delay in the
   delivery of the vessels.  Construction of the Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/
   also involves the risks associated with any large construction project,
   such as weather interference, labor shortages, work stoppages and
   unforeseen engineering problems, which could have the effect of increasing
   project costs and/or delaying delivery.  During the construction of a
   vessel, as a matter of state law, laborers and others who perform services
   in connection with such construction may have liens against the vessel
   under construction.

   Rapid Growth of Business

     The Company expects to increase its capacity by approximately 56%
   between September 30, 1997 and January 31, 1998.  This new vessel capacity
   will result in a need for additional revenue equipment and drivers.  There
   can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract and retain
   enough qualified drivers to operate planned additions to the equipment
   fleet.  Further, expected growth, if achieved, may place a significant
   strain on the Company's management, working capital, and accounting and
   other operating systems.  There is no assurance that such systems will be
   adequate to handle such growth or that operating margins will not be
   adversely affected by future changes in and expansion of the Company's
   business.  Finally, the Company may be required to curtail its plans for
   growth due to changes in economic conditions.  

   Potential Loss of Jones Act Protection

     The Company's marine operations are conducted in the U.S. domestic
   trade, which, by virtue of a set of federal laws known as the Jones Act,
   require that only U.S. built, owned and crewed vessels move freight
   between ports in the U.S., including the non-contiguous areas of Puerto
   Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. There have been repeated attempts to repeal
   these laws, and efforts to effect such repeal are expected to continue in
   the future.  The Company is already subject to vigorous competition and
   potential additional competition in its marine operations, including
   competition by companies with financial resources greater than those of
   the Company that could be committed to the construction of new vessels in
   excess of market requirements.  Repeal of the Jones Act could result in
   additional competition from vessels built in lower-cost foreign shipyards
   and manned by foreign nationals accepting lower wages than U.S. citizens. 
   There is no assurance that such repeal, if it occurs, would not have a
   material adverse effect on the Company in the domestic trades it now
   serves or expects to serve in the future.

   Economic Factors

     The Company has no control over economic factors such as fuel prices,
   fuel tax, interest rate fluctuations, recessions, or customers' business
   cycles.  Significant increases in fuel or other operating costs and
   interest rates, to the extent not offset by increases in freight rates,
   would adversely affect the Company's operating results.  Economic
   recessions, temporary inventory imbalances, or downturns in customers'
   business cycles also could have a material adverse effect upon the
   operating results of the Company.  If the resale value of the Company's
   revenue equipment were to decline, the Company could receive less upon the
   disposition of equipment or find it necessary to retain its equipment
   longer, with a resulting increase in operating expenses.  The marine and
   trucking industries are cyclical with corresponding changes in revenue and
   profits.  Changes in the level of economic growth as well as changes in
   the supply and demand of vessel and trucking capacity can impact both
   rates and resale values.  The amount and timing of new vessel deliveries
   to competing carriers in the Puerto Rico market and rate reductions from
   increased capacity, excess capacity or slow market growth could result in
   rate instability that could have a material adverse effect upon the
   Company.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations."

   Recruitment and Retention of Qualified Drivers

     Competition for drivers is intense in the trucking industry, and the
   Company occasionally experiences difficulty attracting and retaining
   enough qualified drivers.  There is, and historically has been, an
   industry-wide shortage of qualified drivers, and this shortage could
   affect the quality and reliability of the Company's service, force the
   Company to significantly increase the compensation it pays to driver
   employees, curtail the Company's growth or otherwise affect the Company's
   profitability.  Difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified drivers
   would have a material adverse effect upon the Company's operations and
   ability to grow.  See "Business - Driver Recruiting and Retention."

   Acquisition of Revenue Equipment

     The Company's strategy for continued growth is dependent on the
   acquisition and deployment of additional revenue equipment.  The Company
   currently has orders for the purchase of 100 tractors through February
   1998 as part of its normal tractor replacement program.  The Company also
   has contracted for the construction of 53' containers and chassis units
   whose delivery is expected to coincide with the vessel construction
   schedule for its new Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  Delays in the
   availability of equipment could occur due to work stoppages at the
   manufacturer, equipment or supply shortages or other factors beyond the
   Company's control.  Any delay or interruption in the availability of
   equipment in the future could have a material adverse effect on the
   Company.

   Competition

     The trucking industry is highly competitive and fragmented and the
   Puerto Rico freight market is also highly competitive.  The Company
   currently competes with other truckload carriers that provide domestic dry
   van service, private fleets operated by existing and potential customers,
   and marine carriers that provide ocean service between the U.S. and Puerto
   Rico.  The Company's planned service in the coastwise traffic lanes will
   compete with rail intermodal service and trucking companies.  Competition
   for the freight transported by the Company is based primarily on freight
   rates, and, to a lesser degree, on service and efficiency.  Most of the
   Company's current and future competitors have substantially greater
   financial resources, operate more equipment, or carry a larger volume of
   freight than the Company.  See "Business - Competition."

   Dependence on Key Personnel

     The Company's success depends upon key members of management, including
   John D. McCown.  The loss of one or more key members of management could
   have a material adverse effect on the Company.  The Company does not
   maintain key life insurance policies on any of its officers or management. 
   See "Management."

   Seasonality

     The Company's operations are affected by the seasonality of the Puerto
   Rico freight market where shipments are generally reduced during the first
   calendar quarter and increased during the fourth calendar quarter of each
   year in anticipation of Christmas.  This seasonality is expected to have a
   greater impact on the Company when it increases its capacity with the
   addition of two new Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  In addition, the
   Company's operating expenses have historically been higher in the winter
   months due to decreased fuel efficiency and increased maintenance costs in
   colder weather.  The Company's operating revenue and net income may vary
   as a result of these factors, and accordingly, results of operations are
   subject to fluctuation, and results in any period should not be considered
   indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. 
   Fluctuations in operating results may also result in fluctuations in the
   price of the Common Stock.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Seasonality."

   Fuel Price Fluctuations

     Fuel is one of the Company's largest operating expenses and was 9.5% of
   total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  The cost and
   availability of fuel is subject to many economic and political factors. 
   Any increase in fuel taxes or fuel prices, to the extent not offset by
   freight rate increases, or any interruption in the supply of fuel, could
   have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results.  The
   Company has no agreement in place that assures either price or
   availability and a dramatic increase in the price of fuel or a shortage of
   fuel could have a material adverse impact on the Company.  See "Business -
   Fuel Availability and Cost."

   Environmental Matters

     The Company's operations are subject to various environmental laws and
   regulations dealing with the transportation, storage, presence, use,
   disposal, and handling of hazardous materials and hazardous wastes,
   discharge of storm water, and vessel fuel delivery.  The Company does not
   maintain either aboveground or underground fuel storage tanks on its
   properties.  Contractors under the direction of the tug owner handle the
   delivery of fuel to ocean-going tugs.  The Company is not aware of any
   fuel spills on land or at sea or hazardous substance contamination on its
   properties and believes that its operations are in material compliance
   with existing environmental laws and regulations.  However, if any such
   substances were found on the Company's properties or if the Company were
   found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, the Company
   could be responsible for clean-up costs, property damage, and fines or
   other penalties, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on
   the Company.  

   Claims Exposure and Insurance Costs

     Trucking and marine transportation companies, including the Company,
   face multiple claims for personal injury and property damage relating to
   accidents, cargo damage and workers' compensation.  The Company currently
   maintains a broad range of liability and property insurance covering all
   aspects of its business.  To the extent that the Company experiences a
   material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents or workers'
   compensation claims, or unfavorable developments on existing claims, the
   Company's operating results and financial condition could be materially
   adversely affected.  Significant increases in the Company's claims and
   insurance cost, to the extent not offset by rate increases, would reduce
   the Company's profitability.  See "Business - Safety and Insurance."

   Government Regulation

     The Company is subject to regulation by various Federal and state
   agencies, including the Surface Transportation Board, the successor agency
   to the Interstate Commerce Commission, the United States Department of
   Transportation, the U.S. Coast Guard and various similar state agencies. 
   These regulatory authorities have broad powers, generally governing
   activities such as authority to engage in motor carrier operations,
   operational safety, accounting systems, tariff filings of freight rates,
   certain mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, and financial reporting. 
   The Company's marine operations are conducted in the U.S. domestic trade,
   which, by virtue of a set of federal laws known as the Jones Act, require
   that only U.S. built, owned and crewed vessels move freight between ports
   in the U.S., including the non-contiguous areas of Puerto Rico, Alaska,
   Hawaii and Guam.  The Company is also subject to regulations promulgated
   by the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state agencies. 
   Although management believes that its operations are in material
   compliance with current laws and regulations, there can be no assurance
   that current regulatory requirements will not change or that currently
   unforeseen environmental incidents will not occur or that contamination or
   past non-compliance with environmental laws will not be discovered on
   properties on which the Company has operated.  See "Business -
   Regulation."

   Reliance on Significant Customers

     For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's 25 largest
   customers represented 36.1% of revenue, its ten largest customers
   represented 23.4% of revenue, and its five largest customers represented
   16.7% of revenue.  Those same customers represented 27.7%, 19.3% and
   14.9%, respectively, of total revenue for the year ended December 31,
   1995.  Most of the Company's contracts with customers are cancelable on 30
   days' notice and the penalties for a shipper for breach of contract are
   minimal.  The loss of any of its major customers could have a material
   adverse effect on the Company's operating results and profitability.  See
   "Business - Marketing and Customers."

   Capital Requirements; Leverage

     The trucking industry and the vessels utilized to move truckload
   freight require extensive investment in revenue equipment.  The Company
   historically has relied upon vessel charters, debt, capitalized leases,
   and operating leases to finance revenue equipment, and it has granted its
   lenders liens on substantially all of its assets.  If in the future the
   Company were unable to borrow sufficient funds, enter into acceptable
   lease arrangements, sell or trade its used equipment at acceptable prices,
   or raise additional equity capital, the resulting capital shortage would
   limit the Company's growth and force the Company to operate its revenue
   equipment for longer periods, which would be likely to adversely affect
   the Company's growth and profitability.  The Company currently has a long-
   term debt to total capitalization ratio higher than many of its
   competitors.  Following the offering, the Company will continue to have
   debt and attendant financial risk and susceptibility to increases in
   interest rates.  See "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," and
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
   of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources."

   Voting Control of the Company

     Upon completion of the offering, Malcom P. McLean and Clara L. McLean
   will beneficially own approximately _____% of all of the outstanding
   shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly, Malcom P. McLean and Clara L. McLean
   will have the ability to elect the entire Board of Directors of the
   Company, determine the outcome of all matters involving a stockholder
   vote, and take certain actions by written consent with notice to the other
   stockholders.  See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital
   Stock."

   Restriction on Foreign Ownership and Possible Required Divestiture of
   Stock

     In order to maintain the eligibility of the Company to own and operate
   vessels in the U.S. domestic trade, 75% of the outstanding capital stock
   and voting power of the Company is required to be held by U.S. citizens. 
   Although the Company's Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions
   limiting non-citizenship ownership of its capital stock, the Company could
   lose its ability to conduct operations in the U.S. domestic trade if such
   provisions prove unsuccessful in maintaining the required level of citizen
   ownership.  Such loss would have a material adverse effect on the Company. 
   If the Company determines that persons who are not citizens of the U.S.
   own more than 24.99% of the Company's outstanding capital stock, the
   Company may redeem such stock or, if redemption is not permitted by
   applicable law, may require the non-citizens who most recently acquired
   shares to divest such excess shares to persons who are U.S. citizens in
   such manner as the Board of Directors directs.  The required redemption
   would be at a price equal to the average closing price during the
   preceding 30 trading days, which price could be materially different from
   the current price of the Common Stock.  If a non-citizen purchases the
   Common Stock, there can be no assurance that he will not be required to
   divest the shares and such divestiture could result in a material loss. 
   See "Description of Capital Stock  Foreign Ownership Restrictions."  

   Limitations on Takeovers

     Certain corporate governance and statutory provisions may inhibit
   changes in control of the Company.  Applicable provisions of Delaware law
   restrict the ability of certain acquirers to engage in un-approved
   business combinations with the Company.  The Company's Certificate of
   Incorporation permits the issuance of additional shares of authorized but
   un-issued Common Stock and allows the Board of Directors to establish all
   relevant provisions of, and issue preferred stock without further action
   by the stockholders.  Such preferred stock could be used, for example, in
   a stockholder rights plan.  See "Description of Capital Stock."  In
   addition, Malcom P. McLean and Clara L. McLean beneficially own stock
   entitled to a majority of the voting power of all of the Company's
   outstanding Common Stock.  The effect of these provisions and the
   concentration of stock ownership could be to make a takeover more
   difficult or to discourage a person from attempting a takeover, including
   a takeover that some stockholders may deem to be in their best interests. 

   Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock or the
   availability of such shares for sale in the public market following the
   offering may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common
   Stock and may make it more difficult for the Company to sell its equity
   securities in the future on terms it deems acceptable.  Upon completion of
   the offering, the Company will have __________ shares of outstanding
   Common Stock.  All _________ shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be
   freely tradable without restriction.  The remaining 8,500,000 shares owned
   by existing stockholders will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 of the
   Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") beginning 180 days after the
   date of this Prospectus.

   Lack of Dividends

     After the closing of the offering, the Company intends to retain its
   earnings to finance the growth and development of its business and does
   not anticipate paying cash dividends.  Any payment of cash dividends in
   the future will depend upon the Company's financial condition, capital
   requirements, earnings, restrictions under loan agreements, and other
   factors the Board of Directors may deem relevant.  See "Dividend Policy."

   No Prior Public Market for Common Stock; Determination of Offering Price

     Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will
   develop or, if developed, that such market will be sustained or that the
   stock will trade at or above the initial public offering price.  The
   initial public offering price of the Common Stock offered hereby will be
   determined by negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters and may
   bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade
   after completion of the offering.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of
   the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering
   price.  From time to time the stock market experiences price and volume
   volatility, which may affect the market price of the Common Stock for
   reasons unrelated to the Company's performance.

   Dilution

     Purchasers of Common Stock in the offering will incur immediate and
   substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares.  See
   "Dilution."

                              S CORPORATION STATUS

     Since January 1, 1992, the Company has been treated as an S Corporation
   under the Internal Revenue Code and the laws of the states that recognize
   S Corporation status.  Accordingly, the Company's net income was reported
   by and taxed directly to the Company's stockholders rather than to the
   Company.  The Company's S Corporation status will terminate with the
   closing of the offering, and in future periods the Company will be subject
   to federal and state taxes at applicable rates.  The termination of the
   Company's S Corporation status will result in a one-time, non-cash charge
   to the Company (that would have been approximately $650,000 at March 31,
   1997) in recognition of deferred income taxes.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the _________ shares
   of Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $___
   million (assuming an initial public offering price of $_____ per share),
   after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and estimated
   expenses of the offering.

     Approximately $13.2 million of the net proceeds will be used to
   purchase revenue equipment scheduled for delivery in late 1997 and early
   1998.  The revenue equipment includes the 53' containers and chassis units
   that will be utilized with the two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ now being
   constructed to expand the Company's service in the Puerto Rico traffic
   lane.  An additional $6.0 million will be used to fund the payment of
   dividends to existing stockholders.  Approximately $5.8 million of the net
   proceeds will be used to repay debt due to Kadampanattu Corp., which is
   wholly owned by Malcom P. McLean, the Company's principal stockholder. 
   The debt to be repaid bears interest at 8.0% per annum and matures on
   December 31, 1997.  Approximately $1.5 million of such debt was incurred
   in 1997 to fund the Company's 12.5% down payment on the construction of
   two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  Approximately $2.2 million of the net
   proceeds will be used to fund the required 12.5% down payment on three
   additional Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/, which is currently expected to be
   made in the third quarter of 1997.  The approximately $___ million of
   remaining proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate
   purposes.  

        Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, the
   Company intends to invest such proceeds in short-term, investment grade,
   interest-bearing securities.

                           DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company currently intends to retain its earnings to finance the
   growth and development of its business and does not anticipate paying cash
   dividends. Any payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon
   the Company's financial condition, capital requirements, earnings,
   restrictions under loan agreements, and other factors the Board of
   Directors may deem relevant.

     As an S Corporation, the Company has paid dividends to its stockholders
   from time to time in part to partially fund or offset their tax liability
   with respect to S Corporation earnings.  See "S Corporation Status." 
   Since the Company's inception, it has paid aggregate dividends of $2.6
   million.  The Company also intends to pay a dividend of $6.0 million to
   its existing stockholders with a portion of the net proceeds of the
   offering.

                          CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the current portion of long-term debt,
   capital lease obligations, due to affiliate and capitalization of the
   Company as of March 31, 1997 after giving retroactive effect to the stock
   split and the related increase in authorized capital stock upon the
   closing of this offering, and as adjusted to reflect receipt of net
   proceeds from the sale of the _________ shares of Common Stock pursuant to
   this offering at an assumed offering price of $_____ per share: 

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                          March 31, 1997
                                                                                                   Actual          As Adjusted
                                                                                                       (In thousands)
   <S>                                                                                            <C>                <C>

   Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ 2,902            $ 2,902
   Due to affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5,878                 --
                                                                                                  -------            ------- 
                                                                                                  $ 8,780            $ 2,902
                                                                                                  =======            =======
   Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (net of current portion) . . . . . . . . .        $ 6,462            $ 6,462
   Stockholders' equity:
      Preferred stock:  $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares
         authorized, no shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             --                 --
      Common Stock, $.01 value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 
         8,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, __________ 
         shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             85
     Additional paid-in capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            (84)
      Retained earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,314              _____(2)
                                                                                                  -------
            Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,314              _____(2)
                                                                                                  -------
        Total capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $12,776            $        
                                                                                                  =======            =======
   </TABLE>
   ________________________________
      
   (1)  Excludes 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance to
        employees under the Company's Incentive Stock Plan (of which options
        to purchase 600,000 shares at the initial public offering price have
        been granted, subject to consummation of the offering).  See
        "Management - Incentive Stock Plan."
   (2)  Reflects the payment of a $6.0 million dividend to the Company's
        existing stockholders.  Also reflects a non-cash  charge (that would
        have been $650,000 at March 31, 1997) that will result from the
        termination of the Company's S Corporation status.  See Note 11 to
        the Financial Statements.


                                    DILUTION

     The net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock as of March
   31, 1997 was approximately $5.4 million, or $.63 per share.  Net tangible
   book value per share represents the amount of the Company's stockholders'
   equity, less intangible assets (consisting of goodwill), divided by
   8,500,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

     Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference
   between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Common Stock
   in the offering made hereby and the pro forma net tangible book value per
   share of Common Stock immediately after completion of the offering.  After
   giving effect to (i) the sale of _________ shares of Common Stock in the
   offering at an assumed price of $_____ per share, (ii) the application of
   the estimated net proceeds therefrom and (iii) the non-cash charge (that
   would have been $650,000 at March 31, 1997) in recognition of deferred
   income taxes as described in "S Corporation Status," the pro forma net
   tangible book value of the Company as of March 31, 1997, would have been
   $_____ million or $_____ per share.  This represents an immediate increase
   in net tangible book value of $____ per share to existing stockholders and
   an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $_____ per
   share to purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the offering, as
   illustrated in the following table:

   Assumed public offering price per share . . . . . . . .             $
     Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1997 .   $ .63
     Pro forma non-cash adjustment to recognize deferred 
       income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (.08) 
     Increase per share attributable to new investors  . .
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after 
     the offering  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ______
   Net tangible book value dilution per share to new
   investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $      
                                                                        ======


     The following table sets forth as of March 31, 1997 the difference
   between existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in the offering
   (at an assumed offering price of $____ per share) with respect to the
   number of shares purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid,
   and the average price per share paid:
  
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                            Shares Purchased                        Total Consideration              Average Price
                                   Number                  Percent            Amount             Percent            Per Share
   <S>                            <C>                       <C>              <C>       <C>         <C>              <C>

   Existing stockholders . . .    8,500,000                 _____%           $         425         _____%           $________
   New investors . . . . . . .    _________                 _____%           _____________         _____  
     Total   . . . . . . . . .                              100.0%           $                     100.0%
                                  =========                 ======           =============         ======            
   </TABLE>


                   SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     The selected financial data set forth below has been derived from the
   financial statements of the Company.  The financial statements as of
   December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the three years ended December 31, 1996
   have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, and such
   financial statements and the report thereon are included in this
   Prospectus.  The financial statements as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and
   1994 and for the two years ended 1993 have also been audited and are not
   included herein.  The financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and 1997
   and for the three months then ended are unaudited.  However, in the
   opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature which
   are necessary to present a fair statement of the results for the interim
   periods have been made.  The unaudited results of operations for the
   interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full
   year.  The selected financial information set forth below should be read
   in conjunction with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations and the financial statements appearing
   elsewhere in this Prospectus, including the notes thereto.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                          Three Months
                                                                                                              Ended
                                                      Year Ended December 31,                               March 31,
                                     1992        1993         1994         1995         1996           1996         1997
                                   (In thousands, except share amounts and operating data)
   <S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>

   Statement of Operations Data:
     Operating revenues  . . . .  $ 38,778     $ 67,613     $ 72,192     $ 62,531     $ 63,148       $ 14,568     $ 16,446
     Operating expenses:
       Salaries, wages, and 
        benefits . . . . . . . .    10,443       15,831       19,307       14,592       13,289          3,435        3,404
       Rent and purchased
        transportation . . . . .    17,320       23,398       19,616       14,497       16,231          3,430        4,211
       Fuel  . . . . . . . . . .     3,440        4,240        5,429        5,256        5,883          1,468        1,557
       Operations and maintenance    7,512        9,192       11,781       10,553       14,211          3,046        3,206
       Taxes and licenses  . . .       392          989          960          589          455            138          156
       Insurance and claims  . .     1,331        2,051        2,202        1,861        2,121            514          522
       Communications and 
        utilities. . . . . . . .       631          824          834          621          608            143          134
       Depreciation and
        amortization                 1,418        1,370        2,647        2,761        2,944            701          689
       Other operating expenses.     5,600        4,624        3,241        3,023        2,981            727          819
                                  --------     --------     --------     --------     --------       --------     --------
        Total operating expenses    48,087       62,519       66,017       53,753       58,723         13,602       14,698
                                  --------     --------     --------     --------     --------       --------     --------
     Operating income (loss) . .    (9,309)       5,094        6,175        8,778        4,425            966        1,748
     Interest expense, net   . .      (864)      (1,384)      (1,817)      (1,362)      (1,082)          (247)        (264)
     Gain (loss) on sale of
      equipment  . . . . . . . .        --          440           12           48           67             (9)          --
                                  --------     --------     --------     --------     --------       --------     --------
       Total nonoperating 
        expense, net                  (864)        (944)      (1,805)      (1,314)      (1,015)          (256)        (264)
                                  --------     --------     --------     --------     --------       --------     --------
     Income (loss) before
       provision and pro forma
       provision (benefit)
       for income taxes  . . . .   (10,173)       4,150        4,370        7,464        3,410            710        1,484
     Provision for income taxes.        --            9           12           67           39              8           29
                                  --------     --------     --------     --------     --------       --------     --------
     Income (loss) before pro
       forma provision (benefit)
       for income taxes  . . . .   (10,173)       4,141        4,358        7,397        3,371            702        1,455

     Pro forma provision
      (benefit) for income
      taxes(1) . . . . . . . . .    (3,860)       1,615        2,015        3,037        1,298            259          546

     Pro forma net income 
      (loss)(1). . . . . . . . .  $ (6,313)    $  2,526     $  2,343     $  4,360      $ 2,073       $    443     $    909
                                  ========     ========     ========     ========      =======       ========     ========

     Pro forma net income (loss)
      per common share(1). . . .  $   (.63)    $    .25     $    .23     $    .51      $   .24       $    .05     $    .11
                                  ========     ========     ========     ========      =======       ========     ========
     Weighted average shares 
      outstanding(1) . . . . . .    10,000       10,000       10,000        8,512        8,500          8,500        8,500

   Operating Data:
     Operating ratio(2)  . . . .     124.0%        92.5%        91.4%        86.0%        93.0%          93.4%        89.4%
     Vessel utilization outbound      60.1%        93.5%        90.9%        96.0%        88.4%(3)       96.3%        78.1%(3)
     Vessel utilization inbound.      12.1%        36.6%        52.8%        51.6%        42.0%(3)       59.8%        33.6%(3)
     Overall vessel capacity
      utilization  . . . . . . .      36.1%        65.0%        71.8%        73.8%        65.3%(3)       78.1%        55.8%(3)
     Tractor loaded mile 
      percentage . . . . . . . .      77.3%        87.1%        86.2%        81.0%        81.5%          83.0%        80.5%
     Weighted average tractors .       178          199          256          187          163            174          154
     Weighted average trailers .       923        1,629        1,605        1,458        1,762          1,400        1,983

   Balance Sheet Data (at end of
     period): 
     Working capital (deficit) .  $(16,867)    $(13,174)    $(10,188)    $ (4,697)     $(1,719)       $(3,712)    $ (2,823)
     Net property and equipment      3,366        9,428       11,118        8,851       12,512          8,189       14,349
       Total assets  . . . . . .    13,816       20,688       23,521       20,226       24,764         18,557       26,440
     Long-term debt, capitalized
      leases, including current
      portion, and due to 
      affiliate  . . . . . . . .    15,322       22,771       20,776       13,461       13,879         11,085       15,242
     Stockholders' equity 
      (deficit)  . . . . . . . .   (11,356)      (7,214)      (2,856)       2,673        6,045          3,376        6,314
   </TABLE>
   ________________________________

   (1)  Since January 1, 1992, the Company has operated as an S Corporation
        under the Internal Revenue Code and the laws of the states that
        recognize S Corporation status.  As a result, the Company's taxable
        earnings were taxed directly to the Company's then-existing
        stockholders.  Pro forma net income assumes that the Company was
        subject to federal and state income taxes and was taxed as a C
        corporation at the effective tax rates that would have applied for
        all periods.  See Note 1 to the Financial Statements.  With the
        closing of the offering, the Company will become subject to federal
        and state income taxes.  The pro forma statement of operations data
        do not give effect to a non-cash charge (that would have been
        approximately $650,000 at March 31, 1997) in recognition of deferred
        income taxes that will result from the termination of the Company's S
        Corporation status upon effectiveness of the offering.
   (2)  Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue.
   (3)  Vessel capacity outbound to Puerto Rico and inbound to the U.S.
        increased in 1996 from 266 to 416 48' trailer equivalents.

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


   Overview

     Trailer Bridge was incorporated in 1991.  In February 1992, the Company
   commenced integrated truckload and marine services between the U.S. and
   Puerto Rico utilizing high-cube truckload equipment and two ocean-going
   barges.  In April 1992, Trailer Bridge acquired a Midwestern truckload
   carrier with significant non-Puerto Rico related domestic revenue,
   primarily to increase the size of the Company's truckload fleet.  Starting
   in late 1994, Trailer Bridge began to increase its focus on serving marine
   related markets by reducing inland truckload service in traffic lanes
   which were not complementary to lanes serving Puerto Rico freight
   customers.  

     The table below reflects Puerto Rico revenue, non-Puerto Rico revenue
   and total revenue for the three years ended December 31, 1996 and the
   three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997:

   <TABLE>
   
   <S>                    <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>

   Puerto Rico . . .      $50,829   70.4%    $53,167   85.0%    $56,347   89.2%      $12,638   86.8%    $15,378   93.5%
                                                       
   Non-Puerto Rico .       21,363   29.6%      9,364   15.0%      6,801   10.8%        1,930   13.2%      1,068    6.5%
                          -------   -----    -------   -----     ------   -----      -------   -----     ------    ----

   Total . . . . . .      $72,192  100.0%    $62,531  100.0%    $63,148  100.0%      $14,568  100.0%    $16,446  100.0%
                          =======  ======    =======  ======    =======  ======      =======  ======    =======  ======


     During 1996, each of the Company's barge vessels was increased in size
   through a mid-body expansion program that resulted in a 56% increase in
   vessel capacity and was accomplished over a six-month period.  During that
   period, only one of the Company's vessels was in service at a time.  To
   maintain weekly service frequency, a smaller substitute vessel was
   utilized, resulting in both reduced revenue and additional costs.  For
   these reasons, management believes that overall 1996 results are not
   indicative of the results that would be expected had both of the Company's
   vessels remained in service throughout the year.

     On May 21, 1997, the majority stockholder of the Company granted to the
   Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, an option to purchase up
   to 1,200,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the 20,000-for-1 stock
   split) owned by him at $.74 per share or an aggregate price of $891,330
   for all shares.  These options are immediately exercisable and have a term
   of 10 years.  In connection with this option, the Company expects to
   record a nonrecurring, noncash charge for compensation expense and a
   credit to paid-in capital of approximately $11 million in the second
   quarter of 1997, representing the difference between the exercise price
   and the deemed fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. 
   This option does not involve the issuance of additional shares of common
   stock by the Company and therefore, any subsequent purchase of shares
   under the option will not have a dilutive effect on the Company's book
   value or earnings per share amounts.

   Results of Operations

     The following table sets forth the percentage relationship of certain
   items to operating revenue for the periods indicated:


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Three Months
                                                                           Ended
                                      Year Ended December 31,             March 31,
                                       1994      1995      1996         1996      1997
   <S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>

   Operating revenue . . . . . . . .  100.0%    100.0%    100.0%       100.0%    100.0%

   Operating expenses:
     Salaries, wages, and benefits .   26.7      23.3      21.0         23.6      20.7
     Rent and purchased
      transportation   . . . . . . .   27.2      23.2      25.7         23.6      25.6
     Fuel  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7.5       8.4       9.3         10.1       9.5
     Operations and maintenance  . .   16.3      17.0      22.5         20.9      19.5
     Taxes and licenses  . . . . . .    1.3       0.9       0.7          0.9       0.9
     Insurance and claims  . . . . .    3.1       3.0       3.4          3.5       3.2
     Communications and utilities  .    1.2       1.0       1.0          1.0       0.8
     Depreciation and amortization .    3.7       4.4       4.7          4.8       4.2
     Other operating expenses  . . .    4.4       4.8       4.7          5.0       5.0
                                      -----     -----     -----        -----     -----
        Total operating expenses . .   91.4      86.0      93.0         93.4      89.4
                                      -----     -----     -----        -----     -----
   Operating income  . . . . . . . .    8.6      14.0       7.0          6.6      10.6
   Interest expense, net . . . . . .   (2.5)     (2.2)     (1.7)        (1.7)     (1.6)
   Gain (loss) on sale of equipment.    0.0       0.1       0.1         (0.0)      0.0
                                      -----     -----     -----        -----     -----
     Total nonoperating expense, net   (2.5)     (2.1)     (1.6)        (1.7)     (1.6)
   Income before provision and pro
     forma provision 
     for income taxes. . . . . . . .    6.1      11.9       5.4          4.9       9.0
   Provision for income taxes  . . .    0.1       0.1       0.1          0.1       0.2
                                      -----     -----     -----        -----     -----
   Income before pro forma provision
    for income taxes . . . . . . . .    6.0      11.8       5.3          4.8       8.8
   Pro forma provision for income
    taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2.8       4.8       2.0          1.8       3.3
                                      -----     -----     -----        -----     -----
   Pro forma net income  . . . . . .    3.2%      7.0%      3.3%         3.0%      5.5%
                                      =====     =====     =====        =====     =====

</TABLE>

   Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
   1996

     Operating revenue increased $1.8 million, or 12.9%, to $16.4 million
   during the three months ended March 31, 1997 from $14.6 million during the
   year earlier period.  This increase was due to a $2.7 million (21.7%)
   increase in Puerto Rico revenue through the utilization of a portion of
   the additional capacity resulting from the mid-body project, partially
   offset by a $862,000 (44.7%) decrease in non-Puerto Rico revenue as
   available tractor capacity was targeted further towards Puerto Rico
   revenue.  Vessel capacity utilization on the core U.S. to Puerto Rico
   traffic lane was 78.1% during the three months ended March 31, 1997,
   compared to 96.3% during the year earlier period during which a smaller
   substitute vessel was utilized.  

     Salaries, wages, and benefits were $3.4 million for the three months
   ended March 31, 1997, a decrease of $31,000 from the year earlier period
   due to a reduction in drivers.  As a percentage of revenue, salaries,
   wages and benefits decreased to 20.7% during the three months ended March
   31, 1997 from 23.6% for the year earlier period.  This decrease was
   attributable to the increased relative proportion of Puerto Rico revenue,
   which is not as labor intensive as non-Puerto Rico revenue.

     Rent and purchased transportation increased $781,000 from the year
   earlier period due to increased charter fees for the expanded vessels,
   partially offset by a reduction in rolling stock rental costs as the
   Company increased its concentration of owned equipment.  Rent and
   purchased transportation increased to 25.6% of revenue during the three
   months ended March 31, 1997 compared to 23.6% of revenue during the year
   earlier period as a result of the increased charter fees.

     Fuel expense as a percentage of revenue was 9.5% during the three
   months ended March 31, 1997 compared to 10.1% during the year earlier
   period.  This decrease was primarily due to additional Puerto Rico revenue
   that generally has a lower fuel cost compared to non-Puerto Rico revenue,
   partially offset by an increase in average fuel prices. 

     Operations and maintenance (which includes marine terminal rental and
   cargo-handling costs) was $3.2 million for the three months ended March
   31, 1997, up from $3.0 million for the year earlier period.  As a
   percentage of revenue, operations and maintenance decreased to 19.5% from
   20.9% during the year earlier period.  The improvement resulted from the
   elimination of temporary inefficiencies and increased per unit handling
   costs associated with the use of a smaller substitute vessel during the
   1996 mid-body expansion program, partially offset by the higher operating
   costs associated with the Company's expanded Puerto Rico operations.

     Insurance and claims decreased to 3.2% of revenue during the three
   months ended March 31, 1997 from 3.5% of revenue during the year earlier
   period.  This decrease was attributable to additional Puerto Rico revenue
   that generally has a lower payroll insurance cost compared to non-Puerto
   Rico revenue.

     Communications and utilities decreased to 0.8% of revenue during the
   three months ended March 31, 1997 from 1.0% of revenue during the year
   earlier period.  This decrease was attributable to additional Puerto Rico
   revenue, which generally requires less communication and therefore has a
   lower communication cost compared to non-Puerto Rico revenue.

     Depreciation and amortization decreased to 4.2% of revenue during the
   three months ended March 31, 1997 from 4.8% of revenue during the year
   earlier period.  This decrease was attributable to the increased relative
   significance of Puerto Rico revenue, which to date has not required the
   same proportionate investment in depreciable equipment compared to non-
   Puerto Rico revenue.  Unlike the present vessels, the Triplestack Box
   Carriers/TM/ being built in 1997 will be owned by the Company and will be
   depreciated by the Company.

     Other operating expense (which includes office building rent and
   general supplies) was $819,000 during the three months ended March 31,
   1997, compared to $727,000 for the year earlier period.  As a percentage
   of revenue, other operating expense remained constant at 5.0%.

     The Company's operating ratio improved to 89.4% during the first
   quarter of 1997 from 93.4% during the year earlier period primarily as a
   result of the increased Puerto Rico revenue that resulted from the
   Company's 1996 mid-body expansion program, as well as a related increase
   in the Company's ability to use available trucking capacity for its more
   profitable core Puerto Rico traffic.

     Interest expense (net) decreased slightly to 1.6% of revenue during the
   three months ended March 31, 1997 due to reductions in average outstanding
   balances, primarily amounts owed to an affiliate.

     As a result of the factors described above, pro forma net income more
   than doubled to $909,000 (5.5% of revenue) during the three months ending
   March 31, 1997 from $443,000 (3.0% of revenue) during the year earlier
   period.  

   Year ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year ended December 31, 1995

     During 1996, the Company embarked upon an expansion program that
   increased the capacity of its vessels by 56% through the insertion of a
   mid-body in both of its vessels.  Throughout the six-month construction
   period, only one of the Company's vessels was in service along with,
   first, a substitute vessel one-third smaller, followed by a substitute
   vessel more than two-thirds smaller than the Company's pre-modified
   vessels.  Although weekly service was maintained, the Company was
   challenged by both the limited capacity of the smaller vessels and the
   subsequent need to fill the increased capacity of the modified mid-body
   vessels.  Those fluctuations in vessel capacity led to inefficiencies,
   temporary loss of business and increased costs in all cost categories,
   most notably in the marine cargo handling area.

     Operating revenue increased $617,000 (1.0%) to $63.1 million during
   1996 from $62.5 million during 1995.  This reflects a $3.2 million (6.0%)
   increase in Puerto Rico revenue, substantially offset by a $2.6 million
   (27.4%) decrease in non-Puerto Rico revenue.  The decrease in non-Puerto
   Rico revenue resulted from the Company's shift in focus away from domestic
   traffic lanes which were not complementary to Puerto Rico traffic lanes
   and a decrease in the average length of domestic hauls.

     Salaries, wages, and benefits decreased slightly to $13.3 million
   during 1996 from $14.6 million for 1995, and decreased as a percentage of
   revenue to 21.0% during 1996 from 23.3% during 1995.  This decrease as a
   percentage of revenues was attributable to a decision to shift away from
   various domestic traffic lanes which were not complementary to Puerto Rico
   traffic lanes, resulting in a reduction in the number of truck drivers
   employed by the Company.

     Rent and purchased transportation increased $1.7 million to $16.2
   million due to increased charter on the enlarged vessels, partially offset
   by reduced leasing.  As a percentage of revenue, rent and purchased
   transportation increased to 25.7% during 1996 compared to 23.2% during
   1995.  Included in this category is the tug time-charter and vessel
   charter paid by the Company as well as expenses related to leasing
   trailers.  The increase as a percentage of revenue in the most recent
   period was primarily due to (i) inability to generate corresponding
   revenue because of the smaller substitute vessels and (ii) continued
   payment of pre-modification charter rates while using the smaller vessels.

     Fuel expense increased $627,000 to $5.9 million and increased to 9.3%
   of revenue during 1996 from 8.4% of revenue during 1995, primarily due to
   an increase in average fuel prices.

     Operations and maintenance increased $3.6 million to $14.2 million in
   1996 from $10.6 million in 1995.  Operations and maintenance increased as
   a percentage of revenue to 22.5% during 1996 from 17.0% during 1995. 
   These increases were attributable to an increase in cargo handling costs
   related to the complexity of loading substitute vessels during the mid-
   body modification project.

     Taxes and licenses decreased to .7% of revenue during all of 1996
   compared to .9% of revenue during all of 1995.  This decrease resulted
   from a reduction in non-Puerto Rico revenue which has a higher tax and
   license cost (primarily highway taxes and local taxes and licenses)
   compared to Puerto Rico revenue.

     Insurance and claims increased to 3.4% of revenue during 1996 from 3.0%
   of revenue during 1995. This increase was attributable to increased cargo
   claims due to the use of smaller substitute vessels during the mid-body
   modification project and increased insurance levels related to additional
   owned equipment and the enlarged vessels.

     Depreciation and amortization increased to $2.9 million, or 4.7% of
   revenue, during 1996 from $2.8 million, or 4.4% of revenue, during 1995. 
   This increase resulted from increases in owned trailers, some of which
   replaced trailers utilized under operating leases, partially offset by a
   reduction in owned tractors which were previously utilized in the non-
   Puerto Rico traffic lanes.

     Other operating expenses remained stable at $3.0 million during 1995
   and 1996.  There was a slight decrease in other operating expenses as a
   percentage of revenue to 4.7% for 1996 from 4.8% for 1995.

     The Company's operating ratio increased to 93.0% during 1996 from 86.0%
   during 1995 primarily as a result of the mid-body expansion project and
   inefficiencies related to the substitute vessels, including increased
   labor and cargo handling fees and use of specialized equipment, temporary
   loss of business, and increased charter fees for the expanded vessels.

     Interest expense (net) decreased to $1.1 million, or 1.7% of revenue,
   during 1996 from $1.4 million, or 2.2% of revenue, during 1995 due to
   reductions in average outstanding balances, primarily amounts owed to an
   affiliate.

     As a result of the factors described above, pro forma net income
   decreased 52.5% to $2.1 million (3.3% of revenue) during 1996 from $4.4
   million (7.0% of revenue) during 1995.

   Year ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year ended December 31, 1994

     During 1995, the Company continued to tailor its non-Puerto Rico
   revenue services to its core Puerto Rico traffic lanes.  As a result, many
   of the traffic lanes previously served by a truckload carrier acquired in
   1992 which did not complement the Company's U.S. to Puerto Rico traffic
   lanes were eliminated, and non-Puerto Rico trucking revenue decreased
   56.2% to $9.4 million from $21.4 million.

     Operating revenue decreased 13.4% to $62.5 million during 1995 from
   $72.2 million during 1994 as a direct result of a $12.0 million, or 56.2%,
   reduction in non-Puerto Rico revenue, partially offset by a $2.3 million
   increase in Puerto Rico revenue.  Overall, Puerto Rico revenue increased
   4.6% in 1995 compared to 1994.

     Salaries, wages, and benefits decreased $4.7 million to $14.6 million,
   or 23.3% of revenue, during 1995 from $19.3 million or 26.7% of revenue,
   during 1994.  This decrease was primarily attributable to the reduction in
   non-Puerto Rico revenue and the related reduction in the number of drivers
   employed by the Company, primarily owner-operators.

     Rent and purchased transportation was $14.5 million, or 23.2% of
   revenue, during 1995 compared to $19.6 million, or 27.2% of revenue,
   during 1994.  This decrease resulted from a reduction in the number of
   owner-operator tractors due to the decision to discontinue certain traffic
   lanes that did not complement Puerto Rico traffic lanes.

     Although fuel expense decreased slightly to $5.3 million in 1995 from
   $5.4 million in 1994, it increased to 8.4% of revenue in 1995 compared to
   7.5% of revenue in 1994 due to the reduction in the number of owner-
   operator tractors, whose fuel cost is included in rent and purchased
   transportation.

     Operations and maintenance increased to 17.0% of revenue during 1995
   compared to 16.3% of revenue for 1994, although decreasing to $10.6
   million in 1995 from $11.8 million in 1994.  This decrease reflected a
   higher proportion of Puerto Rico revenue and its related cargo handling
   expense offset by a smaller number of owner-operators.

     Taxes and licenses decreased to .9% of revenue during 1995 from 1.3% of
   revenue during 1994. This decrease was attributable to a reduction in non-
   Puerto Rico revenue, which generally has a higher tax and license cost,
   primarily highway taxes and licenses, compared to Puerto Rico revenue.

     Insurance and claims decreased to 3.0% of revenue during 1995 from 3.1%
   of revenue during 1994. This decrease was attributable to a reduction in
   non-Puerto Rico revenue that generally has a higher insurance cost
   compared to Puerto Rico revenue.

     Communications and utilities decreased to 1.0% of revenue during 1995
   from 1.2% during 1994.  This decrease was attributable to a lower level of
   non-Puerto Rico revenue that generally requires more communication and
   therefore has a higher communication cost compared to Puerto Rico revenue.

     Depreciation and amortization increased to $2.8 million, or 4.4% of
   revenue, during 1995 from $2.6 million, or 3.7% of revenue, during 1994 as
   a result of purchases of both tractor and trailer equipment and a
   reduction in non-Puerto Rico revenue.

     Other operating expenses increased to 4.8% of revenue in 1995 from 4.4%
   of revenue in 1994 due to a non-recurring expense for the off-hire of
   equipment utilized in domestic traffic lanes which were not complementary
   to Puerto Rico traffic lanes.

     The Company's operating ratio improved to 86.0% in 1995 from 91.4%
   during 1994 primarily as a result of elimination of non-Puerto Rico
   traffic lanes and increase in Puerto Rico revenue.

     Interest expense (net) decreased to $1.4 million, or 2.2% of revenue,
   during 1995 from $1.8 million, or 2.5% of revenue, during 1994 due to
   reductions in outstanding average balances, primarily amounts owed to an
   affiliate.

     As a result of the factors described above, pro forma net income
   increased 86.1% to $4.4 million (7.0% of revenue) in 1995 versus $2.3
   million (3.2% of revenue) during 1994.

   Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The growth of the Company's business has required significant
   investment in revenue equipment that the Company historically has financed
   with charters, borrowings under installment notes payable to commercial
   lending institutions, equipment leases from third-party lessors and cash
   flow from operations.  The Company's primary sources of liquidity
   historically have been funds provided by operations, borrowings, leases
   with financial institutions and financial support from an affiliate.

     At March 31, 1997, working capital was negative $2.8 million, which
   reflects $5.8 million due to an affiliate that will be repaid from the net
   proceeds of the offering.  The Company expects that in future years it
   will continue to finance substantially all revenue equipment additions
   through borrowing or leasing transactions.  The Company also expects that
   the offering and its effect on capitalization will enable Trailer Bridge
   to finance revenue equipment on more favorable terms than those obtained
   in the past.  The Company currently has a line of credit from a financial
   institution for up to $7.1 million to fund the replacement of 125
   tractors.  At March 31, 1997, approximately $1.1 million was utilized
   under this line of credit, which is secured by the purchased tractors. 
   The interest rate on amounts currently outstanding under the line of
   credit is 1.40% above the financial institution's three-year cost of funds
   in effect from time to time (7.98% at March 31, 1997).  The Company may
   elect different interest accrual options for future borrowings under the
   line of credit (see Note 7 to the Financial Statements).  The Company had
   outstanding long-term debt, capitalized lease obligations and due to
   affiliate (including current portions) of approximately $15.2 million at
   March 31, 1997, most of which comprised obligations for the purchase of
   revenue equipment.  See Notes 6 and 7 to the Financial Statements.  

     Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.2 million in 1996,
   compared to $8.1 million in 1995.  The difference between the Company's
   1996 cash flow and its $3.4 million in net income was primarily
   attributable to $3.0 million of depreciation, a $674,000 provision for bad
   debt and a $659,000 increase in payables.  

     Net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million in 1996 compared
   to $5.0 million in 1995.  The Company's 1996 cash flow reflects $6.7
   million of capital expenditures and $3.2 million of repayments of debt to
   an affiliate.  

     Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.4 million in 1996,
   compared to $4.5 million of net cash used in financing activities in 1995. 
   The Company's 1996 cash flow reflects increased borrowings to finance the
   Company's capital expenditure program.  The Company paid approximately
   $1.2 million in dividends during the three months ended March 31, 1997.  

     The Company expects vessel and equipment purchases to total
   approximately $32.3 million in 1997, of which $12.0 million will be used
   for new vessel purchases, $13.2 million for related container and chassis
   equipment additions and $7.1 million for replacement tractors.  The
   Company's projected capital expenditures for its new Triplestack Box
   Carriers/TM/ have been funded with a 12.5% down-payment ($1.5 million)
   from working capital advanced by the Company's affiliate and to be repaid
   out of the proceeds of this offering.  The 87.5% remaining balance will be
   funded from the escrowed proceeds of a Title XI bond offering in June
   1997.  The Title XI bonds require equal semi-annual principal payments
   over a 25 year term and bear interest at ________%.  The approximately
   $13.2 million in 53' container and chassis equipment for the new vessels
   will be funded from the net proceeds of this offering.  See "Use of
   Proceeds."  The Company's $7.1 million tractor replacement program will be
   funded through the sale of used tractors and the line of credit described
   above.

     During 1997, the Company will complete the construction of a new office
   building adjacent to its Jacksonville truck terminal that will centralize
   all Jacksonville administrative personnel.  The remaining cost of the
   office building will be funded with escrowed proceeds from a mortgage and
   cash flows from operations.

     The Company has a pending application with the U.S. Maritime
   Administration for a Title XI guaranty commitment to finance 87.5% of the
   construction costs of an additional three Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/
   which the Company intends to utilize in the coastwise traffic lanes.  The
   required $2.2 million down payment, which is expected to be funded in the
   third quarter of 1997,  will be funded from the net proceeds of this
   offering.  The Company anticipates that, subsequent to this offering, it
   will obtain a formal Title XI commitment from the U.S. Maritime
   Administration similar to that obtained in connection with the first two
   Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  Construction of those vessels will then
   commence immediately under the Company's fixed-priced contract with Halter
   Marine Group, Inc.  The initial vessel is expected to be delivered seven
   months after construction commences, with additional vessels to follow in
   two month increments.  Trailer Bridge intends to finance the approximately
   $19 million in container and chassis equipment needed in 1998 for these
   three Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ under existing proposals it has
   received from financial institutions.  

     The Company utilizes tugs, terminals, office space, certain trailers
   and miscellaneous equipment under a number of operating leases, some of
   which include labor and other cost items.  The minimum expected payment
   under all of these operating leases is $16.1 million in 1997, including
   $7.6 million due an affiliate for charter of existing vessels.  The
   Company also expects to enter into operating leases for additional
   miscellaneous equipment related to its Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/,
   including reacher-stacker lift trucks used in cargo operations.

     Management believes that available borrowings under the line of credit,
   equipment financings, cash flow generated from operations and the net
   proceeds of this offering will allow the Company to meet its working
   capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and other
   obligations at least through calendar 1998.

   Inflation

     Inflation has had a minimal effect upon the Company's profitability in
   recent years.  Most of the Company's operating expenses are inflation-
   sensitive, with inflation generally producing increased costs of
   operation.  The Company expects that inflation will affect its costs no
   more than it affects those of other truckload and marine carriers.

   Seasonality

     The Company's present marine operations are affected by the seasonality
   of the Puerto Rico freight market where shipments are generally reduced
   during the first calendar quarter and increased during the fourth calendar
   quarter of each year in anticipation of Christmas.  This seasonality is
   expected to have a greater impact on the Company when it increases its
   capacity with the addition of two new Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  The
   Company's over-the-road truckload operation also experiences some seasonal
   fluctuations in freight volume, as shipments have historically decreased
   during the first calendar quarter.  In addition, the Company's operating
   expenses historically have been higher in the winter months due to
   decreased fuel efficiency and increased maintenance costs in colder
   weather.  Moreover, the Company's quarterly operating revenue and net
   income may continue to fluctuate due to the timing of changes in capacity
   and other factors.  Accordingly, results of operations are subject to
   fluctuation, and results in any period should not be considered indicative
   of the results to be expected for any future period.

     The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial information
   for the Company for each of the last nine quarters (dollars in thousands
   except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
   <S>                        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>

   Operating revenues . . .   $15,257  $15,832  $15,430  $16,012     $14,568  $14,274  $16,288  $18,018    $16,446
   Operating income (loss).     2,097    2,537    1,790    2,354         966     (187)   1,331    2,315      1,748
   Pro forma net income
    (loss)  . . . . . . . .     1,039    1,254      841    1,226         443     (199)     636    1,193        909
   Pro forma net income
     per common share (loss)  $   .12  $   .15  $   .10  $   .14     $   .05  $  (.02) $   .07  $   .14    $   .11

</TABLE>

                                INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Trailer Bridge currently operates in the full-load dry van segment of
   the U.S. to Puerto Rico freight market and to a lesser degree in the
   truckload segment of the domestic trucking industry.  The Company also
   intends to initiate integrated truckload and marine service between 
   interior points along the east coast of the U.S. which will compete 
   primarily with truckload and rail intermodal service in north-south 
   traffic lanes.  Management is investigating a number of other potential 
   markets in which the Company could replicate its unique integrated 
   service model.

     The ocean freight market between the U.S. and Puerto Rico is
   approximately an $800 million market and is currently estimated to consist
   of approximately 310,000 loads per year. The market is unbalanced with
   more than three times as much cargo moving to Puerto Rico from the U.S. as
   is moving in the opposite direction.  North-south freight flow imbalances
   result in equipment imbalances at interior U.S. points and significantly
   lower rates for inbound U.S. cargo compared to outbound U.S. cargo. 
   Puerto Rico shippers select carriers based primarily upon price.  To a
   lesser extent, criteria such as frequency, transit time, consistency,
   billing accuracy and claims experience are considered.

     Freight moving between the U.S. and Puerto Rico is primarily carried
   via truck over the inland segment of the freight shipment and via ship or
   barge over the marine segment.  Most traditional ocean carriers in the
   Puerto Rico trade use standard containerized freight systems, employing
   20' and 40' marine containers which for over-the-water shipment are
   carried on container ships and for over-the-road shipment are placed on
   chassis and pulled by conventional tractors.  Ocean carriers generally
   provide motor carriage of containers through independent contractors,
   hired on an as-needed basis.  Trailer Bridge is the only operator serving
   the Puerto Rico market that has a significant trucking operation and
   engages in significant inland domestic freight operations.  

     As customers realized the cost benefits of consolidating more freight
   in a single movement and federal and state governments eased restrictions
   on equipment sizes, the prevailing standard trailer size in the domestic
   inland truckload industry has progressively increased to today's high
   capacity 53' long, 102" wide dry van trailer.  By contrast, the capacity
   of freight containers used by shipping companies has not progressively
   increased over the past 25 years due to, among other reasons, the
   significant capital expenditures required to reconfigure existing ships. 
   Despite the trend of motor carriers toward more efficient high-cube
   trailers, the ocean liner trade has retained the use of 20' and 40' ISO
   containers as the standard unit of containerized marine freight capacity. 
   Today, no major truckload motor carrier in the U.S. operates 40' trailers.

     The Company plans to be the first to provide integrated truckload and
   marine service between U.S. domestic coastwise points along the eastern
   seaboard such as New York and Florida, utilizing high-cube 53' equipment. 
   The Company will target such service primarily at long-haul, price-
   sensitive domestic freight which is currently moving on rail intermodal. 
   The railroad movement of trailers and containers on flatcars has rapidly
   grown into a $5.8 billion industry in recent years, primarily due to the
   per mile linehaul cost advantage of rail intermodal over comparable
   truckload rates on longer hauls.  The Company's planned integrated
   coastwise truckload and marine freight service is designed to take further
   advantage of shippers' proven willingness to move from one mode of
   transport to another to reduce distribution costs.  Accordingly, the
   Company will primarily compete with truckload and rail intermodal service
   on the basis of price.  Based on studies by an independent consultant, the
   Company believes that the eastern domestic long-haul, north-to-south full
   load market is in excess of $3.0 billion per year.

 
                                   BUSINESS

   Overview

     Trailer Bridge, headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, is an
   integrated trucking and marine freight carrier that currently provides
   truckload freight transportation primarily between the continental U.S.
   and Puerto Rico.  Founded in 1991 by transportation pioneer Malcom P.
   McLean, the Company combines an efficient domestic truckload motor carrier
   with a low cost barge and tug marine transportation system to provide
   seamless truckload freight service between Puerto Rico and points
   throughout North America.  Trailer Bridge is the only company to operate
   marine vessels fully configured to carry 48' and 53' long, 102" wide,
   high-cube trailers, which enable the Company to achieve a high level of
   equipment utilization rates and other operating efficiencies not readily
   available to traditional ocean carriers that primarily use smaller
   capacity equipment, such as 40' containers.  The Company believes that, as
   a result of these efficiencies, its total unit costs per mile are the
   lowest of any carrier operating between the U.S. and Puerto Rico.  

     Trailer Bridge intends to achieve significant growth by providing the
   lowest cost freight transportation service to markets well suited to
   freight service utilizing a marine movement.  Based on volume and pricing
   data, the Company believes there are a number of markets in which the
   Company's integrated high-cube truckload and marine transportation system
   can provide superior full load service at a significant cost advantage
   over existing modes of truckload and rail intermodal transportation.

     Trailer Bridge's differentiated service quickly gained the acceptance
   of U.S. to Puerto Rico shippers, leading to rapid growth and high
   equipment utilization.  In 1993, the Company's first full year of
   operation, Trailer Bridge achieved a 94% outbound (U.S. to Puerto Rico)
   vessel utilization rate and captured 5% of the U.S. to Puerto Rico marine
   freight market.  In response to the rapid market share gains experienced
   by Trailer Bridge, the Company, in 1966, increased its vessel capacity by
   56% by inserting midsections ("mid-bodies") into its two existing barges,
   increasing the capacity of each barge from 266 to 416 48' equivalent
   truckload units.  For the six months in 1996 during which the vessels were
   being lengthened, Trailer Bridge chartered smaller substitute vessels,
   resulting in a reduction in 1996 profits.  Upon the return to service of
   both expanded vessels, revenue and profit levels immediately showed
   favorable comparisons to the Company's pre-expansion results.

     Trailer Bridge will increase its vessel capacity by an additional 56%
   in late 1997 and early 1998, when it takes delivery of two 408' long
   container carrying barges ("Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/") designed
   specifically for the Company's integrated truckload marine system.  The
   Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ are versatile, low-draft vessels that have a
   capacity of 213 53' containers, stacked three-high on a single deck. 
   Construction of these two vessels began in March 1997 and, upon their
   completion, they are expected to be deployed in the Company's existing
   Puerto Rico freight operation.  Trailer Bridge also intends to contract
   for the construction of three additional Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/
   which it intends to deploy in coastwise service between New York and
   Florida.  The Company also intends to investigate other marine markets
   which are well suited for its unique, cost-efficient transportation
   service, such as from the continental U.S. to Hawaii or Alaska.

   Competitive Strengths

     Management believes that the Company's principal competitive strengths
   are:

   * Significant Operating Cost Advantage.  Trailer Bridge believes it is
     the lowest cost provider of freight transportation between the U.S. and
     Puerto Rico.  Lower overall operating costs are achieved through
     significantly higher equipment utilization and lower marine linehaul
     costs than those of traditional ocean carriers.  The Company's inland
     trucking operation achieves significantly higher equipment utilization
     and lower unit trucking costs by using 48' and 53' high-cube trailers. 
     This system provides customers with over 50% more interior capacity
     than 40' marine containers but with similar inland trucking costs.  The
     Company's marine system uses towed ocean-going barges instead of self
     propelled container ships to deliver equivalent units of capacity at
     significantly lower capital and operating costs.  Barges are less
     complex and equipment intensive and therefore can be acquired or built
     at lower costs per unit of capacity than container ships.  Furthermore,
     towed barge systems can be operated with lower per unit personnel and
     fuel costs due to the less restrictive Coast Guard manning requirements
     and lower maximum speed of ocean going tugs.  Other components of the
     Company's low-cost operating structure include Trailer Bridge's use of
     uniform, modern fleet equipment to maximize utilization and flexibility
     and minimize operating costs, as well as an emphasis on hiring and
     retaining qualified and reliable drivers to reduce the costs of
     insurance, recruiting, fuel and maintenance.

   * Domestic Truckload Operations.  The Company is the only carrier using a
     fleet of company-owned and leased tractors and high-cube dry van
     trailers to provide transportation services between the continental
     U.S. and Puerto Rico.  By using high-cube equipment, the mainstay of
     the domestic truckload industry, and a centralized dispatch system, the
     Company can more effectively compete for and obtain domestic non-Puerto
     Rico truckload freight while repositioning equipment for Puerto Rico
     shipments.  As a result, the Company operates with lower empty miles
     and higher equipment utilization than its competitors in the Puerto
     Rico trade.  The Company is also able to provide more reliable and
     consistent service with a company-operated truckload fleet than
     traditional ocean carriers generally provide using a variety of smaller
     independent contractors.

   * Centralized Operation in Strategic Location.  Trailer Bridge operates a
     centralized truckload operation from its headquarters in Jacksonville. 
     Because approximately 70% of the Company's truckload freight is
     dispatched through Jacksonville on a regular schedule to meet weekly
     barge sailings to Puerto Rico, the Company is able to purchase a large
     portion of its fuel locally at favorable bulk rates and can schedule
     and perform routine maintenance at the Company's terminal facilities at
     lower cost and with minimal interruption to tractor dispatch
     efficiency.  Regular truck routing through Jacksonville also enables
     the Company to offer its drivers a more routine schedule with more
     frequent stops at home, leading to higher driver retention. 
     Additionally, the Company's centralized Jacksonville headquarters is
     also strategically located near key southern rail and highway
     endpoints, connecting cities in the continental U.S. to Puerto Rico and
     other Caribbean points.

   * Emphasis on U.S. Domestic Ocean Trade.  The Company will continue to
     concentrate its marine operations in markets protected by the Jones
     Act.  The Jones Act prevents foreign-built or foreign-crewed vessels
     from competing in ocean trade between ports in the U.S., including the
     non-contiguous areas of Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.  Although
     the Company believes that its costs are competitive with those of
     foreign flagged carriers, it has initially focused on Jones Act
     protected markets to take advantage of the larger differential between
     its costs and the costs of other Jones Act protected U.S. flag
     carriers.  Furthermore, two of the largest carriers in the Puerto Rico
     trade have agreed with the U.S. Maritime Administration to certain
     restrictions on adding capacity in the Jones Act trades, including
     their respective Puerto Rico services.

   * Experienced Management Team.  The Company's officers and directors have
     extensive experience in the transportation industry, including an
     average of over five years with the Company.  The scope of management
     experience at Trailer Bridge is well-balanced between both trucking and
     marine transportation.  The Company's Chief Executive Officer and
     President have been involved in maritime trade for 19 and 26 years,
     respectively, and the Company's Vice President of Sales has over 25
     years of experience in the trucking industry.  The Company believes
     that the diverse skills of its management team have permitted Trailer
     Bridge to conceive, implement and expand a unique integrated
     transportation system that applies the best practices of this country's
     cost-efficient truckload business to the marine sector.

   Growth Strategy

     The following are the key elements of the Company's growth strategy:

   * Increased Market Share of Puerto Rico Market.  Trailer Bridge plans to
     increase the capacity of its Puerto Rico service by adding two new
     barges, to be known as Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/, designed
     specifically for the Company to carry 53' containers.  The addition of
     two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ will increase the Company's overall
     capacity by 56% and allow the Company to increase its frequency of
     service to Puerto Rico to two sailings per week from the current weekly
     service.  Management believes that the Company's lack of available
     capacity and its limited service frequency have, to date, limited its
     volume of business with certain existing customers and precluded other
     customers from utilizing the Company's services.  The Triplestack Box
     Carriers/TM/ are designed specifically to carry high capacity 53'
     containers, which the Company believes are preferred by customers and
     will therefore increase demand for its services.  Added vessel capacity
     and frequency will also allow the Company to pursue additional backhaul
     revenue opportunities and seek high equipment utilization because of
     the more balanced availability of trucking capacity.

   * Initiation of Coastwise Service.  Following its planned expansion of
     Puerto Rico service, the Company intends to commence a twice-weekly New
     York to Florida coastwise service utilizing three additional
     Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  These vessels, combined with the
     Company's trucking capabilities and expertise in operating an
     integrated system, are expected to provide equivalent service with
     superior linehaul costs compared to truckload and a typical rail
     doublestack train.  This will in turn allow the Company to compete
     effectively with truckload and rail intermodal carriers on the basis of
     price.  The Company believes the New York to Florida traffic lane is
     the most attractive market in which to initiate its coastwise service
     but believes there are numerous other coastwise traffic lanes
     (including Gulf coast and West coast lanes) in which the Company can
     provide a more cost efficient freight service for shippers.

   * Service to Other Jones Act and Offshore Markets.  The freight markets
     between the continental U.S. and points in Hawaii and Alaska are
     similar in overall size to the Puerto Rico market and are served by
     traditional marine carriers that do not utilize 48' or 53' conveyance
     units.  The lack of appropriate and available port facilities in Hawaii
     and Alaska acts as a barrier to entry in those markets.  However, the
     design and loading requirements of the Company's Triplestack Box
     Carrier/TM/ should allow the Company to serve these and other new
     markets from waterfront sites that do not require the traditional
     infrastructure investments associated with port facilities. 
     Additionally, the Company believes there are other potential non-Jones
     Act Caribbean markets where the Triplestack Box Carrier/TM/ system
     could be quickly implemented with minimal investment in port
     facilities.

   * Capacity and Environmental Constraints on Other Modes. On a longer-term
     basis, the Company believes that its planned coastwise service will
     benefit from a growing capacity constraint in both the rail and highway
     systems.  Management also believes that the coastwise service will be
     more environmentally attractive compared to the rail and truck
     transport sectors, as it emits lower fuel emissions and operates at
     greater distances from densely populated areas.  Finally, the
     increasing publicity attendant to train and truck accidents,
     particularly those involving passenger automobiles, should offer an
     attractive political environment for expansion of the Company's
     maritime service.

   Operations

     Trailer Bridge operates a fleet of 154 tractors and 1,937 high-cube
   trailers which transport truckload freight between the Company's
   Jacksonville port facility and inland points in the U.S.  The Company also
   provides full truckload service between interior points within the
   continental U.S., primarily to increase equipment utilization, minimize
   empty miles and maximize revenue while repositioning equipment to carry
   Puerto Rico bound freight.  The Company maintains a centralized dispatch
   and customer service operation at its Jacksonville headquarters to
   schedule pickup and delivery of customer freight.  The operations center
   features a fully integrated computerized dispatch, customer service
   network.  Customer service representatives solicit and accept freight,
   quote freight rates, and serve as the primary contact with customers. 
   Dispatch and customer service personnel work together to coordinate Puerto
   Rico and non-Puerto Rico freight to achieve the most optimum load balance
   and minimize empty miles within the Company's truckload operation.

     Trailer Bridge currently operates two 736' triple-deck, roll-on/roll-
   off ocean-going barges.  Loading of the barges is performed using small
   maneuverable yard tractors by stevedores hired by an outside contractor. 
   Once per week, the Company's two barge vessels sail between San Juan and
   Jacksonville, one in each direction.  One vessel is scheduled to arrive in
   Jacksonville on Tuesday at 8:00 a.m. and depart on Thursday at 2:00 p.m.,
   while the other vessel is scheduled to arrive in San Juan on Wednesday at
   6:00 a.m. and depart on Wednesday at 8:00 p.m.  Each barge is towed at
   approximately 9 knots by one 8,000 horsepower diesel-powered tug.  The
   tugs are time-chartered and are manned by employees of the unaffiliated
   tug owner.  Compared to a self-propelled vessel, a towed barge has reduced
   Coast Guard manning requirements and higher fuel efficiency.  Similarly,
   the large number of U.S. tugs available for charter provides the Company
   with a reliable source for towing services.

   Marketing and Customers

     The Company's sales and marketing function is led by senior management
   and sales professionals based in Jacksonville, San Juan and other key
   strategic U.S. cities.  These sales personnel aggressively market Trailer
   Bridge to shippers as a customer-oriented provider of value-priced,
   dependable, consistent service.  The efforts of sales personnel are
   augmented by customer service personnel. The Company targets major
   shippers with high volume, repetitive shipments whose freight lends itself
   to integrated trucking and marine service. 

     The Company develops its pricing proposals based upon a systematic
   analysis of its own costs.  When comparing its prices to other carriers,
   Trailer Bridge seeks to demonstrate the superior value its system offers
   on a per cubic foot or per product shipped basis.  Management believes
   that the Company's tightly controlled and continuously reviewed pricing
   model, although more typical in the truckload industry, positively
   differentiates Trailer Bridge from traditional marine carriers.

     The Company believes that price is the primary determinant in the
   freight lanes in which it is involved.  Nonetheless, the Company also
   believes that Trailer Bridge has a competitive advantage through its
   ability to provide better service that results from its single company
   control of the entire freight movement over land and water.  This service
   frees the customer from the operational complexities of coordinating the
   interface between over-the-road and marine service.  The Company's
   customer service philosophy has generated increasing demand from existing
   customers for additional equipment and sailings and has led to ongoing
   relationships with customers such as Chrysler, General Motors, K Mart,
   General Electric and DuPont.

     Management believes the Company's growth with existing customers
   evidences customer satisfaction.  From 1995 to 1996, the Company's revenue
   from its current top 5, 10, and 25 customers has grown by 13.0%, 21.5% and
   31.2%, respectively, as the Company has capitalized on its reputation for
   value and consistent service.  Trailer Bridge's philosophy is consistent
   with the trend among shippers toward establishing core carrier
   relationships with truckload carriers.  

     The Company has a diversified customer base.  Typical shipments to
   Puerto Rico include furniture, consumer goods, toys, new and used cars and
   apparel.  Typical shipments from Puerto Rico include health products,
   electronics, shoes and scrap aluminum.  Management intends to continue
   developing business with existing customers as well as attempting to add
   new core carrier relationships.  The Company's top 5, 10, and 25 customers
   accounted for 16.7%, 23.2% and 36.1% of revenue, respectively, in 1996.

     The Company has written contracts with substantially all of its
   customers.  These contracts generally specify service standards and rates,
   eliminating the need for negotiating the rate for individual shipments. 
   Although a contract typically runs for a specified term of at least one
   year, it generally may be terminated by either party upon 30 days' notice. 
   The penalties for a shipper for breach of contract are minimal.

   Existing and Planned Vessels

     The Company's present vessels are 736' by 104' triple-deck roll-
   on/roll-off barges.  Each deck has ten lanes which are accessed from the
   stern of the vessel via ramp structures in Jacksonville and San Juan that
   have been built to the Company's specifications.  Four lanes on each
   vessel have been converted to carry new and used automobiles on car decks
   that allow approximately 11 cars to fit in the space previously used for
   one 48' trailer.  The trailers are secured on the vessel by attachment to
   pullman stands which are engaged and disengaged with specially configured
   yard tractors used to back the trailers into position on the vessel.  The
   present vessels can be fully discharged and re-loaded within one eight
   hour shift, although the Company generally makes use of additional
   available slack time in Jacksonville to schedule cargo activity over
   periods that will minimize total cost.

     The two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ to be used in the Puerto Rico
   traffic lane are single deck barges.  These 408' by 100' vessels are being
   built at Halter Marine Group, Inc.'s Pearlington, Mississippi shipyard
   under fixed-priced contracts which call for delivery of the first vessel
   in November 1997 and the second vessel in January 1998.   In the Puerto
   Rico service, the two Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ are expected to achieve
   the scheduled service speed of 9 knots with a tug in the 6,500 horsepower
   range, with larger tugs attaining tow speeds of approximately 11 knots. 
   These vessels will utilize the same port facilities as the present
   vessels.  See "Business - Port Facilities."  Wheeled vehicles known as
   reacher-stackers will carry and load the containers.  These highly
   maneuverable vehicles are currently used by railroads to load containers. 
   Similarly, the reacher-stackers are significantly less expensive than the
   cranes required for loading and unloading containers from the holds of
   ships and will instead directly access the deck of the vessel via simple
   and movable linear ramps.  The Company believes that the total cargo
   handling cost per unit of the Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ in the Puerto
   Rico traffic lane will be similar to that experienced with its present
   roll-on/roll-off vessels.  The Company intends to acquire three additional
   Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ in 1998 to use in the coastwise traffic lanes
   as a cost-efficient alternative to truckload and rail intermodal.  See
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
   of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business - Growth
   Strategy."

   Revenue Equipment

     Trailer Bridge's equipment strategy is to operate modern tractors and
   trailers in order to (i) reduce fuel, maintenance and parts costs, (ii)
   promote the reliable service customers demand from core carriers and (iii)
   help attract and retain drivers.  At March 31, 1997, the Company had 154
   tractors.  The Company's practice is to trade or replace its tractors on a
   450,000-mile cycle which generally occurs during the fourth year. 
   Management anticipates that the Company's ongoing fleet upgrade program
   will significantly decrease its maintenance, repair and parts expenses. 
   In addition, the new tractors, in combination with a fuel consumption
   incentive program for the drivers, are expected to generate better fuel
   mileage than the tractors to be traded.  All of the new power units are
   conventional tractors (engine-forward) that are preferred by drivers. 
   These units include, among other amenities, the large "condo" sleeper
   compartment with full standing room.  

     At March 31, 1997, the Company operated 1,937 dry trailers, 1,772 of
   which were 48' x 102" models and 165 of which were 53' x 102" models.  The
   Company's current practice is to trade or replace owned trailers on a
   seven-year cycle and replace leased trailers with owned trailers as leases
   expire.  Since the trailers spend a significant amount of time on the
   Company's vessels and in Puerto Rico, the Company's trailers incur less
   miles in a year than those used by a typical truckload carrier.  For
   instance, in 1996 the Company averaged approximately 10,500 highway miles
   per trailer compared to approximately 50,000 miles per year averaged by
   typical domestic truckload carriers.  For this reason, the Company
   believes that its trailers have a longer effective life despite the
   corrosive ocean environment encountered on the vessels.

     Trailer Bridge has scheduled deliveries of approximately 75 new
   tractors during the remainder of 1997 and 25 new tractors during 1998. 
   After the planned trade-in or sale during 1997 of all its model year 1993
   tractors, the Company will have a fleet of approximately 145 owned
   tractors with an average age of nine months.  

     The Company also has scheduled deliveries of approximately 850 new
   containers during late 1997 and early 1998, all of which are 53' models
   that will be utilized by the two new Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ to be
   deployed in the Puerto Rico traffic lane.  These containers are being
   built to the Company's specifications and are similar to the 53'
   containers utilized on the most efficient rail doublestack operation.  The
   Company has also contracted to purchase 550 new chassis units which will
   be utilized in combination with the 53' containers.  Under its fixed-price
   contract with a large container manufacturer, Trailer Bridge has an option
   to increase its order by up to 250 additional 53' container and chassis
   units.  

     The Company performs light preventative maintenance on equipment at its
   Jacksonville operations center, with major maintenance and repairs handled
   by outside contractors.  

   Driver Recruiting and Retention

     Trailer Bridge emphasizes driver satisfaction and has made significant
   investments to improve its drivers' employment experience.  The Company
   offers competitive compensation and full health care benefits
   differentiating it from many truckload operators.  Management believes it
   has promoted driver loyalty by assigning drivers to a single dispatcher,
   regardless of geographic area, awarding dedicated routes and offering more
   predictable home time due to the consistency that results from
   Jacksonville as a central hub of operations.  Despite driver shortage in
   the industry and vigorous competition for drivers during the past several
   years, the Company believes its driver turnover is well below that
   typically reported by other truckload carriers.  

     In recent periods the Company has significantly reduced the number of
   owner-operators in connection with its decision to decrease domestic
   truckload business not tailored to Puerto Rico movements.  At March 31,
   1997, the Company had only 13 owner-operators.  Nevertheless, owner-
   operators provide the Company with flexibility to address driver and
   equipment needs in the future.  The Company compensates owner-operators as
   employees who receive the same benefits as regular Company drivers.  In
   addition, owner-operators receive a flat rate per mile to cover equipment
   costs, fuel and maintenance.

   Fuel Availability and Cost

     The Company actively manages its fuel costs by requiring drivers to
   fuel in Jacksonville at an offsite fuel facility where the Company has
   established a bulk purchasing arrangement.  Whenever possible enroute,
   drivers are required to fuel at truck stops and service centers with which
   the Company has established volume purchasing arrangements.  The Company
   offers fuel-conservation bonuses to its drivers based on miles per gallon
   thresholds.

     Although the Company pays for the marine fuel used by the large tugs it
   charters, the actual fuel loading is controlled by tug crew personnel
   employed by the tug owner.  The fuel is loaded in Jacksonville at a nearby
   fuel facility while cargo operations are occurring.  By negotiating
   directly with fuel vendors and offering volume contracts related to its
   marine fuel needs, the Company has obtained better prices than it would
   have otherwise been able to attain.  The Company has never experienced an
   inability to obtain fuel at market driven rates.  

     Trailer Bridge does not engage in any fuel hedging activities.  The
   Company historically has been able to pass through most increases in fuel
   prices and tires to customers in the form of higher rates, although there
   can be no assurance that this will continue in the future.  See "Risk
   Factors - Fuel Price Fluctuations."

   Safety and Insurance

     Trailer Bridge emphasizes safety in all aspects of its operations.  The
   Company maintains its own strict standards for recruiting drivers,
   including a minimum of five years of verifiable commercial driving
   experience, a safe driving history, and a successful physical examination,
   including drug and alcohol testing.  Its ongoing driver safety program
   includes an initial orientation for all new drivers, 100% log monitoring
   and strong adherence to all speed and weight regulations.  

     The Company bids annually for both marine and land insurance policies. 
   Major coverages include hull and protection indemnity ($36.7 million and
   $1 million limits with $50,000 and $5,000 deductibles), pollution, excess
   liability (umbrella up to $30 million), marine cargo, truckers liability,
   workers compensation ($1 million with no deductible) and commercial
   property (including fair market value property coverage on tractors and
   trailers subject to $5,000 and $1,000 deductibles, respectively).  The
   Company has been successful in reducing premium levels, and management
   believes existing coverages are adequate to cover reasonably anticipated
   claims. However, there can be no assurance that premium levels will not
   increase or that coverage will be adequate in the future.  See "Risk
   Factors - Claims Exposure and Insurance Costs."

   Technology

     The Company utilizes an IBM AS-400 computer system to handle its
   accounting and operations requirements.  The computer system links Company
   headquarters, the truck operations center, the San Juan office and the
   marine terminals in Jacksonville and San Juan.  The system enhances the
   Company's operating efficiency by providing cost effective access to
   detailed information concerning available equipment, loads, shipment
   status and specific customer requirements, and permits the Company to
   respond promptly and accurately to customer requests.

     The Company's electronic data interchange ("EDI") capability allows
   customers to tender loads, receive load confirmation, check load status,
   and receive billing information via computer.  The Company's EDI system
   also is designed to accelerate receivables collection.  The Company's
   largest customers require EDI service from their core carriers. 
   Management believes that advanced technology will be required by an
   increasing number of large shippers as they reduce the number of carriers
   they use in favor of core carriers.

     The Company believes that the open structure of the internet will
   replace many of the traditional EDI functions and intends to expand its
   website (www.trailerbridge.com) to accommodate such technology.

   Properties

     Trailer Bridge is headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, where it is
   completing construction of a 16,000 square foot office building adjacent
   to its owned truck operations center.  Upon completion in mid-1997, this
   facility will centralize 75 Jacksonville personnel in one location.  The
   new office building has also been designed so that additions can be
   constructed to serve the Company's foreseeable future needs.  The truck
   operations center property was purchased in 1996 and consists of 17.8
   acres near Interstate 95, approximately 2 miles from the Company's marine
   terminal on Blount Island.  In addition to the new office building, the
   property includes a 11,400 square foot tractor maintenance shop where oil
   changes and light preventative maintenance are performed, a trailer
   washing facility, a drivers lounge and parking space for tractors and
   trailers.  The Company believes that additional acreage contiguous to its
   truck operations center can be purchased to accommodate future expansion. 

     The Company maintains small sales office facilities in Georgia, North
   Carolina, Illinois, Ohio and New Jersey which are utilized by sales
   personnel.  The Company also rents a 2,600 square foot office in San Juan
   where 11 Puerto Rico administrative and sales personnel are based. 

   Port Facilities

     The Company utilizes port facilities in Jacksonville and San Juan where
   its vessels are loaded and freight is stored awaiting further movement by
   either vessel or truck.  Trailer Bridge's terminal in Jacksonville is
   located on Blount Island and consists of a berthing area and 17 acres
   leased from the Jacksonville Port Authority.  The lease, which expires in
   2002, allows the Company to use the berthing area on a preferential,
   although non-exclusive, basis and the land area on an exclusive basis. 
   The Company pays the Jacksonville Port Authority a monthly rental payment
   plus a wharfage payment based upon total cargo volume.  The Company's
   marine terminal in San Juan consists of a berthing area and 31 acres that
   the Company utilizes on a preferential basis under a stevedoring services
   agreement with the contractor who provides cargo handing services.  This
   agreement, which expires in 2006, calls for the Company to make fixed
   payments as well as payments based upon total cargo volume and the
   prevailing wharfage rates of the Puerto Rico Ports Authority.

     Both of the present port facilities have been improved with triple-deck
   ramp structures, part of which float to allow the sterns of the present
   vessels to be mated with the ramps for loading operations.  These ramp
   facilities were built by the present vessel owner and are included in the
   charter payments Trailer Bridge makes to its affiliate.  The new
   Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ will not need to utilize the existing ramps
   but will instead be accessed from simple, movable ramps that will
   typically bridge less than 10' compared to the 55' difference bridged in
   the existing operation.  Trailer Bridge believes that its present marine
   terminals in Jacksonville and Puerto Rico are sufficient to accommodate
   the expected growth from the introduction of the two new vessels.

     The Company's expansion into coastwise traffic lanes will require new
   port facilities.  Due to their shallow draft, relatively small overall
   size and ability to unload and load without significant shore-side ramp
   facilities or cranes, Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ can be accommodated at
   port facilities that would not be appropriate for the present vessels or
   for other similar-sized vessels.  These facilities include private sites
   that have not previously been utilized for cargo operations.  Trailer
   Bridge believes that it will be able to find sufficient marine sites that
   lend themselves to the low-cost unloading and loading operation it
   envisions for the Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/ to be deployed in the
   coastwise traffic lanes. 

   Competition

     The Company currently competes with four carriers for freight moving
   between the U.S. and Puerto Rico.  The current operators in the Puerto
   Rico trade are Navieras de Puerto Rico ("NPR"), Sea-Land Service, Inc.,
   Crowley American Transport, Sea-Barge Marine and Trailer Bridge.  Based on
   available industry data for the first quarter of 1997, NPR, which was
   purchased from the Puerto Rico government in a leveraged buyout in 1995,
   has approximately 32% of the market share and operates five container
   vessels configured to carry primarily 40' marine containers.  Sea-Land
   Service, Inc., a subsidiary of CSX Corporation, has approximately 24% of
   the market share and operates five container vessels that also carry
   mainly 40' containers.  Crowley American Transport, a subsidiary of
   privately held Crowley Maritime Corp., has approximately 30% of the market
   share and operates nine roll-on/roll-off barges in various services
   between the U.S. and Puerto Rico.  Although Crowley now uses some 48'
   trailers, its main equipment size is 45' by 96" wide trailers.  Sea Barge
   Marine has approximately 7% of the market share with four container barges
   that primarily carry 40' marine containers.  Trailer Bridge also has
   approximately 7% of the market share with its present two roll-on/roll-off
   vessels.

     Puerto Rico shippers select carriers based primarily upon price. To a
   lesser extent, criteria such as frequency, transit time, consistency,
   billing accuracy and claims experience are considered.  The Company faces
   vigorous price competition from competitors in the Puerto Rico market, two
   of which are part of larger transportation organizations that possess
   greater financial resources than the Company.  While the Company believes
   it is the lowest cost per unit operator in the Puerto Rico traffic lane,
   it does not always offer the lowest effective price as certain operators
   at times engage in a practice of freight rate reduction that the Company
   believes to be inconsistent with their own cost structure.  

     The Company's planned coastwise service is expected to compete
   primarily with large railroads that move intermodal freight and, to a
   lesser extent, trucking companies.  Many of these competitors are
   significantly larger and possess substantially greater financial resources
   than the Company.  The Company intends to compete by offering customers
   value-based pricing derived from its lower linehaul cost per unit.  The
   Company will target customers with less time sensitive-freight whose
   priority is reducing freight costs rather than obtaining the shortest
   possible transit times.

     The truckload segment of the trucking industry is highly competitive
   and fragmented, and no carrier or group of carriers dominates the market. 
   The Company's non-Puerto Rico traffic lanes, which are used primarily to
   balance its core Puerto Rico traffic lanes, compete with a number of
   trucking companies as well as private truck fleets used by shippers to
   transport their own products.  Truckload carriers compete primarily on the
   basis of price.  The Company's truck freight service also competes to a
   limited extent with rail and rail-truck intermodal service, but attempts
   to limit this competition by seeking more time and service-sensitive
   freight.  There are other trucking companies, including diversified
   carriers with larger fleets, possessing substantially greater financial
   resources and operating more equipment than the Company.

   Regulation

     As a common and contract motor carrier, the Company is regulated by the
   Surface Transportation Board (the successor federal agency to the
   Interstate Commerce Commission) and various state agencies.  The Company's
   drivers, including owner-operators, also must comply with the safety and
   fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation,
   including those relating to drug testing and hours of service.  For routes
   in Canadian provinces, the Company must comply with certain customs and
   border crossing requirements and other Canadian regulations, none of which
   have a material effect on the Company.

     The Company's operations are subject to various federal, state, and
   local environmental laws and regulations, implemented principally by the
   Environmental Protection Agency and similar state regulatory agencies. 
   These regulations govern the management of hazardous wastes, discharge of
   pollutants into the air, surface and underground waters, and the disposal
   of certain substances.  Management is not aware of any water or land fuel
   spills or hazardous substance contamination on its properties and believes
   that its operations are in material compliance with current laws and
   regulations.

     The Company's marine operations are conducted in the U.S. domestic
   trade.  A set of federal laws known as the Jones Act requires that only
   U.S. built, owned and crewed vessels move freight between ports in the
   U.S., including the non-contiguous areas of Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii
   and Guam.  These marine operations are subject to regulation by various
   federal agencies, including the Surface Transportation Board, the U.S.
   Maritime Administration and the U.S. Coast Guard.  These regulatory
   authorities have broad powers governing activities such as operational
   safety, tariff filings of freight rates, certain mergers, contraband and
   environmental contamination and financial reporting.  Management believes
   that its operations are in material compliance with current laws and
   regulations, but there can be no assurance that current regulatory
   requirements will not change.  See "Risk Factors - Potential Loss of Jones
   Act Protection."

   Employees

     At March 31, 1997, Trailer Bridge had 244 employees, 140 of which were
   drivers. Management believes that its computerized operation and efficient
   workforce will permit significant fleet expansion without a corresponding
   increase in the number of non-driver employees.  The Company's employees
   have never been represented by or attempted to organize a union, and
   management believes it has a good relationship with the Company's
   employees.

   Legal Proceedings

     The Company from time to time is a party to litigation arising in the
   ordinary course of its business, substantially all of which involves
   claims for personal injury and property damage incurred in the
   transportation of freight. The Company presently is not a party to any
   legal proceeding other than litigation arising from vehicle accidents or
   cargo damage, and management is not aware of any claims or threatened
   claims that reasonably would be expected to exceed insurance limits or
   have a materially adverse effect upon the Company's operations or
   financial position.

                                   MANAGEMENT

   Executive Officers and Directors

     The table below sets forth information concerning the Company's
   executive officers, directors, and director nominees:

           Name               Age           Position(1)
    Malcom P. McLean  . .     83    Director
    John D. McCown(2) . .     42    Chairman of the Board, Chief
                                    Executive Officer & Director
    Ralph W. Heim . . . .     51    President and Chief Operating Officer
    Wayne Hodges  . . . .     47    Vice President of Sales
    J. Edward Morley  . .     49    Vice President of Operations
    Mark A. Tanner  . . .     45    Vice President of Administration and
                                    Chief Financial Officer
    Robert van Dijk . . .     51    Vice President of Pricing
    William G. Gotimer, Jr.   38    Secretary and General Counsel

   (1)  Directors are elected annually.  Executive officers serve at the
        pleasure of the Board of Directors.
   (2)  Will become a member of the Audit Committee upon the closing of the
        offering.  

     Mr. McLean, a director since April 1991, is the founder and principal
   stockholder of Trailer Bridge.  His principal business activity during the
   past five years has related to developing Trailer Bridge.  He served as
   President from June 1991 to July 1992 and from January 1995 to November
   1995.  Mr. McLean is a pioneer in transportation who is responsible for a
   number of innovations in both trucking and shipping and who is best known
   as the founder of container shipping.  He built McLean Trucking Company
   into the second largest and most profitable trucking company in the U.S.,
   where it was the first major user of diesel engines in its tractors.  In
   the mid-1950's, he purchased two steamship companies which were combined
   to form Sea-Land Service, Inc. which introduced and developed container
   shipping.  Following the sale of Sea-Land in 1968, Mr. McLean went on to
   found McLean Industries whose principal subsidiary, U.S. Lines, became the
   largest container shipping company in the world.  His business
   accomplishments led to his induction in the Fortune Magazine Business Hall
   of Fame, and he was referred to by a leading business magazine as "one of
   the few men who changed the world."  

     Mr. McCown, a director since April 1991, has served as the Chairman and
   non-employee Chief Executive Officer since November 1995.  From July 1992
   to November 1995, Mr. McCown was Vice President of the Company.  In
   addition to his role at Trailer Bridge, he is President and CEO of
   Kadampanattu Corp., an affiliate of Trailer Bridge that owns the two
   vessels now utilized by Trailer Bridge in its present Puerto Rico service. 
   Mr. McCown has worked for Malcom P. McLean in various capacities since
   1980.  Mr. McCown is a graduate of Harvard Business School (MBA, 1980) and
   Louisiana State University (BBA, 1975).  Prior to joining McLean
   Industries in 1980, Mr. McCown worked at U.S. Lines, a subsidiary of
   McLean Industries, and at National Bank of North America as a corporate
   loan officer.  Commencing with this offering, Mr. McCown will become a
   full-time employee of the Company.  See "Certain Transactions."

     Mr. Heim has served as President since November 1995 and Chief
   Operating Officer since January 1992.  From May 1991 until November 1995,
   Mr. Heim served as Vice President of the Company.  Prior to joining
   Trailer Bridge in 1991, Mr. Heim worked at Crowley Maritime Corporation
   for five years in various operating capacities primarily related to its
   Puerto Rico service.  His other transportation experience includes more
   than 15 years with Sea-Land Service, Puerto Rico Marine Management and
   U.S. Lines in diverse domestic and international assignments.  Mr. Heim
   graduated from Jacksonville University with a B.S. in Business Management.

     Mr. Hodges has served as Vice President - Sales since November 1995. 
   Prior to joining Trailer Bridge in September 1995, he served as General
   Sales Manager for M.S. Carriers, a major nationwide truckload carrier
   based in Memphis.  Mr. Hodges was that company's first salesman, beginning
   in 1982.  Prior to his association with M.S. Carriers, Mr. Hodges'
   trucking experience included terminal manager positions at Mistletoe
   Express and United Parcel Service as well as a branch manager position at
   a trailer sales dealer.

     Mr. Morley has served as Vice President - Operations since July 1992
   and is responsible for marine and terminal operations.  Prior to joining
   Trailer Bridge in 1991, Mr. Morley was with Sea-Land Service where he was
   responsible for operations in Puerto Rico from 1990 to 1991.  Mr. Morley's
   overall transportation experience spans over 25 years with major container
   transportation companies.  

     Mr. Tanner, a CPA, has served as Vice President of Administration and
   Chief Financial Officer since January 1992.  Mr. Tanner joined Trailer
   Bridge in 1991 from Crowley Maritime where he was Manager of Analysis and
   Statistics for four years.  His prior experience includes three years as
   Manager of Corporate Planning for The Charter Company, which was a
   Jacksonville based $5 billion publicly-held company and five years in
   public accounting.  

     Mr. van Dijk has served as Vice President - Pricing since July 1992 and
   directs all pricing related activities.  Prior to joining Trailer Bridge
   in 1991, Mr. van Dijk worked for Crowley Maritime, where he directed
   pricing for the Puerto Rico service.  Mr. van Dijk's pricing related
   experience includes over 30 years with American Transport, U.S. Lines,
   Weyerhauser Shipping, Sea-Land Service and Holland America Lines.

     Mr. Gotimer has served as non-employee General Counsel since 1991.  Mr.
   Gotimer also acts as legal counsel for Malcom P. McLean, including General
   Counsel for Kadampanattu Corp.  His previous experience includes legal
   counsel with British Airways, Plc., Pan American World Airways and McLean
   Industries.  Mr. Gotimer has an LL. M. degree in Taxation from New York
   University School of Law and both a JD and BS degree in accounting from
   St. John's University.

     Following completion of the offering, the Company intends to add two
   independent directors to its Board.

   Committees

     Following completion of the offering, the Board of Directors intends to
   establish an Audit Committee comprised initially of John D. McCown and the
   Company's two independent directors and a Compensation Committee comprised
   of the Company's two independent directors.  The Audit Committee will have
   responsibility for reviewing audit plans and discussing audit work,
   internal controls and related matters with the Company's independent
   public accountants, reviewing the audit report and any accompanying
   recommendations, and nominating independent public accountants to perform
   the annual audit.  The Compensation Committee will have responsibility for
   reviewing the compensation of the Company's executive officers, making
   recommendations to the Board of Directors, and administering the Company's
   Incentive Stock Plan.  See "Management - Incentive Stock Plan."

   Executive Compensation

     The following table summarizes the compensation paid or accrued by the
   Company, for services rendered during 1996, to the Company's Chief
   Executive Officer and its other five most highly compensated executive
   officers:

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Annual Compensation           All Other
   Name and Principal Position     Year      Salary        Bonus     Compensation(1)
   <S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>              <S>

   John D. McCown  . . . . . . .   1996    $235,864(2)    $37,311          --
      Chairman and Chief
      Executive Officer
   Ralph W. Heim . . . . . . . .   1996     154,904        64,446       $7,625
      President and Chief
      Operating Officer
   J. Edward Morley  . . . . . .   1996     112,070        37,311        6,459
      Vice President of
      Operations
   Robert van Dijk . . . . . . .   1996     108,724        37,311        6,923
      Vice President of
      Pricing
   Mark A. Tanner  . . . . . . .   1996     104,635        37,311        3,523
      Vice President of
      Administration
      and Chief Financial
      Officer
   Wayne Hodges  . . . . . . . .   1996     104,183        37,311        3,707
      Vice President of
      Sales

   ________________________________

   (1)  Consists of amounts contributed by the Company for the account of the
        named executive under the Company's 401(k) plan and excess group term
        life insurance premiums, respectively, as follows:  Mr. Heim, $4,500
        and $1,613; Mr. Morley, $3,344 and $606; Mr. van Dijk, $3,523 and
        $965; Mr. Tanner, $3,400 and $578; and Mr. Hodges, $3,125 and $582.
   (2)  In 1996 and prior years, Mr. McCown provided services to the Company
        in connection with the Company's vessel charter from its affiliate,
        Kadampanattu Corp.  The amount shown as salary on the above table was
        paid by the affiliate.  Commencing with the closing of the offering,
        all of Mr. McCown's compensation will be paid directly by the
        Company, and the charter payments will be reduced.  See "Certain
        Transactions."

   Cash Bonus Plan

     The Company has historically paid bonuses to employees from an overall
   bonus pool equivalent to 10% of pretax income.  Partial bonuses equal to
   one-half of the expected amount are distributed on a cumulative quarterly
   basis, with the final payment made based on audited annual results.  The
   distribution to individual employees is determined based on a point system
   which includes approximately one-half of the Company's non-driver
   employees.  

   Incentive Stock Plan

     The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders have adopted an
   Incentive Stock Plan designed to attract and retain employees and outside
   directors and motivate them through incentives that are aligned with the
   Company's goals of increased profitability and stockholder value.  The
   Incentive Stock Plan is intended to afford the Company wide discretion in
   making awards.  Awards under the Incentive Stock Plan will be made by the
   Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which, upon consummation
   of the offering, will be comprised solely of persons who qualify as "non-
   employee directors," as such term is used in Rule 16b-3 under the
   Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and "outside directors" as
   defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). 
   Awards may be in the form of incentive options or non-qualified options. 
   An employee who exercises an incentive option will not be required to
   recognize taxable income (and the Company will not be entitled to a tax
   deduction) if the employee holds the shares issued on exercise for the
   requisite holding period.  By contrast, an employee who exercises a non-
   qualified option will be required to recognize taxable income on the date
   of exercise equal to the spread between the fair market value of the
   underlying shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price, and the
   Company will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction.  Incentive
   options will be designed to comply with applicable provisions of the Code,
   including a requirement that exercise prices be equal to at least 100% of
   the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and a ten-
   year restriction on the option term.  Options for more than 300,000 shares
   may not be awarded to any individual during any 12-month period.

     The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance
   pursuant to the Incentive Stock Plan, and has awarded non-qualified
   options to executives covering an aggregate of 500,000 shares at an
   exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Common
   Stock, as follows:  Mr. McCown, 150,000 shares; Mr. Heim, 100,000 shares;
   and Messrs. Hodges, Morley, Tanner, van Dijk and Gotimer, 50,000 shares
   each.  Such options become exercisable at the rate of 20% per year
   beginning on the first anniversary date of the offering.  The Compensation
   Committee has granted non-qualified options to purchase 100,000 additional
   shares to 48 other employees, subject to consummation of the offering, at
   an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.  Options
   that expire unexercised or are forfeited become available again for
   issuance under the Incentive Stock Plan.  Unvested options will become
   exercisable in full upon a "change of control," as defined in the award
   agreements.  The Compensation Committee may determine when and in what
   amounts future awards vest and options become exercisable.  Terms of
   awards need not be the same for all participants.  The price payable upon
   exercise of an option may be satisfied in cash or, in the Committee's
   discretion, with previously acquired shares of Common Stock. 

   401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

     The Company maintains a defined contribution plan (the "401(k) Plan"),
   which is intended to satisfy the tax qualification requirements of the
   Code.  All Company personnel age 21 or older are eligible to participate
   in the 401(k) Plan after one year of service with the Company.  The 401(k)
   Plan permits participants to contribute up to 15% of their annual
   compensation from the Company, subject to the limit imposed by the
   Internal Revenue Code.  All amounts deferred under the 401(k) Plan by a
   participant fully vest immediately.  The 401(k) Plan provides for matching
   contributions by the Company at a rate not in excess of 3.0% of
   compensation and also permits discretionary contributions.  The Company
   contributed $142,994 to the 401(k) Plan in 1996.  Amounts contributed by
   the Company vest 20% each year from the second through the sixth year
   after contribution.  The Company has no defined benefit or actuarial
   plans.

   Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     Following the completion of the offering, the Company's Compensation
   Committee will be comprised of the Company's two independent directors. 
   Prior to the offering, Malcom P. McLean and John D. McCown made all
   decisions concerning executive officer compensation.  Mr. McLean is the
   sole stockholder and Mr. McCown is the President and CEO of Kadampanattu
   Corp., which charters the two mid-body vessels to the Company.  See
   "Certain Transactions."

   Directors' Compensation

     After this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual
   retainer of $5,000 and $1,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors
   or committee of the Board of Directors attended by such director (if such
   committee meeting is held other than on the day of a Board meeting), plus
   reimbursement of expenses incurred in attending such meetings.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     The Company charters two roll-on/roll-off barge vessels and the right
   to use related ramp structures in Jacksonville, Florida and San Juan,
   Puerto Rico to service the barges from Kadampanattu Corp. ("K Corp"),
   which is wholly owned by Malcom P. McLean, the Company's founder,
   controlling stockholder and a director.  The charters currently provide
   for a per vessel payment to K Corp of $10,500 per day and also require the
   Company to maintain and repair the vessels and ramps.  The charters expire
   at the later of September 1, 2010 or the repayment of all obligations
   under K Corp's construction loan for the 1996 mid-body expansion program,
   which payment has been guaranteed by the Company.  Such obligations are
   scheduled to be repaid in quarterly installments ending June 30, 2003. 
   Upon the expiration of the charters, the Company has the option to extend
   the charters for an additional eight years at $11,000 per day per vessel,
   or may purchase the vessels at their then fair market value.  Total
   expense under these charters from K Corp was $3.6 million, $3.6 million
   and $5.9 million in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  The charter
   payments were increased from $5,000 per day per vessel in 1996 following
   completion of the mid-body expansion.  In the opinion of the Board of
   Directors, the terms of the charters are at last as favorable as those
   that could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

     K Corp has also provided the Company with the services of Messrs.
   McCown and Gotimer pursuant to the charter arrangements and, accordingly,
   K Corp has borne the entire salary expense attributable to such officers'
   services.  See "Management - Executive Compensation."  Effective with the
   offering, Mr. McCown will become a full-time employee of the Company, and
   the daily charter fee payable by the Company will be reduced from $10,500
   to $10,050 per vessel.  In addition, the Company has agreed to pay Mr.
   Gotimer an annual salary of $50,000 for his legal services.

     During 1991, 1992 and early 1993, K Corp advanced funds to the Company. 
   K Corp also agreed to defer receipt of certain charter-hire due for 1992. 
   The advances were used by the Company to fund various construction
   projects and general and administration expenses.  The advances are
   represented by a promissory note, which bears interest at 8% and is due on
   December 31, 1997 (the "Note").  The highest outstanding principal balance
   on the Note during 1994, 1995 and 1996 was $15.4 million, $12.4 million
   and $7.8 million respectively, and the total outstanding principal balance
   at December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 was $12.4 million, $7.8 million and
   $4.6 million, respectively.  The 1996 amount also reflects a credit of
   $1.7 million for substitute vessel costs paid by the Company while the K
   Corp vessels were undergoing renovations as part of the mid-body insertion
   project.  In 1997, the Note was increased by $1.5 million to reflect an
   advance made by K Corp to fund the Company's down payment on the two
   Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/.  Approximately $5.8 million of the net
   proceeds of the offering will be used to repay the Note in full.  See "Use
   of Proceeds."

     The Company has guaranteed a $26.5 million term loan obtained by K Corp
   for the 1996 mid-body expansion of the vessels chartered to the Company. 
   The lender has indicated its intention to release the Company from this
   guarantee contingent upon the offering.  Such loan is scheduled to be
   repaid in quarterly installments ending June 30, 2003. The current
   outstanding amount of the loan is $24.2 million.  The loan is also secured
   by a mortgage on K Corp's vessels and a lien on the related ramp
   structures.  The aggregate of the latest appraised values of the vessels
   and related ramps that secure this indebtedness is $63 million.

     The Company has long term debt arrangements and lease obligations which
   are guaranteed by K Corp and which contain financial covenants that
   require the Company and K Corp, on a combined basis, to maintain certain
   financial ratios which are calculated as of the end of each fiscal
   quarter. The Company and K Corp were in compliance with such covenants at
   March 31, 1997.  The lender referred to above has indicated its intention
   to release K Corp's guarantee on $1.6 million at December 31, 1996
   contingent upon this offering.  The aggregate amount of such obligations
   guaranteed by K Corp at December 31, 1996 was $9.2 million.  See Note 7 to
   the Financial Statements.  The Company intends to seek release of such
   guaranties from other lenders contingent upon this offering.

     The Company will continue a policy that any transactions with
   affiliated persons or entities will be on terms no less favorable to the
   Company than those that could have been obtained on an arms-length basis
   from unaffiliated third parties.  Any such future transactions must be
   approved by a majority of the disinterested directors.


                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
   ownership of Common Stock as of the date of this Prospectus, and as
   adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby,
   by each person known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of
   the outstanding shares of Common Stock; each of the Company's directors,
   director nominees, and executive officers identified in the Summary
   Compensation Table who beneficially owns any Common Stock; and all
   directors and executive officers as a group.  Unless otherwise indicated,
   each of the stockholders has sole voting and investment power with respect
   to the shares beneficially owned.  The Company has two stockholders of
   record at the date of this Prospectus.
                                                                                                              

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Percent
                                                                               Number                   Before         After
         Name                                                                 of Shares                Offering     Offering(1)
    <S>                                                                       <C>                        <C>           <C>

    Malcom P. McLean  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 6,800,000                  80.0%         _____%
       500 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
       New York, NY  10022
    Clara L. McLean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 1,700,000                  20.0%         _____%
       500 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
       New York, NY  10022
    John D. McCown  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 1,700,000(2)               20.0%         _____%

    All directors and executive officers as a group 
      (8) persons)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 6,800,000                  80.0%         _____%

</TABLE>
   ________________________________

   (1)  Excludes shares subject to options granted to executive officers
        under the Company's Incentive Stock Plan which become exercisable 20%
        per year beginning on the first anniversary date of the offering.
   (2)  Consists of shares subject to immediately exercisable options granted
        by Malcom P. McLean to Mr. McCown in February 1994 and May 1997.  The
        February 1994 options cover 500,000 shares with an exercise price of
        $.001 per share and the May 1997 options cover 1,200,000 shares with
        an exercise price of $.74 per share.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   General

     The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Common
   Stock, $.01 value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01
   par value per share.  At the date of this Prospectus 8,500,000 shares of
   Common Stock, and no shares of preferred stock were issued and
   outstanding.  The Common Stock is held by two stockholders of record,
   including Malcom P. McLean.  All of the outstanding Common Stock is, and
   the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby when issued and
   paid for will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

   Common Stock

     Voting.  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. 
   All actions submitted to a vote of stockholders are voted on by holders of
   Common Stock voting together as a single class.  Holders of Common Stock
   are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors.

     Dividends.  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends
   payable in cash or property other than Common Stock on an equal basis, if
   and when such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors from funds
   legally available, subject to any preference in favor of outstanding
   shares of preferred stock, if any.  

     Liquidation.  In the event of liquidation, holders of Common Stock
   participate on a ratable basis in the net assets of the Company available
   for distribution after payment or provision for liabilities of the Company
   and payment of the liquidation preference, if any, on any outstanding
   shares of preferred stock.

     Other Terms.  Holders of Common Stock are not entitled to preemptive
   rights and the Common Stock is not subject to redemption.

     The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of Common Stock are
   subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
   shares of any series of preferred stock which the Company may designate
   and issue in the future.

   Preferred Stock

     The Board of Directors is authorized to issue, from time to time,
   without approval of the stockholders, up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred
   stock in one or more series.  The Board of Directors may fix for each
   series: the distinctive serial designation and number of shares of the
   series; the voting powers and the right, if any, to elect a director or
   directors (and the terms of office of any such directors); the dividend
   rights, if any; the terms of redemption, and the amount of and provisions
   regarding any sinking fund for the purchase or redemption thereof; the
   liquidation preferences and the amounts payable on dissolution or
   liquidation; the terms and conditions under which shares of the series may
   or shall be converted into any other series or class of stock or debt of
   the Company; and any other terms or provisions which the Board of
   Directors is legally authorized to fix or alter.

     It is not possible to state the actual effect of the authorization of
   the preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the Common Stock until
   the Board determines the specific rights of the holders of any series of
   preferred stock.  Depending upon the rights granted to any series of
   preferred stock, issuance thereof could adversely affect the voting power,
   liquidation rights, or other rights of the holders of Common Stock or
   other preferred stock.  The Board's authority to issue shares of preferred
   stock provides a potential vehicle for use in possible acquisitions and
   other corporate purposes, but its issuance, for example in connection with
   a stockholder rights plan, could have the effect of making it more
   difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party
   from acquiring, control of the Company.  The Company has no present plans
   to issue any shares of preferred stock.

   Foreign Ownership Restrictions

     The Certificate of Incorporation (i) contains provisions limiting the
   aggregate percentage ownership by Non-Citizens of each class of the
   Company's capital stock (including the Common Stock) to 24.99% of the
   outstanding shares of each such class (the "Permitted Percentage") to
   ensure that such foreign ownership will not exceed the maximum percentage
   permitted by applicable federal law (presently 25.0%); (ii) requires
   institution of a dual stock certificate system to help determine such
   ownership, and (iii) permits the Board of Directors to make such
   determinations as may reasonably be necessary to ascertain such ownership
   and implement such limitations.  These provisions are intended to protect
   the Company's ability to operate its vessels in the U.S. domestic trade
   governed by the Jones Act.  The ability of the Company to so operate is
   necessary to avoid default under certain of the Company's financings, may
   enhance the Company's ability to incur additional debt, and may have other
   effects upon the Company.  See "Risk Factors - Restriction on Foreign
   Ownership." 

     To provide a method to enable the Company reasonably to determine stock
   ownership by Non-Citizens, the Certificate of Incorporation requires the
   Company to institute (and to implement through the transfer agent for the
   Common Stock) a dual stock certificate system, pursuant to which
   certificates representing shares of Common Stock will bear legends that
   designate such certificates as either "citizen" or "non-citizen,"
   depending on the citizenship of the owner.  Accordingly, stock
   certificates are denominated as "citizen" (blue) in respect of Common
   Stock owned by Citizens and as "non-citizen" (red) in respect of Common
   Stock owned by Non-Citizens.  The Company may also issue non-certificated
   shares through depositories if the Company determines such depositories
   have established procedures that allow the Company to monitor the
   ownership of Common Stock by Non-Citizens.

     For purposes of the dual stock certificate system, a "Non-Citizen" is
   defined as any person other than a Citizen, and a "Citizen" is defined as:
   (i) any individual who is a citizen of the U.S. by birth, naturalization,
   or as otherwise authorized by law; (ii) any corporation (a) organized
   under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession
   thereof, (b) of which title to not less than 75% of its stock is
   beneficially owned by and vested in Citizens, free from any trust or
   fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, (c) of which not less than
   75% of the voting power is vested in Citizens, free from any contract or
   understanding through which it is arranged that such voting power may be
   exercised directly or indirectly in behalf of Non-Citizens, (d) of which
   there are no other means by which control is conferred upon or permitted
   to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president or chief executive
   officer, chairman of the board of directors and all officers authorized to
   act in their absence or disability are Citizens, and (f) of which more
   than 50% of that number of its directors necessary to constitute a quorum
   are Citizens; (iii) any partnership (a) organized under the laws of the
   U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, (b) all
   general partners of which are Citizens, and (c) of which not less than a
   75% interest is beneficially owned and controlled by, and vested in,
   Citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of
   Non-Citizens; (iv) any association (a) organized under the laws of the
   U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, (b) of which
   100% of the members are Citizens, (c) whose president, chief executive
   officer, or equivalent position, chairman of the board of directors, or
   equivalent committee or body, and all persons authorized to act in their
   absence or disability are Citizens, (d) of which not less than 75% of the
   voting power is beneficially owned by Citizens, free and clear of any
   trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, and (e) of which
   more than 50% of that number of its directors or equivalent persons
   necessary to constitute a quorum are Citizens; (v) any limited liability
   company (a) organized under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory,
   district or possession thereof, (b) of which not less than 75% of the
   membership interests are beneficially owned by and vested in Citizens,
   free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, and
   the remaining membership interests are beneficially owned by and vested in
   persons meeting the requirements of 46 U.S.C. Sec. 12102 (a), (c) of which
   not less than 75% of the voting power is vested in Citizens, free from any
   contract or understanding through which it is arranged that such voting
   power may be exercised directly or indirectly in behalf of Non-Citizens,
   (d) of which there are no other means by which control is conferred upon
   or permitted to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president or other
   chief executive officer or equivalent position, chairman of the board of
   directors or equivalent committee or body, managing members (or
   equivalent), if any, and all persons authorized to act in their absence or
   disability are citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary
   obligation in favor of any Non-Citizens, and (f) of which more than 50% of
   that number of its directors or equivalent persons necessary to constitute
   a quorum are Citizens; (vi) any joint venture, if not an association,
   corporation, partnership, or limited liability company (a) organized under
   the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession
   thereof, and (b) of which 100% of the equity is beneficially owned and
   vested in Citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in
   favor of any Non-Citizens; and (vii) any trust (a) domiciled in and
   existing under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or
   possession thereof, (b) the trustee of which is a Citizen, and (c) of
   which not less than a 75% interest is held for the benefit of Citizens,
   free and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of any Non-
   Citizens; and (viii) any other entity not specifically listed above which
   the Board of Directors reasonably determines is a "Citizen" consistent
   with the foregoing definitions and the Jones Act.  The foregoing
   definition is applicable at all tiers of ownership and in both form and
   substance at each tier of ownership.  The Board of Directors is
   specifically authorized to make reasonable determinations and
   interpretations of terms used in the Certificate in defining a "Citizen"
   to assure compliance with the Jones Act in accordance with applicable law
   and the Certificate.
      
     Shares of Common Stock are transferable to Citizens at any time and are
   transferable to Non-Citizens if, at the time of such transfer, the
   transfer would not increase the aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens of
   that particular class of Common Stock above the Permitted Percentage in
   relation to the total outstanding shares of that particular class of
   Common Stock.  Non-Citizen certificates may be converted to Citizen
   certificates upon a showing, satisfactory to the Company, that the holder
   is a Citizen.  Any purported transfer to Non-Citizens of shares or of an
   interest in shares of the Company represented by a Citizen certificate in
   excess of the Permitted Percentage will be ineffective as against the
   Company for all purposes (including for purposes of voting, dividends, and
   any other distribution, upon liquidation or otherwise).  In addition, the
   shares may not be transferred on the books of the Company, and the
   Company, whether or not such stock certificate is validly issued, may
   refuse to recognize the holder thereof as a stockholder of the Company
   except to the extent necessary to effect any remedy available to the
   Company.  Subject to the foregoing limitations, upon surrender of any
   stock certificate for transfer, the transferee will receive citizen (blue)
   certificates or non-citizen (red) certificates, as applicable.

     The Certificate of Incorporation establishes procedures with respect to
   the transfer of shares to enforce the limitations referred to above and
   authorize the Board of Directors to implement such procedures, The Board
   of Directors may take other actions or make interpretations of the
   Company's foreign ownership policy as it deems necessary in order to
   implement the policy.  Pursuant to the procedures established in the
   Certificate of Incorporation, as a condition precedent to each issuance
   and/or transfer of stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock
   (including the shares of Common Stock being sold in the offering), a
   citizenship certificate may be required from all transferees (and from any
   recipient upon original issuance) of Common Stock and, with respect to the
   beneficial owner of the Common Stock being transferred, if the transferee
   (or the original recipient) is acting as a fiduciary or nominee for such
   beneficial owner.  The registration of the transfer (or original issuance)
   will be denied upon refusal to furnish such citizenship certificate, which
   must provide information about the purported transferee's or beneficial
   owner's citizenship.  Furthermore, as part of the dual stock certificate
   system, depositories holding shares of the Company's Common Stock will be
   required to maintain separate accounts for "Citizen" and "Non-Citizen"
   shares.  When the beneficial ownership of such shares is transferred, the
   depositories' participants will be required to advise such depositories as
   to which account the transferred shares should be held.  In addition, to
   the extent necessary to enable the Company to determine the number of
   shares owned by Non-Citizens, the Company may from time to time require
   record holders and beneficial owners of shares of Common Stock to confirm
   their citizenship status and may, in the discretion of the Board of
   Directors, temporarily withhold dividends payable to, and deny voting
   rights to, any such record holder or beneficial owner until confirmation
   of citizenship is received.
      
     Should the Company (or its transfer agent for the Common Stock) become
   aware that the ownership by Non-Citizens of Common Stock at any time
   exceeds the Permitted Percentage (the "Excess Shares"), the Board of
   Directors is authorized to withhold dividends and other distributions
   temporarily on the Excess Shares, pending the transfer of such shares to a
   Citizen or the reduction in the percentage of shares owned by Non-Citizens
   to or below the Permitted Percentage, and to deny voting rights with
   respect to the Excess Shares.  If dividends and distributions are to be
   withheld, they will be set aside for the account of the Excess Shares.  At
   such time as such shares are transferred to a Citizen or the ownership of
   such shares by Non-Citizens will not result in aggregate ownership by Non-
   Citizens in excess of the Permitted Percentage, the dividends withheld
   shall be paid to the then record holders of the related shares.  Excess
   Shares shall, so long as the excess exists, not be deemed to be
   outstanding for purposes of determining the vote required on any matter
   brought before the stockholders for a vote.  The Certificate of
   Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors has the power, in its
   reasonable discretion and based upon the records maintained by the
   Company's transfer agent, to determine those shares of Common Stock that
   constitute the Excess Shares.  Such determination will be made by
   reference to the date or dates on which such shares were purchased by Non-
   Citizens, starting with the most recent acquisition of shares by a Non-
   Citizen and including, in reverse chronological order, all other
   acquisitions of shares by Non-Citizens from and after the acquisition that
   first caused the Permitted Percentage to be exceeded; provided that Excess
   Shares resulting from a determination that a record holder or beneficial
   owner is no longer a Citizen will be deemed to have been acquired as of
   the date of such determination.  To satisfy the Permitted Percentage
   described above, the Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board of
   Directors, in its discretion, to redeem (upon written notice) Excess
   Shares in order to reduce the aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens to the
   Permitted Percentage.  As long as the shares of Common Stock offered
   hereby continue to be authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National
   Market, the redemption price will be the average of the closing sale price
   of the shares (as reported by the Nasdaq National Market) during the 30
   trading days next preceding the date of the notice of redemption.  The
   redemption price for Excess Shares will be payable in cash.  In the event
   the Company is not permitted by applicable law to make such redemption or
   the Board of Directors, in its discretion, elects not to make such
   redemption, the Company may direct the holder of Excess Shares to sell all
   such Excess Shares for cash in such manner as the Board of Directors
   directs.

   Certain Provisions of Certificate and Bylaws

     Provisions with Anti-Takeover Implications.  Certain provisions of the
   Company's Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate") and Bylaws deal
   with matters of corporate governance and the rights of stockholders. 
   Under the Company's Certificate, the Board of Directors may issue shares
   of preferred stock and set the voting rights, preferences, and other terms
   thereof.  The Certificate provides that a special meeting of stockholders
   may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or a majority of the
   directors.  Such provisions could be deemed to have an anti-takeover
   effect and discourage takeover attempts not first approved by the Board of
   Directors (including takeovers which certain stockholders may deem to be
   in their best interest).  Any such discouraging effect upon takeover
   attempts could potentially depress the market price of the Common Stock or
   inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Common Stock
   that otherwise could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

     Indemnification and Limitation of Liability. Under its Certificate and
   Bylaws, the Company may indemnify its officers and directors against all
   liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with service
   for or on behalf of the Company to the full extent permitted by Delaware
   law.  The Company also is authorized to advance expenses, purchase
   insurance, enter into indemnification agreements, and otherwise grant
   broader indemnification rights.  The Company intends to enter into
   indemnification agreements with its executive officers and directors and
   purchase directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage on their
   behalf.  The Certificate also eliminates the liability of directors and
   officers to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for
   breach of fiduciary duty except to the extent such exemption from
   liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under applicable law. 
   This provision does not eliminate the duty of care and, in appropriate
   circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of
   non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law.  In
   addition, each director continues to be subject to liability for monetary
   damages for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct, fraud,
   knowing violations of law, and unlawful distributions.  The Company
   believes that these provisions of its Certificate and Bylaws are necessary
   to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

   Delaware Business Combination Statute

     Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203")
   provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified therein, an
   interested stockholder of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any
   business combination with the corporation for a three-year period
   following the date that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder
   unless (i) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation
   approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted
   in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
   consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming
   an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85%
   of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
   transaction commenced (excluding certain shares) or (iii) on or subsequent
   to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of
   directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special
   meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the
   outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. 
   Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an interested stockholder is
   defined to include (x) any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the
   outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or
   associate of the corporation, and was the owner of 15% or more of the
   outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years
   immediately prior to the relevant date and (y) the affiliates and
   associates of any such person.

     Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a
   person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business
   combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the
   stockholders may elect to exclude a corporation from the restrictions
   imposed thereunder.  The Certificate of Incorporation does not exclude the
   Company from the restrictions imposed under Section 203.  The provisions
   of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company
   to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors since the stockholder
   approval requirement would be avoided if a majority of the directors then
   in office approve either the business combination or the transaction which
   results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder.  Such
   provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in the
   management of the Company.  It is possible that such provisions could make
   it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may
   otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

   Transfer Agent and Registrar

     BankBoston, N.A. will be the Transfer Agent and Registrar for the
   Common Stock.  The address of the Transfer Agent and Registrar is
   BankBoston, N.A., c/o Boston EquiServe, Blue Hills Office Park, 150 Royall
   Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and the phone number is (617) 575-
   2000. 


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon completion of the offering, the Company will have __________
   shares outstanding.  Of these shares, all _________ shares sold in the
   offering will be freely transferable by persons other than "affiliates" of
   the Company, without further restriction under the Securities Act.  The
   Company and all current stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell or
   otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock owned (or in the case of
   the Company, owned or issuable) by them for 180 days from the commencement
   of the offering without the prior written consent of Alex. Brown & Sons
   Incorporated.  Commencing with the expiration of the 180-day period, the
   8,500,000 shares of Common Stock held by current stockholders of the
   Company will be eligible for sale without registration in the public
   market, subject to Rule 144. 

     In general, Rule 144 provides that, subject to its provisions and other
   applicable federal and state securities law requirements, any person (or
   persons whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be
   deemed an "affiliate" as defined under the Securities Act, who has
   beneficially owned shares for at least one year is entitled to sell,
   within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
   greater of (i) the average weekly trading volume of the same class of
   securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice
   of the sale with the Securities and Exchange Commission; or (ii) 1% of the
   same class of securities then outstanding, subject in each case to certain
   manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of
   current information concerning the Company.  A person who is not deemed an
   "affiliate" of the Company and who has beneficially owned shares for at
   least two years is entitled to sell shares under Rule 144 without regard
   to the volume limitations and current public information, manner of sale,
   and notice requirements described above.  Restricted shares will also be
   eligible for sale to "qualified institutional buyers" pursuant to Rule
   144A under the Securities Act, without regard to the volume limitations
   contained in Rule 144.

     Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock and no determination can be made as to the effect, if any, that the
   sale or availability for sale of additional shares of the Common Stock
   will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to
   time.  Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of the shares in the
   public market could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock
   and could impair the Company's ability to raise capital through sale of
   its equity securities.

     The Company intends to file a registration statement under the
   Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
   under its Incentive Stock Plan, thus permitting the resale of such shares
   by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the
   Securities Act.  A total of 1,000,000 shares (including approximately
   600,000 shares subject to outstanding options) are reserved for issuance
   under the Incentive Stock Plan.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
   Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), through their
   Representative, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, have severally agreed to
   purchase from the Company the following respective numbers of shares of
   Common Stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting
   discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:

                                                                 Number
                           Underwriter                             of
                                                                 Shares  


    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated.  . . . . . . . . . . . .







                                                               ________

         Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                                                               ========
                                                                       


     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
   Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the
   Underwriters will purchase all shares of the Common Stock offered hereby
   if any of such shares are purchased.

     The Company has been advised by the Representative of the Underwriters
   that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the
   public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of
   this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not
   in excess of $___________ per share.  The Underwriters may allow, and such
   dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $______________ per
   share to certain other dealers.  After the initial public offering, the
   offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
   Representative of the Underwriters.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable not
   later than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
   _______ additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price
   less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover
   page of this Prospectus.  To the extent that the Underwriters exercise
   such option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to
   purchase approximately the same percentage thereof that the number of
   shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table
   bears to _________, and the Company will be obligated, pursuant to the
   option, to sell such shares to the Underwriters.  The Underwriters may
   exercise such option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with
   the sale of Common Stock offered hereby.  If purchased, the Underwriters
   will offer such additional shares on the same terms as those on which the
   _________ shares are being offered.

     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
   liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended.

     In connection with the offering, certain Underwriters and selling group
   members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
   stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common
   Stock.  Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected
   in accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such
   persons may bid for or purchase Common Stock for the purpose of
   stabilizing its market price.  The Underwriters also may create a short
   position for the account of the Underwriters by selling more Common Stock
   in connection with the offering than they are committed to purchase from
   the Company, and in such case may purchase Common Stock in the open market
   following completion of the offering to cover all or a portion of such
   short position.  The Underwriters may also cover all or a portion of such
   short position, up to _______ shares, by exercising the Underwriters'
   over-allotment option referred to above.  The Representative, on behalf of
   the Underwriters, may impose "penalty bids" under contractual arrangements
   with the Underwriters whereby it may reclaim from an Underwriter (or
   dealer participating in the offering), for the account of the other
   Underwriters, the selling concession with respect to the Common Stock that
   is distributed in the offering but subsequently purchased for the account
   of the Underwriters in the open market.  Any of the transactions described
   in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the price of the Common
   Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
   market.  None of these transactions described in this paragraph is
   required, and, if undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time.

     Stockholders of the Company, holding in the aggregate 8,500,000 shares
   of Common Stock, have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of
   any of such Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
   Prospectus without the prior consent of the Representatives of the
   Underwriters.  See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     The Representative of the Underwriters has advised the Company that the
   Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they
   exercise discretionary authority.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
   Stock of the Company.  Consequently, the initial public offering price for
   the Common Stock will be determined by negotiation between the Company and
   the Representative of the Underwriters.  Among the factors to be
   considered in such negotiations are prevailing market conditions, the
   results of operations of the Company in recent periods, the history of and
   prospects for the Company's business and the industry in which it
   competes, current market valuations of publicly traded corporations that
   are comparable to the Company, an assessment of the Company's management,
   and other factors deemed relevant.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be
   passed upon for the Company by Foley & Lardner, Jacksonville, Florida. 
   Certain legal matters in connection with the offering are being passed
   upon for the Underwriters by Greenberg, Traurig, Hoffman, Lipoff, Rosen &
   Quentel, P.A., Miami, Florida.


                                     EXPERTS

     The financial statements as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each
   of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 included in this
   Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere
   in the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
   independent auditors, as indicated in their reports appearing herein and
   elsewhere in the Registration Statement, and have been so included herein
   in reliance upon the reports of said firm given upon their authority as
   experts in accounting and auditing.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
   "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
   Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock
   offered hereby.  This Prospectus, which is part of the Registration
   Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the
   Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain
   items of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of
   the Commission.  For further information with respect to the Company and
   the Common Stock, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement
   and such exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof, which may be
   inspected, without charge, at the Public Reference Section of the
   Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
   Washington, DC 20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission
   located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and
   Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
   60661-2511.  Copies of all or any portion of the Registration Statement
   may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, upon
   payment of prescribed fees.  The Commission also maintains a Web site that
   contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
   regarding Registrants, including the Company, that file electronically
   with the Commission. The address of such Web site is http://www.sec.gov. 

     Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the content of any
   contract, agreement, or other document referred to are not necessarily
   complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such
   contract, agreement, or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
   Statement, each such statement being qualified in its entirety by such
   reference.

   <PAGE>
                              TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                         Page

   Independent Auditors' Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-2

   Balance Sheets    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-3

   Statements of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-4

   Statements of Changes in Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)  . . .  F-5

   Statements of Cash Flows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-6

   Notes to Financial Statements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-7

   <PAGE>
   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


   To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
   Trailer Bridge, Inc.
   Jacksonville, Florida


   We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Trailer Bridge, Inc. as
   of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related statements of operations,
   common stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
   the period ended December 31, 1996.  These financial statements are the
   responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
   express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
   respects, the financial position of Trailer Bridge, Inc. as of December
   31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
   for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in
   conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



   Deloitte & Touche LLP
   Jacksonville, Florida
   February 28, 1997
   (May __, 1997 as to Note 11)

   ____________________________________________________________________________

   The accompanying financial statements reflect the recapitalization of the
   Company as described in Note 11 to the financial statements.  The above
   report is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon
   completion of such recapitalization.

   <PAGE>
   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

   BALANCE SHEETS

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                       December 31,                        March 31,
   <S>                                                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>
                                                                1995                  1996                   1997
   ASSETS                                                                                                 (Unaudited)

   CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents                            $     498,328          $  1,658,921            $  2,246,206
     Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful
       accounts of $655,440, $905,581 and $1,178,737          8,909,418             8,305,872               8,252,435
     Prepaid expenses                                           611,229               964,971                 343,003
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------
              Total current assets                           10,018,975            10,929,764              10,841,644
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------

   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                8,851,225            12,512,130              14,348,862

   GOODWILL, less accumulated amortization of
     $170,984, $217,763 and $229,458                            997,958               951,179                 939,484

   OTHER ASSETS                                                 357,375               370,592                 310,280
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------

   TOTAL ASSETS                                           $  20,225,533          $ 24,763,665            $ 26,440,270
                                                          =============          ============            ============

   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   CURRENT LIABILITIES:
     Accounts payable                                     $   1,322,044          $  1,981,421            $  1,359,062
     Other accrued liabilities                                2,489,555             2,635,099               3,225,631
     Current portion of notes payable                         2,677,870             3,117,069               2,865,326
     Current portion of capital lease obligations               122,435                38,197                  36,365
     Unearned revenue                                           278,898               223,627                 299,881
     Due to affiliate                                         7,825,136             4,653,192               5,878,364
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------
              Total current liabilities                      14,715,938            12,648,605              13,664,629

   NOTES PAYABLE, less current portion                        2,836,425             5,909,072               6,312,977

   CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, less current portion                                    161,444                 149,077
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------

   TOTAL LIABILITIES                                         17,552,363            18,719,121              20,126,683
                                                          -------------          ------------            ------------  


   COMMITMENTS (Notes 5, 8 and 10)

   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 11):
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 
       shares, authorized; no shares issued or 
       outstanding
     Common stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 
       shares authorized; 8,500,000 shares 
       issued and outstanding                                    85,000                85,000                  85,000
     Additional paid-in capital                                 (84,575)              (84,575)                (84,575)
     Retained earnings                                        2,672,745             6,044,119                6,313,162
                                                          -------------          ------------            -------------
             Total stockholders' equity                       2,673,170             6,044,544                6,313,587
                                                          -------------          ------------            -------------

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY             $  20,225,533          $ 24,763,665            $  26,440,270
                                                          =============          ============            =============
   </TABLE>

   See notes to financial statements.

   <PAGE>
   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

   STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   <TABLE>

   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                                Three Months
                                                             Years Ended December 31,                          Ended March 31,
                                                      1994             1995            1996                1996           1997
                                                                                                              (Unaudited)
   <S>                                           <C>               <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>

   OPERATING REVENUES                            $  72,192,336     $ 62,531,365    $ 63,148,218       $ 14,568,079    $ 16,446,066

   OPERATING EXPENSES:
     Salaries, wages and benefits                   19,307,773       14,591,795      13,288,633          3,434,673       3,404,267
     Rent and purchased transportation:
       Related party                                 3,650,000        3,650,000       5,900,000            910,000       1,890,000
       Other                                        15,966,059       10,847,200      10,331,461          2,520,047       2,320,837
     Fuel                                            5,426,143        5,255,979       5,883,378          1,468,256       1,557,433
     Operating and maintenance (exclusive of
       depreciation shown separately below)         11,781,830       10,553,364      14,210,787          3,045,731       3,205,616
     Taxes and licenses                                960,781          588,565         455,407            138,263         156,237
     Insurance and claims                            2,202,489        1,860,997       2,121,039            514,040         521,612
     Communications and utilities                      833,840          620,815         607,833            143,284         134,448
     Depreciation and amortization                   2,646,573        2,761,139       2,944,069            701,283         689,016
     Other operating expenses                        3,241,356        3,023,161       2,981,104            726,751         818,701
                                                 -------------     ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------
                                                    66,016,844       53,753,015      58,723,711         13,602,328      14,698,167
                                                 -------------     ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------

   OPERATING INCOME                                  6,175,492        8,778,350       4,424,507            965,751       1,747,899

   NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
      Interest expense, net:
       Related party                                (1,159,702)        (822,558)       (457,743)          (143,182)        (91,400)
       Other                                          (657,775)        (539,554)       (623,332)          (103,627)       (172,016)
      Gain (loss) on sale of equipment, net             12,143           47,834          66,523             (9,173)
                                                 -------------     ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------
                                                    (1,805,334)      (1,314,278)     (1,014,552)          (255,982)       (263,416)

   INCOME BEFORE PROVISION AND PRO
     FORMA PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                4,370,158        7,464,072       3,409,955            709,769       1,484,483

   PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                          (11,859)         (67,316)        (38,581)            (7,301)        (29,690)

   NET INCOME BEFORE PRO FORMA
     PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                      4,358,299        7,396,756       3,371,374            702,468       1,454,793

   PRO FORMA PROVISION FOR INCOME
     TAXES (Note 3)                                 (2,015,594)      (3,037,048)     (1,298,442)          (259,647)       (545,530)
                                                 -------------     ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------

   PRO FORMA NET INCOME (Note 3)                 $   2,342,705     $  4,359,708    $  2,072,932       $    442,821    $    909,263
                                                 =============     ============    ============       ============    ============

   PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE (Note 3)       $        0.23     $       0.51    $       0.24       $       0.05    $       0.11
                                                 =============     ============    ============       ============    ============

   WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING              10,000,000        8,512,329       8,500,000          8,500,000       8,500,000
                                                 =============     ============    ============       ============    ============
   </TABLE>


   See notes to financial statements.


   <PAGE>
   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND
   (UNAUDITED) THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Retained
                                                                                      Additional     Earnings
                                                             Common Stock             Paid-in        (Accumulated
                                                         Shares         Amount        Capital        Deficit)         Total
   <S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>

   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993                        10,000,000      $100,000       $(99,500)      $(7,214,813)     $(7,214,313)

     Net income                                                                                        4,358,299        4,358,299
                                                      -----------      --------      --------        -----------      -----------

   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994                        10,000,000       100,000       (99,500)        (2,856,514)      (2,856,014)

     Repurchase and retirement of 1,500,000 
       shares of common stock                          (1,500,000)      (15,000)       14,925           (517,195)        (517,270)

     Cash dividends ($.16 per share)                                                                  (1,350,302)      (1,350,302)

     Net income                                                                                        7,396,756        7,396,756
                                                      -----------      --------      --------        -----------      -----------

   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                         8,500,000        85,000       (84,575)         2,672,745        2,673,170

     Net income                                                                                        3,371,374        3,371,374
                                                      -----------      --------      --------        -----------      -----------

   BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                         8,500,000        85,000       (84,575)         6,044,119        6,044,544

     Cash dividends ($.14 per share) (unaudited)                                                      (1,185,750)      (1,185,750)

     Net income (unaudited)                                                                            1,454,793        1,454,793
                                                      -----------      --------      --------        -----------      -----------   

   BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)                8,500,000      $ 85,000      $(84,575)       $ 6,313,162      $ 6,313,587
                                                      ===========      ========      ========        ===========      ===========
   </TABLE>

   See notes to financial statements.

   <PAGE>
   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Three Months
                                                              Years Ended December 31,                        Ended March 31,
                                                      1994             1995             1996               1996            1997
   <S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
                                                                                                               (Unaudited)
   OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net income                                    $ 4,358,299      $ 7,396,756      $ 3,371,374      $   702,468     $ 1,454,793
     Adjustments to reconcile net income
        to net cash provided by operating 
        activities:
         Depreciation and amortization               2,646,572        2,761,139        2,944,069          701,283         689,016
         Provision for uncollectible accounts          515,302          158,995          673,699          106,063         120,413
         (Gain) loss on sale of equipment              (12,143)         (47,834)         (66,523)           9,173
         Change in assets and liabilities:
           Decrease (increase) in trade 
             receivables                              (904,486)      (1,282,693)         (70,153)       1,136,321         (66,976)
           Decrease (increase) in prepaid 
             expenses                                  728,100          649,459         (353,742)        (346,741)        621,968
           Increase (decrease) in accounts
             payable                                   284,066         (289,355)         659,377          131,411        (622,359)
           Increase (decrease) in accrued 
             liabilities                                46,434       (1,125,571)         145,544         (242,844)        590,532
           Increase (decrease) in unearned
             revenue                                   137,618          (95,288)         (55,271)         116,946          76,254
                                                   -----------      -----------       ----------      -----------      ----------

              Net cash provided by operating
                activities                           7,799,762        8,125,608        7,248,374        2,314,080        2,863,641
                                                   -----------      -----------       ----------      -----------      -----------

   INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Increase (decrease) in due to affiliate        (2,930,298)      (4,617,442)      (3,171,944)      (1,725,996)       1,225,172
     Purchases and construction of property
       and equipment                                (4,598,587)      (1,430,179)      (6,707,075)         (43,862)      (2,514,053)
     Proceeds from the sale of equipment               320,609        1,031,000          426,462            7,150
     (Increase) decrease in other assets               (82,643)           7,080          (13,217)         (25,336)          60,312
                                                   -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------

              Net cash used in investing 
                activities                          (7,290,919)      (5,009,541)      (9,465,774)      (1,788,044)      (1,228,569)
                                                   -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      ----------- 

   FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable       4,127,158        1,032,500        6,637,569                         1,134,018
     Payments on notes payable                      (2,612,244)      (3,410,552)      (3,125,722)        (626,815)        (981,856)
     Payments of dividends                                           (1,350,302)                                        (1,185,750)
     Payments for repurchase of stock                                  (517,270)
     Payments on capital lease obligations            (578,938)        (318,484)        (133,854)         (24,127)         (14,199)
                                                   -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------

              Net cash provided by (used in) 
                financing activities                   935,976       (4,564,108)       3,377,993         (650,942)      (1,047,787)
                                                   -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      ----------- 

   NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
     CASH EQUIVALENTS                                1,444,819       (1,448,041)       1,160,593         (124,906)         587,285

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
     BEGINNING OF PERIOD                               501,550        1,946,369          498,328          498,328        1,658,921
                                                   -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
     END OF PERIOD                                 $ 1,946,369      $   498,328      $ 1,658,921      $   373,422      $ 2,246,206
                                                   ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========

   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     AND NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
     ACTIVITIES:

       Amounts paid for state income taxes        $     5,154       $    10,524      $    68,035      $     6,629
                                                  ===========       ===========      ===========      ===========

       Amounts paid for interest:
         Related party                            $ 1,142,955       $   824,538      $   457,151      $   143,991
         Other                                        680,646           632,549          652,554          111,851      $   283,620
                                                  -----------       -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                  $ 1,823,601       $ 1,457,087      $ 1,109,705      $   255,842      $   283,620
                                                  ===========       ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========

       Equipment acquired under capital 
         lease agreements                                                            $   211,060
                                                                                     ===========
  
   
   See notes to financial statements.

   <PAGE>
   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.

   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND
   (UNAUDITED) THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1997                     
              

   1.   ORGANIZATION

        Trailer Bridge, Inc. (the "Company") is a domestic trucking and
        marine transportation company with contract and common carrier
        authority.  Highway transportation services are offered primarily in
        the continental United States, while marine transportation is offered
        between Jacksonville, Florida and San Juan, Puerto Rico.

   2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Cash and Cash Equivalents - For purposes of the statement of cash
        flows, the Company considers all highly liquid securities with
        original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The carrying value of the
        Company's financial instruments, which include trade receivables,
        accounts payable, other accrued liabilities, capital lease
        obligations and notes payable, approximate fair value.

        Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in
        conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
        management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
        amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
        and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
        reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
        period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - The Company provides an allowance
        for doubtful accounts on trade receivables based upon estimated
        collectibility and collection experience.

        Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost
        less accumulated depreciation.  Property and equipment are
        depreciated on a straight-line method based on the following
        estimated useful lives:

                                                            Years

             Buildings and structures                         40
             Office furniture and equipment                  6-10
             Freight equipment                               4-12
             Leasehold improvements                          2-5
             Equipment under capital leases                   5

        Leasehold improvements and equipment under capital leases are
        amortized over the lesser of the estimated lives of the asset or the
        lease terms.  Maintenance and repairs which do not materially extend
        useful life and minor replacements are charged to earnings as
        incurred.

        Goodwill - Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
        twenty-five years.

        Insurance - The Company is self-insured for employee medical coverage
        above deductible amounts.  Reinsurance is obtained to cover losses in
        excess of certain limits.  Provisions for losses are determined on
        the basis of claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but
        not reported.

        Revenue Recognition - Common carrier operations revenue is recorded
        on the percentage-of-completion basis.

        Income Taxes - The Company is organized under Subchapter S of the
        Internal Revenue Code for income tax purposes and therefore, all
        Federal and certain state income taxes are the responsibility of the
        Company's stockholders.  The Company is subject to state income taxes
        in those states that do not recognize Subchapter S elections.  State
        income tax expense for 1994, 1995 and 1996 was not significant due to
        the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.

        New Accounting Standards

        Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted the provisions of
        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for
        the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
        Disposed of" (SFAS No. 121) which requires that long-lived assets and
        certain intangibles to be held and used by the Company be reviewed
        for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
        that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  The
        adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact on the
        Company.

        Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
        Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
        Compensation" (SFAS No. 123).  SFAS 123 establishes a fair value
        based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation
        plans; however, it also allows an entity to continue to measure
        compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based
        method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
        ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". 
        Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is measured at
        the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over
        the service period, which is usually the vesting period.  The Company
        has elected to account for its employee stock compensation plan under
        APB Opinion No. 25 with pro forma disclosures of net earnings and
        earnings per share, as if the fair value based method of accounting
        defined in SFAS No. 123 has been applied.

        In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per
        Share."  This Statement establishes standards for computing and
        presenting earnings per share ("EPS") and applies to all entities
        with publicly held common stock or potential common stock.  This
        Statement replaces the presentation of primary EPS and fully diluted
        EPS with a presentation of basic EPS and diluted EPS, respectively. 
        Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing earnings
        available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of
        common shares outstanding for the period.  Similar to fully diluted
        EPS, diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution of securities that
        could share in the earnings.  This Statement is not expected to have
        a material effect on the Company's reported EPS amounts.  This
        Statement is effective for the Company's financial statements for the
        year ended December 31, 1997.

   3.   INTERIM AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION

        Unaudited Interim Information - The financial information with
        respect to the three-month periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 is
        unaudited.  The results of operations for the three-month period
        ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
        be expected for the full year.  In the opinion of management, such
        information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal
        recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
        results of such periods.

        Pro Forma Adjustments - The Company is organized under Subchapter S
        of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company has not been subject to
        Federal income taxes and state income tax expense has not been
        significant due to the utilization of net operating loss
        carryforwards.  Prior to the closing of the proposed public offering,
        the Company will terminate its status as an S Corporation.  The pro
        forma adjustments reflect a provision for income taxes that would
        have been incurred had the Company not been organized under
        Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.  The effective rate
        differs from the Federal statutory rate of 34% due to state income
        taxes (net of Federal income tax benefits), amortization of goodwill
        and other nondeductible expenses and due to the utilization of the
        net operating loss carryforwards of a business acquired in 1992.  The
        pro forma statement of operations data do not give effect to the one-
        time, non-cash charge of approximately $650,000 in recognition of
        deferred income taxes resulting from the termination of the Company's
        S Corporation status upon the effectiveness of the Company's proposed
        stock offering.

        Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity - The Company intends to declare a
        dividend payable to existing stockholders in the aggregate amount of
        $6 million.  Such dividend will be paid with a portion of the net
        proceeds of the Company's proposed stock offering.  Upon completion
        of the proposed stock offering, the remaining retained earnings will
        be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

        Pro Forma Net Income Per Share - Earnings per share are based on the
        weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during
        the period adjusted for the effect of a 20,000 for 1 stock split that
        will become effective upon the closing of the proposed stock
        offering.

        Supplementary Pro Forma Net Income Per Share - The Company expects to
        use a portion of the proceeds from its initial public offering to
        repay amounts due to affiliate.  Pro forma net income per share
        adjusted for the effect of the expected repayment of this
        indebtedness and the issuance of additional shares of common stock
        for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended
        March 31, 1997, as if this transaction occurred on January 1, 1996,
        would have been $.25 and $.06, respectively.

   4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

   
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                            December 31,                              March 31,
                                                      1995                1996                           1997

          <S>                                       <C>                <C>                           <C>

          Land                                                         $   504,703                   $   504,703
          Construction in progress                                          90,512                     1,601,450
          Buildings and structures                  $    89,005          1,137,127                     1,137,127
          Office furniture and equipment              1,088,937          1,058,381                     1,060,269
          Freight equipment                          12,444,515         16,726,428                    16,507,080
          Leasehold improvements                        716,347            712,798                       712,799
          Equipment under capital leases                365,540            536,495                       536,495
          Less accumulated depreciation and
            amortization                             (5,853,119)        (8,254,314)                   (7,711,061)
                                                    -----------        -----------                   -----------
          Property and equipment, net               $ 8,851,225        $12,512,130                   $14,348,862
                                                    ===========        ===========                   ===========
   </TABLE>


        Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment and
        equipment under capital leases was $2,599,793, $2,714,360 and
        $2,897,290 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and was $689,588 and
        $677,321 for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997,
        respectively.

   5.   TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANY

        Due to Affiliate - Amounts due to affiliate include cash advanced to
        the Company from an affiliated company to fund various construction
        projects, general and administrative expenses, interest payable on
        such cash advances and barge rent.  The advances bear interest at 8%
        and are due on December 31, 1997.  The affiliated company has
        indicated that it is willing to extend the payment date of such notes
        for another term of one year in the event that the Company is unable
        to pay such amounts on December 31, 1997.  Management of the Company
        believes that such indebtedness will be repaid through a combination
        of cash flows from future operations with such debt to be refinanced
        on a long-term basis and from the proceeds of equity offerings.

        Lease Agreements - The Company leases two roll-on/roll-off barge
        vessels and a ramp system from an affiliate under operating lease
        agreements.  For the period from January 1, 1994 through May 10, 1996
        for one vessel and through July 19, 1996, as to the other vessel, the
        lease payment was $5,000 per day for each vessel.  Upon completion of
        the renovations to the vessels during 1996 which extended the barges
        from a length of approximately 500 feet to a length of approximately
        750 feet, the lease payments were increased to $10,500 per day for
        each vessel.  The leases expire at the later of September 1, 2010 or 
        the repayment of all obligations under an affiliate's construction 
        loan related to the vessel renovations, which payment has been 
        guaranteed by the Company.  Such construction loan is scheduled to be 
        repaid in quarterly installments ending June 30, 2003.  The leases 
        provide the Company the option to extend the leases through 
        September 1, 2018 for total payments of $22,00011,000 per vessel per 
        day or, alternatively, the Company may purchase the vessels at their 
        then fair market values.  Total lease expense under these leases from 
        affiliate totaled $3,600,000, $3,600,000 and $5,900,000 in 1994, 1995 
        and 1996.

        While the vessels were undergoing renovations, the Company leased
        barges from a third party.  In recognition of the $1,160,000 of
        additional barge rent and $509,000 of other transitional expenses
        incurred in 1996 during the renovation period, the affiliate agreed
        to reduce the charter rental due from the Company by approximately
        $1,669,000.

        Guarantee Agreement - The Company is the guarantor on an affiliated
        company's construction loan for $26.5 million, and has pledged all
        assets to secure this agreement.  The loan is also collateralized by
        a mortgage on the vessels and a lien on the related ramp structures
        which are owned by the affiliate and leased to the Company.

   6.   CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS

        Future minimum lease payments under capitalized leases as of December
        31, 1996 are as follows:

           Year ending December 31:
            1997                                              $ 55,727
            1998                                                50,400
            1999                                                50,400
            2000                                                50,400
            2001                                                45,378
                                                              --------
            Total minimum lease payments                       252,305
            Interest portion                                   (52,664)
                                                              --------
            Present value of minimum lease payment             199,641
            Less current portion                               (38,197)
                                                              --------

                                                              $161,444
                                                              ========


   7.   LONG-TERM DEBT

        Following is a summary of long-term debt:

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,                             March 31,
                                                               1995                           1996                   1997
         <S>                                                 <C>                           <C>                    <C>  

         Notes payable to finance company totaling
         $4,957,569 maturing from June to October
         2001; payable in 60 monthly installments
         of principal and interest; interest at fixed
         rates ranging from 8.867% to 9.290%;
         collateralized by trailers with a carrying
         value of $4,763,490 at December 31, 1996                                          $4,626,830             $4,420,979

         Note payable to bank totaling $1,680,000
         maturing October 2006; payable in 120
         monthly installments of principal and
         interest; interest at fixed rate of 7.95%;
         collateralized by land, construction in
         progress and buildings and structures
         with a carrying value of $1,703,900 at
         December 31, 1996                                                                  1,652,000              1,610,000

         Notes payable to bank totaling $6,333,512,
         maturing November 1997 to July 1998;
         payable in 48 monthly installments of
         principal and interest; interest at
         variable or fixed rate selected by the
         Company (7.125% at December 31, 1996);
         collateralized by tractors with a carrying
         value of $2,775,799 at December 31, 1996              $3,225,131                   1,641,754              1,175,482

         Notes payable to finance company totaling
         $1,032,500 maturing June 2000; payable in
         60 monthly installments of principal and
         interest; interest at a rate of 3.5% above
         LIBOR (8.875% at December 31, 1996);
         collateralized by trailers with a carrying
         value of $917,386 at December 31, 1996                   894,834                     681,800                630,364

         Notes payable to finance company totaling
         $3,068,796, maturing July to November
         1997; payable in 48 monthly installments
         of principal and interest; interest at a rate
         of 3.75% above LIBOR (9.125% at
         December 31, 1996); collateralized by
         tractors with a carrying value of $772,975
         at December 31, 1996                                   1,090,330                      322,424               106,127

         Unsecured notes payable due in 1997;
         interest at prime plus 1% (9.25% at
         December 31, 1996); principal is payable
         in semiannual installments                               304,000                      101,333               101,333

         Borrowings under $7.1 million line of credit
         maturing April 1, 2000; payable in 35
         monthly installments of principal and interest
         plus a final payment of $340,205 plus
         interest; interest on outstanding borrowings
         at fixed rate of 7.98%; collateralized by
         tractors with a carrying value of
         $1,446,646 at March 31, 1997 (unaudited)                                                                  1,134,018
                                                               ----------                   ----------            ----------
                                                                5,514,295                    9,026,141             9,178,303
         Less current portion                                  (2,677,870)                  (3,117,069)           (2,865,326)
                                                               ----------                   ----------            ----------

                                                               $2,836,425                   $5,909,072            $6,312,977
                                                               ==========                   ==========            ==========
   </TABLE>

        In March 1997, the Company obtained a $7.1 million line of credit
        from a financial institution.  At the election of the Company,
        interest on each borrowing under the line of credit will accrue at
        (a) a variable interest rate of the financial institution's Base
        Rate, (b) a variable interest rate of 1.40% above the financial
        institution's Eurodollar Rate or (c) a fixed interest rate of 1.40%
        above the financial institution's three year cost of funds.  The line
        will be used to purchase tractors which will be used as collateral.

        All long-term debt agreements at 1995 and 1996 are guaranteed by an
        affiliated company.  The notes include financial covenants that
        require that the Company and affiliate, on a combined basis, maintain
        certain financial ratios which are calculated as of the end of each
        fiscal quarter.  As of December 31, 1996, the Company and affiliate
        were in compliance with such covenants.

        Following are maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five
        years:


            Year ending December 31:
              1997                                                 $ 3,117,069
              1998                                                   1,465,021
              1999                                                   1,396,740
              2000                                                   1,375,147
              2001                                                     860,164
              Thereafter                                               812,000
                                                                   -----------
                
                                                                   $ 9,026,141
                                                                   ===========


   8.   OPERATING LEASES

        The Company has various operating lease agreements, principally for
        its office facilities, terminals and equipment.  Certain of the
        leases contain provisions calling for additional contingent rentals
        based on volume of transportation activity.

        Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that
        have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one
        year as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

            Year ending December 31:
              1997                                                 $16,095,651
              1998                                                   8,070,107
              1999                                                   3,051,030
              2000                                                   1,823,277
              2001                                                   1,789,768
              Thereafter                                             5,202,719
                                                                   -----------

              Total minimum payments required                      $36,032,552
                                                                   ===========

        Lease expense for all operating leases, including leases with terms
        of less than one year, was $10,330,913, $12,683,332 and $14,806,980
        for 1994, 1995 and 1996.

   9.   PROFIT SHARING/401(k) PLAN

        The Company has a profit sharing/401(k) Plan which covers
        substantially all employees.  Participants are allowed to make
        contributions of up to 15% of their compensation not to exceed
        certain limits.  The Company makes matching contributions to the Plan
        at a rate not in excess of 3.0% of compensation.  The Company
        contributed approximately $137,640, $60,546 and $142,994 to the Plan
        during 1994, 1995 and 1996.  The Company made an optional
        contribution of $32,700 in December 1996.

   10.  COMMITMENT

        At December 31, 1996, the Company is obligated under construction
        agreements totaling approximately $1.7 million.

   11.  RECAPITALIZATION

        In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors and stockholders
        authorized the following which will become effective in connection
        with the Company's initial public offering: (i) a 20,000-for-1 stock
        split, (ii) an increase in the authorized number of common shares
        from 2,000 to 20,000,000, (iii) a change in the par value of common
        stock from $1.00 to $.01 and (iv) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock
        with a par value of $.01 per share.  Stockholders' equity has been
        restated to give retroactive recognition to the stock split and
        change in par value in prior periods.  In addition, all references in
        the financial statements to the number of shares and per share
        amounts have been restated.

   12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

        In January 1997, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase
        100 tractors at an aggregate cost of approximately $7.2 million.

        In May 1997, the Company's Board of Directors and stockholders
        authorized the establishment of an Incentive Stock Plan with a
        maximum of 1,000,000 shares issuable under the Plan and the granting
        of options for 600,000 shares under the Plan subject to consummation
        of the Company's initial public offering.  These options have an
        exercise price equal to the initial public offering price and vest
        equally over a period of five years.

        In March 1997, the Company entered into an agreement for the
        construction of two vessels, known as Triplestack Box Carriers/TM/,
        for a total cost of approximately $12 million.  The Company plans to
        finance approximately $10.5 million of the acquisition cost with the
        assistance of the sale of bonds with a Title XI guaranty commitment
        issued by the U.S. Maritime Administration.  The Title XI bonds to be
        sold in May 1997 call for even semi-annual principal payments over a
        25 year term.  In addition, the Company has contracted for the
        construction of 53' containers and chassis units with an aggregate
        cost of approximately $13 million.

        In May 1997, the Company entered in an amendment to its lease of two
        roll-on/roll-off barge vessels and ramp system.  The amendment
        reduces the total payments under the lease from $21,000 to $20,100
        per day effective with this offering.

        On May 21, 1997, the majority stockholder of the Company granted to
        the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, an option to 
        purchase up to 1,200,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the 
        20,000-for-1 stock split) owned by him at $.74 per share or an 
        aggregate price of $891,330 for all shares.  These options are 
        immediately exercisable and have a term of 10 years.  In connec-
        tion with this option, the Company expects to record a non-
        recurring, noncash charge for compensation expense and a credit to 
        paid-in capital of approximately $11 million in the second quarter 
        of 1997, representing the difference between the exercise price 
        and the deemed fair market value of the common stock at the date 
        of grant.  This option does not involve the issuance of additional 
        shares of common stock by the Company and therefore, any subsequent 
        purchase of shares under the option will not have a dilutive effect 
        on the Company's book value or earnings per share amounts.

        The Company is in the process of an initial public offering of its
        shares of common stock.

    <PAGE>

                                               
                                               
                                               
                                             
          No person has been authorized      
        in connection with the offering      
        made hereby to give any              
        information or to make any           
        representation not contained in      
        this Prospectus and, if given or     
        made, such information or                    __________ Shares
        representation must not be           
        relied upon as having been                 Trailer Bridge, Inc.
        authorized by the Company or any     
        Underwriters.  This Prospectus                 Common Stock
        does not constitute an offer to      
        sell or a solicitation of any        
        offer to buy any of the              
        securities offered hereby to any
        person or by anyone in any           
        jurisdiction in which it is          
        unlawful to make such offer or       
        solicitation.  Neither the           
        delivery of this Prospectus nor      
        any sale made hereunder shall,       
        under any circumstances, create      
        any implication that the             
        information contained herein is                __________
        correct as of any date                         PROSPECTUS
        subsequent to the date hereof.                 __________
                                             
                _________________            
                                             
                                             
                TABLE OF CONTENTS                  ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                    Page              INCORPORATED 
        Prospectus Summary  . . . .    1      
        Risk Factors  . . . . . . .    4
        S Corporation Status  . . .   10
        Use of Proceeds . . . . . .   10
        Dividend Policy . . . . . .   10
        Capitalization  . . . . . .   11
        Dilution  . . . . . . . . .   12
        Selected Financial and
          Operating Data  . . . . .   13
        Management's Discussion and
         Analysis of Financial
         Condition and Results of                   _____________, 1997
         Operations  . . . . . . . .  15
        Industry Overview . . . . .   22
        Business  . . . . . . . . .   23
        Management  . . . . . . . .   32
        Certain Transactions  . . .   36
        Principal Stockholders  . .   37
        Description of Capital Stock  39
        Shares Eligible for Future
         Sale   . . . . . . . . . .   42
        Underwriting  . . . . . . .   43
        Legal Matters . . . . . . .   44
        Experts . . . . . . . . . .   44
        Additional Information  . .   44
        Index to Financial Statements F-1
             __________________
 
           Until ________________, 1997
        (25 days after the date of this
        Prospectus), all dealers
        effecting transactions in the
        Common Stock offered hereby,
        whether or not participating in
        this distribution, may be
        required to deliver a
        Prospectus.  This is in addition
        to the obligation of dealers to
        deliver a Prospectus when acting
        as Underwriters and with respect
        to their unsold allotments or
        subscriptions.                           
                                                                              
   <PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   Item 13. Other Expenses of Insurance and Distribution.


    Securities and Exchange Commission filing fee . . . .    $     9,393
    NASD filing fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3,600
    Nasdaq listing fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
    Transfer agent expenses and fees  . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
    Printing and engraving  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
    Accountants' fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
    Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
    Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            ** 
                                                            -------------
            Total   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
                                                            =============

   __________________________

   *      Other than the SEC filing fee and NASD filing fee, all fees and
          expenses are estimated.
   **     To be supplied by amendment.

   Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

            The Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Act")
   permits a Delaware corporation to indemnify a present or former director
   or officer of the corporation (and certain other persons serving at the
   request of the corporation in related capacities) for liabilities,
   including legal expenses, arising by reason of service in such capacity if
   such person shall have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
   believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
   and in any criminal proceeding if such person had no reasonable cause to
   believe his conduct was unlawful.  However, in the case of actions brought
   by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification may be made with
   respect to any matter as to which such director or officer shall have been
   adjudged liable, except in certain limited circumstances.

            The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
   and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the Company may indemnify
   directors and officers to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by
   the Delaware Act.  In addition, the Company intends to enter into
   Indemnification Agreements with its directors and executive officers in
   which the Registrant will agree to indemnify such persons to the fullest
   extent now or hereafter permitted by the Delaware Act.

            The indemnification provided by the Delaware General Corporation
   Law and the Company's Amended and Restated Bylaws is not exclusive of any
   other rights to which a director or officer may be entitled.  The general
   effect of the foregoing provisions may be to reduce the circumstances in
   which an officer or director may be required to bear the economic burden
   of the foregoing liabilities and expense.

            The Company may obtain a liability insurance policy for its
   directors and officers as permitted by the Delaware Act which may extend
   to, among other things, liability arising under the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

   Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

            The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of
   Delaware effective April 1, 1991.  The Company has not made any sales of
   securities during the last three years.

   Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

            (a)     Exhibits.  

   *1.      Form of Underwriting Agreement

   *3A      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
            Registrant

   *3B      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

   4A       See Exhibits 3A and 3B for provisions of the Certificate of
            Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant defining the rights of
            holders of the Registrant's Common Stock

   *4B      Form of stock certificate for Common Stock
                       
   *5       Opinion of Foley & Lardner as to the legality of the securities
            to be issued

   *10A     Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive
            Officers

   10B      Bareboat Charter Party dated February 1992

            (i)     Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated December 31,
                    1994

            (ii)    Second Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated October
                    1995

            (iii)   Third Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated March 1,
                    1997

   10C      Promissory Note dated January 1, 1997 payable to Kadampanattu
            Corp. in the principal amount of $4,569,131

   10D      Construction and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 13, 1995
            between the Registrant, Kadampanattu Corp. and The First National
            Bank of Boston, as Agent

            (i)     First Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    dated as of May 9, 1996

            (ii)    Second Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    dated as of July 10, 1996

            *(iii)  Third Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    and Consent and Limited Waiver dated as of January 1,
                    1997

   10E      Chattel Mortgage Line of Credit Agreement dated as of February
            28, 1997 

   10F      Vessel Construction Contract dated as of December 30, 1996
            between Coastal Ship, Inc. and Halter Marine, Inc.

            (i)     Assignment of Vessel Construction Contract dated March
                    24, 1997 between Coastal Ship, Inc. and the Registrant

            (ii)    Amendment No. 1 to Vessel Construction Contract dated as
                    of April 1997

   10G      Real Estate Promissory Note dated April 18, 1996 between the
            Registrant and First Union National Bank of Florida

   *10H     Title XI Guaranty Commitment

            *(i)    Assignment of Letter Commitment to Guarantee Obligations

   *10I     Agreement and Lease dated as of August 1, 1991 between the
            Registrant and the Jacksonville Port Authority

   *10J     Time Charter dated January 31, 1994 between the Registrant and
            Tidewater Marine, Inc. Towing Division

   *10K     Incentive Stock Plan

   *10L     Stock Option Award Agreement

   *23A     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

   *23B     Consent of Foley & Lardner (included in Opinion filed as Exhibit
            5)

   24       Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
            Registration Statement)

   27       Financial Data Schedule

            (b)     Financial Statement Schedules.  

   *        Report of Independent Auditors

   *        Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

   ________________

       *  To be filed by amendment.


            All other financial statement schedules have been omitted either
   because they are not applicable or because the information that would be
   included in such schedules is included elsewhere in this Registration
   Statement.


   Item 17.  Undertakings.

            The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
   underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement
   certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
   required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

            Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
   Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
   controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
   provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
   opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
   against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
   unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
   liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
   or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in
   the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
   such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
   securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
   its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit
   to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
   indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
   will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

            The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)     For purposes of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
   prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
   Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant
   pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall
   be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was
   declared effective.

            (2)     For the purpose of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
   of prospectus shall be deemed a new registration statement relating to the
   securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
   time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                   SIGNATURES

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
   Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
   behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
   Jacksonville, and State of Florida, on this 30th day of May 1997.

                              TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                              By:  /s/ John D. McCown                         
                                   John D. McCown
                                   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                     Officer
           

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
   Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
   the capacities and on the dates indicated.  Each person whose signature
   appears hereon constitutes and appoints John D. McCown, Ralph W. Heim and
   William G. Gotimer, Jr., and each of them individually, his or her true
   and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
   and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and
   stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
   (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement,
   including any amendment or registration statement filed pursuant to
   Rule 462, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
   documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
   them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
   thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully
   to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person,
   hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
   agents, or either of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may
   lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

           Signature               Title                   Date

      /s/ John D. McCown        Chairman of the Board    May 30, 1997
    John D. McCown              and Chief Executive
                                Officer and Director
                                (Principal Executive
                                Officer)

      /s/ Mark A. Tanner        Vice President  -        May 30, 1997
    Mark A. Tanner              Administration and
                                Chief Financial Officer
                                (Principal Financial
                                and Accounting Officer)

      /s/ Malcom P. McLean      Director                 May 30, 1997
    Malcom P. McLean    

    <PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

   *1.      Form of Underwriting Agreement

   *3A      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
            Registrant

   *3B      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

   4A       See Exhibits 3A and 3B for provisions of the Certificate of
            Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant defining the rights of
            holders of the Registrant's Common Stock

   *4B      Form of stock certificate for Common Stock

   *5       Opinion of Foley & Lardner as to the legality of the securities
            to be issued

   *10A     Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive
            Officers

   10B      Bareboat Charter Party dated February 1992

            (i)     Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated December 31,
                    1994

            (ii)    Second Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated October
                    1995

            (iii)   Third Amendment to Bareboat Charter Party dated March 1,
                    1997

   10C      Promissory Note dated January 1, 1997 payable to Kadampanattu
            Corp. in the principal amount of $4,569,131

   10D      Construction and Term Loan Agreement dated as of October 13, 1995
            between the Registrant, Kadampanattu Corp. and The First National
            Bank of Boston, as Agent

            (i)     First Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    dated as of May 9, 1996

            (ii)    Second Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    dated as of July 10, 1996

            *(iii)  Third Amendment to Construction and Term Loan Agreement
                    and Consent and Limited Waiver dated as of January 1,
                    1997

   10E      Chattel Mortgage Line of Credit Agreement dated as of February
            28, 1997 

   10F      Vessel Construction Contract dated as of December 30, 1996
            between Coastal Ship, Inc. and Halter Marine, Inc.

            (i)     Assignment of Vessel Construction Contract dated March
                    24, 1997 between Coastal Ship, Inc. and the Registrant

            (ii)    Amendment No. 1 to Vessel Construction Contract dated as
                    of April 1997

   10G      Real Estate Promissory Note dated April 18, 1996 between the
            Registrant and First Union National Bank of Florida

   *10H     Title XI Guaranty Commitment

            *(i)    Assignment of Letter Commitment to Guarantee Obligations

   *10I     Agreement and Lease dated as of August 1, 1991 between the
            Registrant and the Jacksonville Port Authority

   *10J     Time Charter dated January 31, 1994 between the Registrant and
            Tidewater Marine, Inc. Towing Division

   *10K     Incentive Stock Plan

   *10L     Stock Option Award Agreement

   *23A     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

   *23B     Consent of Foley & Lardner (included in Opinion filed as Exhibit
            5)

    24       Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this
             Registration Statement)

    27       Financial Data Schedule

   ___________________

       *  To be filed by amendment.


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10B

                             BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY


   DESCRIPTION OF VESSEL; CHARTERER.  This Charter Party, made and concluded
   in this City of New York on the ___ day of February, 1992 between
   Kadampanattu Corp., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 500 Park
   Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Owner of the good Roll-on/Roll-off Barge
   Vessel Jax-San Juan Bridge provided with proper certificate for hull and
   machinery and classed _________, of about, _________ tons deadweight, or
   thereabouts, on summer freeboard, inclusive of bunkers and stores, and
   Trailer Bridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 9550 Regency
   Square Boulevard, Jacksonville, Florida 32225, Charterer.

   PERIOD.  WITNESSETH, The Owner agrees to let and Charterer agrees to hire
   said vessel from the time of delivery for a period of about a year on the
   following terms and conditions.

   1.     PORT OF DELIVERY; ACCEPTANCE.  The Vessel shall be delivered to
   Charterer at the port of Jacksonville, Florida, and being on her delivery
   tight, staunch, strong, and well and sufficiently tackled, appareled,
   furnished and equipped, and in every respect seaworthy and in good running
   order, condition and repair so as far as the exercise of due diligence can
   make her.  The delivery to the Charterer of said vessel and the acceptance
   of said vessel by the Charterer shall constitute a full performance by the
   Owner of all of the Owner's obligations hereunder, and thereafter the
   Charterer shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the
   Owner on account of any representations or warranties expressed or
   implied, with respect to said vessel, but the Owner shall be responsible
   for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the vessel, her
   machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under the
   Charter, which defects are not discovered on the survey.

   2.     TIME FOR DELIVERY; CANCELLATION DATE.  If required by the
   Charterer, time not to commence before February 1, 1992, and should vessel
   not be ready for delivery on or before February 29, 1992, Charterer, or
   his agent, to have the option of cancelling this charter, such option to
   be declared by noon of the following day, and if not so declared Charter
   to be considered in force.

   3.     TRADING LIMITS.  The vessel shall be employed in carrying lawful
   merchandise in such lawful trades between safe port and/or ports in the
   United States and the Caribbean.  In the event of serious outbreak of
   pestilence, war, Acts of God, force majeure, or other causes beyond the
   Charter's control, making the use of the vessel in such trade commercially
   impracticable, the vessel may be placed or may be sublet for employment in
   any other safe trades, upon first securing the approval of the Owner.

   4.     SURVEYS.  The vessel shall be surveyed before delivery and upon
   redelivery to determine the condition of the vessel, under the terms of
   the Charter, and the cost of such survey on delivery shall be paid for by
   the Charterer, and the cost of such survey on redelivery shall be paid for
   by the Owner.

   5.     CHARTERER TO PROVIDE.  The Charterer shall, at its own cost and
   expense, man, operate, victual, fuel, and supply the vessel, the Master
   and Chief Engineer, however to be subject to the approval of the Owner,
   and the Owner shall have the right to require the removal of the Master or
   Chief Engineer if it should have reason to be dissatisfied.

   6.     The Charterer shall pay all port charges, pilotages, and all other
   costs and expenses incident to the use and operation of the vessel.

   7.     MAINTENANCE.  The Charterer shall, at its own expense, keep the
   said vessel in good running order and condition and in substantially the
   same condition as when received from Owner and have her regularly
   overhauled and repaired when necessary.  Vessel shall be dry-docked,
   cleaned, and painted by the Charterer as may be necessary, but at least
   once in every eight calendar months from date of Charter.

   8.     HIRE.  The Charterer shall pay to the Owner for the use of said
   vessel at the rate of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per day commencing on
   and from the day and hour of her delivery to the Charterer, and at and
   after the same rate for any part of a day; hire to continue until the day
   and hour when the vessel is redelivered to the Owner.  If the vessel is
   lost, hire shall be paid up to and including the day of her loss (if the
   time of her loss be uncertain, then up to and including the day she is
   last heard from).  Payment of hire shall be made to the Owner at 500 Park
   Avenue, New York, NY 10022 in cash on delivery, for the remainder of that
   calendar month, and thereafter monthly in advance on the first day of each
   month, and in default of such payment the Owner may forthwith withdraw the
   vessel from the service to the Charterer without prejudice to any claim
   which the Owner may have against the Charterer pursuant to this Charter. 
   Should any dispute arise between the Owner and the Charterer with respect
   to responsibility for repairs, renewals, or replacements, or as to the
   condition of the vessel at the time of redelivery, either the Charterer or
   the Owner may without prejudice to its contentions, make and pay for such
   repairs, renewals, or replacements, or any part thereof before or after
   tender of redelivery, and may recover the cost thereof from the party for
   whose account it may be under the terms of the Charter.  In the event
   Charterer's liability for such repairs, renewals, or replacements is
   established, the Charterer shall pay hire for all time lost thereby.

   9.     Should the vessel be on her voyage toward port of redelivery at
   time when payment of hire becomes due, said payment shall be made for such
   length of time as the Owner and the Charterer may agree upon as the
   estimated time necessary to complete the voyage, and when the vessel is
   redelivered to the Owner any difference shall be refunded by the Owner or
   paid by the Charterer, as the case may require.

   10.    FUEL AND STORES.  The Charterer shall accept and pay for all fuel
   and consumable stores on board at time of vessel's delivery, and the Owner
   shall accept and pay for all such fuel and stores left on board on
   redelivery (with the exception of perishable stores) at the current market
   prices at the respective ports of delivery and redelivery; but if
   redelivery be taken at a port other than the port of redelivery named in
   the Charter, the Owner shall pay for the fuel and stores left on board on
   redelivery at the current market prices at the port of redelivery named in
   the Charter Party.

   11.    USE OF EQUIPMENT.  The Charterer shall have the use of all outfit,
   equipment, and appliances now on board the vessel without extra cost (with
   the exception of the submarine signal apparatus, blinker lights, and radio
   equipment), provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be
   returned to the Owner on redelivery in the same good order and condition
   as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

   12.    INVENTORIES.  A complete inventory of the vessel's entire
   equipment, outfit, appliances, and of all consumable stores shall be taken
   and mutually agreed upon at the time of delivery, and a similar inventory
   shall be taken and mutually agreed upon at the time of redelivery.

   13.  LIENS AGAINST VESSEL.  Neither the Charterer nor the Master of the
   vessel shall have any right, power, or authority to create, incur, or
   permit to be imposed upon the vessel any liens whatsoever except for
   crew's wages and salvage.  The Charterer agrees to carry a properly
   certified copy of this Charter Party with the ship's papers, and on demand
   to exhibit the same to any person having business with the vessel which
   might give rise to any lien thereon, other than liens for crew's wages and
   salvage.  The Charterer agrees to notify any person furnishing repairs,
   supplies, towage, or other necessaries to the vessel that neither the
   Charterer nor the Master has any right to create, incur, or permit to be
   imposed upon the vessel any liens whatsoever except for crew's wages and
   salvage.  Such notice, as far as may be practicable, shall be in writing
   in the form attached hereto as "Exhibit A".  The Charterer further agrees
   to fasten to the vessel in a conspicuous place and to maintain during the
   life of this Charter, a notice reading as follows 

          "This vessel is the property of Kadampanattu Corp.  It is under
   Charter to Trailer Bridge, Inc.  and by the terms of the Charter neither
   the Charterer nor the Master has any right, power or authority to create,
   incur, or permit to be imposed upon the vessel any liens whatsoever except
   for crew's wages and salvage."

   14.    BILLS OF LADING.  The Charterer shall cause all bills of lading
   issued for cargo carried on the vessel to contain all the exemptions and
   stipulations usual to the particular trade or service in which the vessel
   may be engaged and such bills of lading shall provide that the carriage of
   goods shall be subject to all the provisions of and exemptions contained
   in the Act of Congress of February 13, 1893, known as the Harter Act and
   also subject to the provisions of the Carriage of Goods at Sea Act
   approved April 16, 1936 and it shall reserve a lien upon the cargoes for
   freight, advance charges on goods, extra compensation, demurrage,
   forwarding charges, general average claims, any demands made and liability
   incurred by the carrier in respect of the goods (not required under the
   bills of lading to be borne by the carrier).

   15.    JASON CLAUSE.  The bills of lading used by the Charterer shall
   contain the amended "Jason" clause substantially as follows:

          "If the Owner shall have exercised due diligence to make the vessel
   in all respects seaworthy and to have her properly manned, equipped, and
   supplied, it is hereby agreed that in the event of accident, danger,
   damage or disaster before or after commencement of the voyage resulting
   from any cause whatsoever, whether due to negligence or not, for which, or
   for the consequence of which, the shipowner is not responsible, by statute
   or contract or otherwise, the shippers, consignees, or owners of the cargo
   shall contribute with the shipowner in general average to the payment of
   any sacrifices, losses, or expenses of a general average nature that may
   be made or incurred, and shall pay salvage and special charges incurred in
   respect of the cargo."

   16.    BOTH TO BLAME COLLISION CLAUSE.  All Bills of Lading shall include
   the following Both-To-Blame Collision Clause:- "If the shipowner shall
   have exercised due diligence to make the vessel seaworthy and properly
   manned, equipped and supplied, it is hereby agreed that in the event of
   the vessel coming into collision with another vessel as a result of the
   negligent navigation of both vessels, the owners of the cargo carried
   under the Bill of Lading will indemnify the shipowner against all
   liability to the other vessel or owners in so far as such liability
   represents loss, damage, or claim of said cargo paid or payable by the
   other vessel or her owners to the said cargo owners and set off, recouped,
   or recovered by the other vessel or her owners as part of their claim
   against the carrying vessel or shipowner."

   17.    GENERAL AVERAGE.  Said bills of lading shall provide that general
   average, if any, shall be according to York-Antwerp Rules of 1950,
   excluding Rule XXII thereof, and as to matters not therein contained,
   according to the law and usage of the Port of New York.  General average
   shall be adjusted at New York; in case general-average statement be
   required, the same to be adjusted by an Adjuster to be appointed by the
   Charterer, subject to the approval of the Owner, and said Adjuster to
   attend to the settlement and collection of the average, subject to the
   customary charges.

   18.    LIENS UPON CARGO.  The Owner shall have a lien upon all cargoes and
   all subfreights for any amounts due under this Charter, and the Charterer
   shall have a lien on the vessel for all moneys paid in advance to the
   Owner and not earned.

   19.    INSURANCE.  The Owner shall, at its own expense, fully insure the
   vessel for Owner's account with an insurer and in a form acceptable to
   Owner.  The Owner and/or insurer shall not have any right of recovery or
   subrogation against the Charterer on account of loss of or any damage to
   the vessel or her machinery or appurtenances covered by such insurance, or
   on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of
   the vessel or Owner covered by such insurance.

          The Charterer shall, at its own expense, obtain protection and
   indemnity insurance satisfactory to the Owner, and this insurance shall be
   extended to protect any liability the Owner may incur.  The Charterer
   shall furnish to the Owner proper evidence of such entry immediately upon
   signing this Charter.

          In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterer shall
   vitiate any of the insurance hereinbefore provided, the Charterer shall
   pay to the Owner all losses and indemnify the Owner against all claims and
   demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.

          REPAIRS.  The Charterer shall, subject to the approval of the Owner
   or Owner's underwriters, effect all insured repairs, and the Charterer
   shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection
   with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to
   an amount not exceeding $10,000; reimbursement to be secured through
   Owner's underwriters for such expenditures upon presentation of accounts. 
   Individual bills for insurance repairs or other insured charges, expenses
   and liabilities in excess of $10,000 shall be submitted to and paid by
   Owner's underwriters.

   20.    REDELIVERY.  The vessel shall at the expiration of the Charter
   period be redelivered to the Owner (unless lost) at Jacksonville, Florida
   in the same or as good order and condition as that in which she was when
   delivered, ordinary wear and tear excepted, but any repairs covered by
   insurance and any repairs or replacements due to latent defects in the
   vessel, machinery or appurtenances at the time of delivery are to be paid
   for in the manner hereinabove provided.

   21.    OFFHIRE.  In the event of loss of time caused by damages to or by
   vessel covered by insurance, or in making repairs or replacements for
   which the Owner is liable; preventing the working of vessel for more than
   forty-eight consecutive hours, hire shall cease for the time thereby lost. 
   The Owner shall not be responsible, however, for any expenses as are
   incident to the use and operation of the vessel for such time as may be
   required to make such repairs.

   22.    DAMAGE.  In the event of damage to the vessel covered by insurance
   under Clause 19 of this Charter in excess of the sum of Thirty Thousand
   Dollars ($30,000), the Owner has the option of cancelling this Charter, in
   which event hire to be computed as earned up to the date and hour of the
   incident.

   23.    INSPECTION.  The vessel is to be inspected to determine her
   condition at least once in every six months, unless waived by Owner.  Such
   inspection to be made by two inspectors, one to be appointed by the Owners
   and one by the Charterers.  The cost of such inspection to be borne
   equally by the Owners and Charterers.

   24.    REPORTS.  The Charterer, immediately upon the receipt of such
   information, shall keep the Owner informed of the arrival and departure of
   this vessel at and from all ports of call.  At the end of each voyage the
   Charterer shall supply deck and engine room logs of the voyage, if
   required by Owner.

   25.    SPECIAL EQUIPMENT.  That submarine signal apparatus, blinker
   lights, and radio equipment, if any, on the vessel at time of delivery
   shall be kept and maintained by the Charterer, and the Charterer shall
   assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owner under any contracts in
   connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owner for all expenses
   incurred in connection therewith.  The Charterer shall carry a radio
   operator at all times when the vessel is in actual service.

   26.    SALVAGE.  All derelicts and salvage shall be prorated--25 percent
   to the Owner, 75 percent to the Charterer, after deducting Owner's and
   Charterer's expenses and crews proportion.  However, hire of the vessel
   shall not be considered an item of the Charterer's expense hereunder.

   27.    BOND.  No bond shall be required of Charterer, but Owner may
   require a bond in a sum reasonably expected to guaranty full performance
   of Charterer's obligations under this Charter by giving Charterer thirty
   (30) days written notice.

   28.    ALTERATIONS.  The Charterer shall not make any structural changes
   in the vessel without first securing the approval of Owner.

   29.    CONFERENCE.  The Charterer agrees, in the event of entering any
   trade controlled by conferences in which American tonnage is interested,
   to join such conferences before placing this vessel in this trade, and
   further agrees to maintain conference rates prescribed by the conference.

   30.    LIBELS.  The Charterer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner
   against any liens of whatsoever nature upon such vessel and against any
   claims against the Owner arising out of the operation of said vessel by
   the Charterer, or out of any act or neglect of the Charterer in relation
   to said vessel, except in so far as such liens or claims arise out of any
   matter covered by the insurance provided herein.  If a libel should be
   filed against said vessel, or if said vessel is otherwise levied against
   or taken into custody by virtue of legal proceedings in any court because
   of any such lien or claim, the Charterer shall within fifteen (15) days
   thereof cause the said vessel to be released and the lien to be
   discharged.  This clause shall not in any way authorize the creation of
   any liens against the vessel or in any way affect or impair the provisions
   of Clause 12 of this Charter.

   31.    DEFAULT.  If at any time after the delivery of the said vessel to
   the Charterer hereunder, the Charterer shall fail to perform any of its
   duties or obligations, or shall violate any of the prohibitions imposed
   upon it under this Charter, or if the Charterer shall be dissolved or be
   adjudged a bankrupt, or shall have a petition in bankruptcy filed against
   it, or shall make a general assignment for creditors, or if a receiver or
   receivers shall be appointed for the Charterer, the Owner may, without
   prejudice to any other rights which it may have under this Charter,
   withdraw and retake the said vessel, wherever the same may be found,
   whether upon the high seas or in any port, harbor, or other place and
   without prior demand and without legal process, and for that purpose may
   enter upon any dock, pier, or other premises where the vessel may be and
   take possession thereof.

   32.    REDELIVERY NOTICE.  The Charterer shall give the Owner at least ten
   days' notice of expected redelivery and redelivery port.

   33.    LICENSE FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT.  In consideration of this Charter
   and the charter, between the same parties, of the Vessel Jax-San Juan
   Bridge, and so long as such Charters are in full force and effect and
   Charterer is not in default to Owner under this Charter or any other
   charter or agreement between the parties, Charterer is hereby granted a
   license to use Owner's ramps, loading structures and other associated
   equipment at Charterer's ports in Jacksonville, Florida and San Juan,
   Puerto Rico at no additional charge.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Charter to be
   executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate originals
   as of the date first written above.


   KADAMPANATTU CORP.                   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.
   As Owner                             As Charterer



    /s/ John D. McCown                   /s/ John D. McCown
   By:    Vice President                By:  Secretary

<PAGE>
                                    Exhibit A


   (Fill in name and address
   of supplier/vendor/contractor)




            Re:  Barge ____________________ 
                 Notice of No Lien Rights



   Gentlemen:


          The captioned vessel is on charter from its owner, Kadampanattu
   Corp., to Trailer Bridge, Inc.  (Charterer) who has no right, power, or
   authority to incur or create any liens against the said vessel, nor is
   Charterer authorized to act as agent for the vessel, its owner, its
   operator, or its master and crew with respect to the ordering or
   purchasing of goods, services, supplies or necessaries for the vessel. 
   Please be hereby advised that any goods, services, supplies or necessaries
   which you may provide or deliver to the vessel at the order or request of
   Charterer were ordered or requested NOT ON THE CREDIT OF THE VESSEL. 
   Therefore, your delivering or providing of any such goods, services,
   supplies or necessaries to the vessel, in light of this notice to you
   constitutes a waiver by you of any and all lien rights against the vessel. 
   provide or deliver to the vessel at the order or request of Charterer


                                        Very Truly Yours,


                                        TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.



                                                               EXHIBIT 10B(i)


                       AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY


        THIS AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY, made as of this 31st day of
   December, 1994, (hereinafter referred to as the "Amendment") by and
   between Kadampanattu Corp. (K Corp) and Allen Freight Trailer Bridge, Inc.
   (AFTB).

        WHEREAS, in February, 1992 K Corp and AFTB entered into two (2)
   identical Bareboat Charter Party agreements  for the vessels JAX-SAN JUAN
   BRIDGE and SAN JUAN-JAX BRIDGE; and

        WHEREAS, such Bareboat Charter Party agreements have been extended
   each year for an additional year.

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements to be kept
   and performed on the part of said parties hereto, respectively as herein
   stated, K Corp and AFTB hereby agree as follows:

        I.   Amendment to section entitled "Period" The section entitled
   "Period" of each Bareboat Charter Party is hereby amended by deleting the
   text thereof in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:

        PERIOD. This Charter Party shall remain in effect until March 1, 1997
   at which time it may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties.

        Except, and solely to the extent that the same has been specifically
   modified, amended or supplemented hereby, by this Amendment, all of the
   terms and conditions of the Bareboat Charter Party shall continue in full
   force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, K Corp and AFTB have caused this Amendment to be
   executed as of the date and year first above written.


                                           KADAMPANATTU CORP.


                                           By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                                John D. McCown



                                           ALLEN FREIGHT TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                           By:  /s/ Ralph W. Heim
                                                Ralph W. Heim
                                                Executive Vice President 



                                                              EXHIBIT 10B(ii)


                   SECOND AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY


        THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY, made as of this    
   day of October, 1995, (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment")
   by and between Kadampanattu Corp. (K Corp) and Trailer Bridge, Inc., (at
   the time of the Amendment dated December 31, 1994, Allen Freight Trailer
   Bridge, Inc.) (Trailer Bridge).

        WHEREAS, in February, 1992 K Corp and Trailer Bridge entered into two
   (2) identical Bareboat Charter Party agreements for the vessels JAX-SAN
   JUAN BRIDGE and SAN JUAN-JAX BRIDGE; and

        WHEREAS, such Bareboat Charter Party agreements were extended each
   year for an additional year; and

        WHEREAS, in December, 1994 K Corp and Trailer Bridge entered into an
   amendment to extend such Bareboat Charter Party agreements to March 1,
   1997; and

        WHEREAS, K Corp presently intends to modify each of the JAX-SAN JUAN
   BRIDGE and SAN JUAN-JAX BRIDGE to add a mid-body section to increase each
   vessels capacity; and 

        WHEREAS, Trailer Bridge wishes K Corp to so modify the vessels.

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements to be kept
   and performed on the part of said parties hereto, respectively as herein
   stated, K Corp and Trailer Bridge hereby agree as follows:

        I.   Amendment to section entitled "Period" The section entitled
   "Period" of each Bareboat Charter Party is hereby amended by deleting the
   text thereof in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:

        PERIOD. This Charter Party shall remain in effect until the later of
   March 1, 1997 and the date upon which the Construction and Term Loan
   Agreement between K Corp and The First National Bank of Boston terminates
   and all Loans and other obligations thereunder have been indefeasibly and
   irrevocably repaid in full, in cash, at which time this Charter Party may
   be extended by mutual agreement of the parties.

        II.  Amendment to section entitled "Hire" The section entitled "Hire"
   of each Bareboat Charter Party is hereby amended by adding the following
   after the first sentence of the section:

        The Charterer shall pay to the Owner for the use of the said vessel
   after the vessel has been modified, at the rate of Ten Thousand Five
   Hundred Dollars per day commencing on and from the day and hour the vessel
   is redelivered in its modified state to the Charterer, and continuing
   until the vessel is redelivered to Owner or Charterer gives notice of an
   increase in such daily rate. 

        Except, and solely to the extent that the same has been specifically
   modified, amended or supplemented hereby, by this Second Amendment, all of
   the terms and conditions of the Bareboat Charter Party shall continue in
   full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, K Corp and Trailer Bridge have caused this Second
   Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

        KADAMPANATTU CORP.                   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


        By:  /s/ John D. McCown              By:  /s/ John D. McCown
             John D. McCown                       John D. McCown
             President                            Vice President 



                                                             EXHIBIT 10B(iii)

                    THIRD AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY


        THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY, made as of this 1st
   day of March, 1997 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment") by
   and between Kadampanattu Corp. (K Corp) and Trailer Bridge, Inc. (Trailer
   Bridge).

        WHEREAS, in February, 1992 K Corp and Trailer Bridge entered into two
   (2) identical Bareboat Charter Party agreements for the vessels JAX-SAN
   JUAN BRIDGE and SAN JUAN-JAX BRIDGE; and

        WHEREAS, such Bareboat Charter Party agreements were extended each
   year for an additional year; and

        WHEREAS, in December, 1994 K Corp and Trailer Bridge entered into an
   amendment to extend such Bareboat Charter Party agreements to March 1,
   1997; and

        WHEREAS, in October, 1995 K Corp and Trailer Bridge entered into an
   amendment to extend such Bareboat Charter Party agreements until the later
   of March 1, 1997 and the date upon which the Construction and Term Loan
   Agreement between K Corp and The First National Bank of Boston terminates
   and all Loans and other obligations thereunder have been indefeasibly and
   irrevocably repaid in full, in cash,

        In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements to be kept
   and performed on the part of said parties hereto, respectively as herein
   stated, K Corp and Trailer Bridge hereby agree as follows:

        1.   Amendment to section entitled "Period".  The section entitled
   "Period" of each Bareboat Charter Party is hereby amended by deleting the
   text thereof in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:

                  PERIOD.  This Charter Party shall remain in
             effect until the later of September 1, 2010 or the
             date upon which the Construction and Term Loan
             Agreement between K Corp and The First National Bank
             of Boston terminates and all Loans and other
             obligations thereunder have been indefeasibly and
             irrevocably repaid in full, in cash, at which time
             this Charter Party may be extended by mutual agreement
             of the parties.

                  At the later of September 1, 2010 or the date
             upon which the Construction and Term Loan Agreement
             between K Corp and The First National Bank of Boston
             terminates and all Loans and other obligations
             thereunder have been indefeasibly and irrevocably
             repaid in full, in cash.  Trailer Bridge shall have
             the right, but not the obligation, by giving written
             notice to K Corp, not more than 120 days but not less
             than 60 days prior to the expiration of the term of
             this Charter Party, to extend this Charter Party until
             September 1, 2018 at the rate of ELEVEN THOUSAND
             DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($11,000.00) per day for each
             vessel or, alternatively, Trailer Bridge, may purchase
             the vessel from K Corp at its then fair market value.

        Except, and solely to the extent that the same has been specifically
   modified, amended or supplemented hereby, by this Third Amendment, all of
   the terms and conditions of the Bareboat Charter Party shall continue in
   full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, K Corp and Trailer Bridge have caused this Third
   Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.


                                 KADAMPANATTU CORP.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                      John D. McCown, President  



                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                      John D. McCown, Chairman 



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10C

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


   $ 4,569,131.00                                             January 1, 1997


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Trailer Bridge, Inc. ("TBI") promises to pay to
   the order of Kadampanattu Corp., the principal amount of Four Million,
   Five Hundred Sixty Nine Thousand, One Hundred Thirty One Dollars and no
   cents ($4,653,131.00), with interest from the date hereof on the unpaid
   principal at the rate of eight percent (8.00%) per annum.

        The unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be payable in full on
   December 31, 1997, at which time the unpaid principal and interest shall
   be due in full.

        TBI may, at its election, prepay without penalty any or all of the
   unpaid principal hereof.  Upon such prepayment TBI shall also pay the
   interest accrued on the principal amount to the date of the prepayment.
   All payments on this Note shall be applied first to fees, expenses and
   other amounts due hereunder (excluding principal and interest); second to
   accrued interest; and third to outstanding principal. Prepayments shall be
   applied to installments of principal in the inverse order of the dates on
   which they become due.  Amounts prepaid may not be reborrowed.

        Overdue payments of principal (whether at maturity, by acceleration
   or otherwise) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, overdue
   interest and other amounts due hereunder shall bear interest from and
   including the due date thereof until paid, compounded daily and payable on
   demand, at a rate of ten percent (10.00%).

        All sums due hereunder shall be payable to Kadampanattu Corp. at the
   following address:

                       500 Park Avenue
                       New York, New York 10022

   or at such other place as Kadampanattu Corp. may specify in writing.

        In the event TBI shall default in payment of any installment of
   principal or interest when the same shall become due and payable hereunder
   and such default shall not be cured within ten (10) days, then the holders

   of this Note may, at their option, declare the entire principal of this
   Note due and payable, together with all accrued interest thereon.   

        It is hereby agreed that in the event TBI shall become insolvent, or
   file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or if a petition in bankruptcy
   shall be filed against it, or if any application for receivership of any
   nature be filed or a receiver be appointed of its property or assets, then
   the principal of this Note and all unpaid interest shall forthwith be due
   and payable.

        In the event of a default described above TBI will pay upon demand
   all expenses of Kadampanattu Corp. in connection with the default by TBI,
   collection, waiver or amendment of the obligations hereunder, or in
   connection with Kadampanattu Corp.'s exercise, preservation or enforcement
   of any of its rights or remedies or options hereunder, including fees of
   outside legal counsel or the allocation cost of in house legal counsel. 

        Notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest are hereby waived.
   This Note is governed by the law of the State of New York without taking
   into effect its choice of law provisions.

        This Note is non-negotiable.


   Dated: January 1, 1997.

                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 /s/ Mark A. Tanner
                                 By:    Mark A. Tanner
                                 Its:   Vice President



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10D






                         CONSTRUCTION AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT



                             dated as of October 13, 1995



                                         among


                                 KADAMPANATTU CORP.,
                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.



                                         and




                           THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

       and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the
       "Banks"),

                                         and

                          The First National Bank of Boston,

                                as agent for the Banks
   <PAGE>
                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                      Schedules

           Schedule 1                Commitments; Commitment Percentages
           Schedule 1.1(b)           Maximum Cumulative Advance Amounts
           Schedule 1.1(c)           Project Budgets
           Schedule 7.2              Governmental Approvals
           Schedule 7.3              Title to Properties; Leases
           Schedule 7.5(a)           Material Changes
           Schedule 7.18             Environmental Matters
           Schedule 7.19             Joint Ventures
           Schedule 7.20             Real Property
           Schedule 7.24             Insurance
           Schedule 9.1              Permitted Indebtedness
           Schedule 9.2              Permitted Liens
           Schedule 9.3              Permitted Investments


                                    Exhibits

           Exhibit A                 Form of Construction Loan Note
           Exhibit B                 Form of Term Note
           Exhibit C                 Form of Construction Advance Request
           Exhibit D                 Charter
           Exhibit E                 Plans and Specifications
           Exhibit F                 Form of Security Agreement
           Exhibit G                 Form of Guaranty
           Exhibit H                 Form of Assignment of Contract
           Exhibit I                 Form of Assignment of Insurance
           Exhibit J                 Form of Charter Assignment
           Exhibit K                 Form of Contract Collateral Assignment
           Exhibit L                 Form of First Preferred Ship Mortgage
           Exhibit M                 Principal Financial Officer Certificate
           Exhibit N                 Form of Assignment and Acceptance

   <PAGE>
                          CONSTRUCTION AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

          This CONSTRUCTION AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of October 13,
   1995, by and among KADAMPANATTU CORP. (the "Borrower") a Delaware
   corporation having its principal place of business at 500 Park Avenue, New
   York, New York 10021, TRAILER BRIDGE, INC. (the "Guarantor"), a Delaware
   corporation having its principal place of business at 9550 Regency Square
   Boulevard, Suite 500, Jacksonville, Florida  32225 and THE FIRST NATIONAL
   BANK OF BOSTON, a national banking association and the other lending
   institutions listed on Schedule 1 and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON as
   agent for itself and such other lending institutions.

     DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.  

          Definitions.  

          The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this
   Section 1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred
   to below:

          Adjustment Date.  The first day of the month immediately following
   the month in which a Compliance Certificate is to be delivered by the
   Borrower pursuant to Section 8.4(d) hereof.

          Advance(s).  Any advances of the Construction Loan or the Term
   Loan.

          Affiliate.  Any Person that would be considered to be an affiliate
   of the Borrower under Rule 144(a) of the Rules and Regulations of the
   Securities and Exchange Commission, as in effect on the date hereof, if
   the Borrower were issuing securities.

          Agent.  The First National Bank of Boston acting as agent for the
   Banks.

          Agent's Head Office.  The Agent's head office located at 100
   Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or at such other location as
   the Agent may designate from time to time.

          Agent's Special Counsel.  Bingham, Dana & Gould or such other
   counsel as may be approved by the Agent.

          Applicable Margin.  For each period commencing on an Adjustment
   Date through the date immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date (each
   a "Rate Adjustment Period"), the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable

   margin set forth below with respect to the Borrower's Interest Coverage
   Ratio as determined for the fiscal period of the Borrower ending on the
   fiscal quarter ended immediately preceding the applicable Rate Adjustment
   Period.


                                                        Eurodollar
                                            Base        Rate
                 Interest Coverage          Rate        Advances
                 Ratio                      Advances


                 Less than or equal to      1.75%       3.00%
                 3.00:1.00

                 Greater than               1.00%       2.00%
                 3.00:1.00, but
                 less than or equal to
                 4.00:1.00


                 Greater than               0.50%       1.50%
                 4.00:1.00


   Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for Advances outstanding during the
   period commencing on the Closing Date through the date immediately
   preceding the first Adjustment Date to occur after the Conversion Date,
   the Applicable Margin shall be three percent (3%) per annum for Eurodollar
   Rate Advances and one and three- quarters percent (1 3/4%) per annum for
   Base Rate Advances, and (b) if at any time after the Conversion Date the
   Borrower fails to deliver any Compliance Certificate when required by
   Section 8.4(d) hereof then, for the period commencing on the next
   Adjustment Date to occur subsequent to such failure through the date
   immediately following the date on which such Compliance Certificate is
   delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin
   set forth in the table above.

          Appraisals.  The appraisals of the value of each Vessel, determined
   on a market value basis and performed by Jacques Pierot Jr. & Sons, Inc.
   or another qualified independent appraiser approved by the Agent.

          Assignment and Acceptance.  See Section 19.1 hereof.

          Assignment of Contracts.  The collateral assignment of contracts,
   permits, licenses and approvals executed and delivered by the Borrower to
   the Agent and substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.

          Assignment of Insurance.  The collateral assignment of insurance
   policies executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and
   substantially on the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.

          Balance Sheet Date.  December 31, 1994.

          Banks.  FNBB and the other lending institutions listed on
   Schedule 1 hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any
   rights and obligations of a Bank pursuant to Section 19.

          Base Rate.  The higher of (a) the annual rate of interest announced
   from time to time by FNBB at its head office in Boston, Massachusetts, as
   its "base rate" or (b) one-half of one percent (1/2%) above the Federal
   Funds Effective Rate.  For the purposes of this definition, "Federal Funds
   Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the
   weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with
   members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers,
   as published for such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, for the
   next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or,
   if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the
   average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by
   the Agent from three funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the
   Agent.

          Base Rate Advance.  Any Construction Advance or portion thereof and
   all or any portion of the Term Loan bearing interest calculated by
   reference to the Base Rate.

          Borrower.  As defined in the preamble hereto.

          Builder.  Trinity Marine Group, Inc., a Nevada corporation, the
   owner and operator of the shipyards located in New Orleans, Louisiana and
   Port Bieneville, Mississippi, which will perform the construction on the
   Vessels pursuant to the Contract.

          Business Day.  Any day on which banking institutions in Boston,
   Massachusetts, are open for the transaction of banking business and, in
   the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, also a day which is a Eurodollar
   Business Day.

          Capital Assets.  Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land,
   buildings, fixtures, machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as
   patents, copyrights, trademarks, franchises and good will); provided that
   Capital Assets shall not include any item customarily charged directly to
   expense or depreciated over a useful life of twelve (12) months or less in
   accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

          Capital Expenditures.  Amounts paid or indebtedness incurred by the
   Borrower or the Guarantor in connection with the purchase or lease by the
   Borrower or the Guarantor of Capital Assets that would be required to be
   capitalized and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance
   with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

          Capitalized Leases.  Leases under which the Borrower or the
   Guarantor is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment
   obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance
   sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with Generally Accepted
   Accounting Principles.

          CERCLA.  See Section 7.18 hereof.

          Charter.  The charter of the Vessels from the Borrower to the
   Guarantor to operate the Vessels exclusively in the domestic, or Jones
   Act, trades between the mainland U.S. and Puerto Rico, substantially in
   the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

          Charter Assignment.  The collateral assignment of the Charter
   executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and in substantially
   the form of Exhibit J attached hereto.

          Chattel Mortgage.  The Chattel Mortgage dated within thirty (30)
   days of the Closing Date between the Borrower and the Agent, and in form
   and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks.

          Closing Date.  The first date on which the conditions set forth in
   Section 11 have been satisfied and the first Construction Advance is to be
   made.

          Closing Fee.  See Section 5.1.

          Code.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

          Collateral.  All of the property, rights and interests of the
   Borrower and the Builder that are or are intended to be subject to the
   security interests and mortgages created by the Security Documents.

          Combined or combined.  With reference to any term defined herein,
   shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Guarantor and the
   Borrower, combined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
   Principles.

          Combined Financial Obligations.  With respect to any period, an
   amount equal to the sum of all payments, whether of principal, interest or
   other amounts, on Indebtedness that become due or payable or that are to
   become due and payable during such period pursuant to any agreement or
   instrument to which the Guarantor or the Borrower is a party relating to
   the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit or in respect of
   Capitalized Leases.  Demand obligations shall be deemed to be due and
   payable during any period which such obligations are outstanding.

          Combined Net Income.  The combined net income (or deficit) of the
   Guarantor and the Borrower, after deduction of all expenses, taxes and
   other proper charges determined in accordance with Generally Accepted
   Accounting Principles.

          Combined Operating Cash Flow.  For any period, an amount equal to
   (a) the sum of (i) Earnings Before Interest and Taxes for such period,
   plus (ii) depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash charges for
   such period, less (b) the sum of (i) cash payments for all taxes and Tax
   Distributions paid during such period, plus (ii) twenty percent (20%) of
   Capital Expenditures (other than Capital Expenditures made in connection
   with the Project) made during such period.

          Combined Tangible Net Worth.  Combined Net Worth, less the sum of:

               (a)  the total book value of all assets of the Guarantor and
          the Borrower properly classified as intangible assets under
          Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, including such items as
          good will, the purchase price of acquired assets in excess of the
          fair market value thereof, trademarks, trade names, service marks,
          brand names, copyrights, patents and licenses, and rights with
          respect to the foregoing; plus

               (b)  all amounts representing any write-up in the book value
          of any assets of the Guarantor and the Borrower resulting from a
          revaluation thereof subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date; plus

               (c)  investments in and advances to non-Combined Affiliates;
          plus

               (d)  to the extent otherwise includable in the computation of
          Combined Tangible Net Worth, any subscriptions receivable.

          Combined Total Assets.  All assets of the Guarantor and the
   Borrower determined on a combined basis in accordance with Generally
   Accepted Accounting Principles.

          Combined Total Liabilities.  The sum of (a) all liabilities of the
   Guarantor and the Borrower determined on a combined basis in accordance
   with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, plus (b) all Indebtedness
   of the Guarantor and the Borrower, whether or not so classified, plus (c)
   the net present value (applying a ten percent (10%) discount rate thereto)
   of all future payments due under operating leases of revenue equipment
   having terms of twelve (12) months or more to which either the Borrower or
   the Guarantor is a party.

          Commitment.  With respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on
   Schedule 1 hereto as the amount of such Bank's commitment to make
   Construction Advances to the Borrower, as the same may be reduced from
   time to time; or if such commitment is terminated pursuant to the
   provisions hereof, zero.

          Commitment Percentage.  With respect to each Bank, the percentage
   set forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Bank's percentage of the aggregate
   Commitments of all of the Banks, and with respect to the Term Loan, the
   percentage amount of each Bank's commitment to make the Term Loan as set
   forth on  Schedule 1 hereto.

          Compliance Certificate.  See Section 8.4(d) hereof.

          Construction Advance.  See Section 2.1 hereof.

          Construction Advance Request.  See Section 2.6 hereof.

          Construction Documents.  The Contract and the Intercreditor
   Agreement.

          Construction Inspector. The consulting architect, engineer or
   inspector appointed by the Borrower and approved by the Majority Banks or,
   if the Agent or the Majority Banks so elect from time to time, the
   consulting architect, engineer or inspector appointed by the Agent with
   the approval of the Majority Banks.

          Construction Loan.  See Section 2.1 hereof.

          Construction Loan Advance Date.  Each of the dates on which a
   Milestone has been achieved, as set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) hereto,
   entitling the Borrower to make a Construction Advance Request under
   Section 2.1.

          Construction Loan Notes.  See Section 2.4 hereof.

          Construction Loan Note Record.  A Record with respect to the
   Construction Loan Notes.

          Contract.  The Vessel Repair and Refurbishment Contract dated
   October 13, 1995, between the Borrower and the Builder, as amended from
   time to time, providing for the construction to be performed on each
   Vessel, copies of which have been furnished to the Agent and the Banks.

          Contract Collateral Assignment.  The assignment of the Borrower's
   right, title and interest in and to (including without limitation, rights
   to enforce the Shipbuilding Guaranty) the Contract collateral,
   substantially in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto.

          Contract Price.  The total construction price payable for the work
   performed on each of the Vessels pursuant to the Contract, provided,
   however, that in no event shall the Contract Price for either Vessel
   exceed $10,300,000 without the prior written consent of the Banks.

          Conversion Date.  The earlier of (a) the Project Completion Date
   and (b) September 30, 1996.

          Conversion Request.  A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of
   the Borrower's election to convert or continue an Advance in accordance
   with Section 2.7.

          Credit Agreement.  This Construction and Term Loan Agreement,
   including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

          Default.  See Section 13 hereof.

          Distribution.  The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in
   respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or the
   Guarantor, other than dividends payable solely in shares of common stock
   of the Borrower or the Guarantor; the purchase, redemption, or other
   retirement of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or
   the Guarantor, directly or indirectly; the return of capital by the
   Borrower or the Guarantor to its shareholders as such; or any other
   distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock
   of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

          Dollars or $.  Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
   America.

          Domestic Lending Office.  Initially, the office of each Bank
   designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of
   such Bank, if any, located within the United States that will be making or
   maintaining Base Rate Advances.

          Drawdown Date.  The date on which any Construction Advance or the
   Term Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Construction
   Advance or the Term Loan is converted or continued in accordance with
   Section Section 2.7 and 4.5.

          Earnings Before Interest and Taxes.  The Combined Net Income of the
   Guarantor and the Borrower for any period, after all expenses and other
   proper charges but before payment or provision for any income taxes, tax
   distributions or interest expense for such period, determined in
   accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, and after
   eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income (or
   deficit).

          Eligible Assignee.  Any of (a) a commercial bank or finance company
   organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the
   District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000;
   (b) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the
   laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the District of
   Columbia, and having a net worth of at least $100,000,000, calculated in
   accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; (c) a commercial
   bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of
   the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or
   a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in
   excess of $1,000,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a
   branch or agency located in the country in which it is organized or
   another country which is also a member of the OECD; (d) the central bank
   of any country which is a member of the OECD; and (e) if, but only if, an
   Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other bank, insurance
   company, commercial finance company or other financial institution or
   other Person approved by the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably
   withheld.

          Employee Benefit Plan.  Any employee benefit plan within the
   meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the
   Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

          Environmental Laws.  See Section 7.18(a) hereof.

          ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          ERISA Affiliate.  Any Person which is treated as a single employer
   with the Borrower under Section 414 of the Code.

          ERISA Reportable Event.  A reportable event with respect to a
   Guaranteed Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and
   the regulations promulgated thereunder as to which the requirement of
   notice has not been waived.

          Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.  For any day with respect to a
   Eurodollar Rate Advance, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at
   which any lender subject thereto would be required to maintain reserves
   under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
   (or any successor or similar regulations relating to such reserve
   requirements) against "Eurocurrency Liabilities" (as that term is used in
   Regulation D), if such liabilities were outstanding.  The Eurocurrency
   Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective
   date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.

          Eurodollar Business Day.  Any day on which commercial banks are
   open for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in
   London or such other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the
   Agent in its sole discretion acting in good faith.

          Eurodollar Lending Office.  Initially, the office of each Bank
   designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of
   such Bank, if any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate
   Advances.

          Eurodollar Rate.  For any Interest Period with respect to a
   Eurodollar Rate Advance, the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate per
   annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) at which the
   Reference Bank's Eurodollar Lending Office is offered Dollar deposits
   two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest
   Period in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign
   currency and exchange operations of such Eurodollar Lending Office are
   customarily conducted at or about 10:00 a.m., Boston time, for delivery on
   the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised
   therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar Rate
   Advance of the Reference Bank to which such Interest Period applies,
   divided by (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate,
   if applicable.

          Eurodollar Rate Advances.  Any Construction Advance or portion
   thereof or all or any portion of the Term Loan bearing interest calculated
   by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

          Event of Default.  See Section 13 hereof.

          Fee Letter.  See Section 5.2 hereof.

          First Preferred Fleet Mortgage.  The First Preferred Fleet Mortgage
   dated as of the date hereof from the Borrower to the Agent and
   substantially in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto.

          FNBB.  The First National Bank of Boston in its individual
   capacity.

          Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.  (a) When used in Section
   10, whether directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term
   used therein, means (i) principles that are consistent with the principles
   promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its
   predecessors, in effect for the fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet
   Date, and (ii) to the extent consistent with such principles, the
   accounting practice of the Borrower and the Guarantor reflected in their
   financial statements for the year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (b)
   when used in general, other than as provided above, means principles that
   are (i) consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the
   Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in effect
   from time to time and (ii) consistently applied with past financial
   statements of the Borrower and the Guarantor adopting the same principles, 
   provided that in each case referred to in this definition of "Generally
   Accepted Accounting Principles" a certified public accountant would,
   insofar as the use of such accounting principles is pertinent, be in a
   position to deliver an unqualified opinion (other than a qualification
   regarding changes in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) as to
   financial statements in which such principles have been properly applied.

          Governmental Authority.  The United States of America, any State
   thereof, any political subdivision thereof, and any agency, authority,
   department, commission, board, bureau, or instrumentality of any of them
   (including without limitation the Federal Maritime Commission, the
   Maritime Administration of the United States Department of Transportation
   and the United States Coast Guard).

          Guaranteed Pension Plan.  Any employee pension benefit plan within
   the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the
   Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on
   termination in full or in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA,
   other than a Multiemployer Plan.

          Guarantor.  As defined in the preamble hereto.

          Guaranty.  The Guaranty dated as of the date hereof made by the
   Guarantor in favor of the Banks and the Agent pursuant to which the
   Guarantor guaranties to the Banks and the Agent the payment and
   performance of the Obligations and in substantially the form of Exhibit G
   attached hereto.

          Hazardous Substances.  See Section 7.18(b) hereof.

          Indebtedness.  All obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in
   accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles should be
   classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, or to which
   reference should be made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and
   whether or not so classified:  (a) all debt and similar monetary
   obligations, whether direct or indirect; (b) all liabilities secured by
   any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, or other
   encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto,
   whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; and
   (c) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent obligations whether
   direct or indirect in respect of indebtedness of others, including any
   obligation to supply funds to or in any manner to invest in, directly or
   indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner
   of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods,
   supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make
   payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the
   obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit.

          Intercreditor Agreement.  The Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of
   the date hereof among the Banks, the Agent, the Builder, the Shipbuilding
   Guarantor, the Guarantor and the Borrower and in form and substance
   satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent.

          Interest Coverage Ratio.  As at any date of determination, the
   ratio of (a) Earnings Before Interest and Taxes for the period of four (4)
   consecutive fiscal quarters then ended to (b) the aggregate amount of all
   interest expense for such period.

          Interest Payment Date.  (a) As to any Base Rate Advance, the last
   day of the calendar quarter which includes the Drawdown Date thereof; and
   (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Advance in respect of which the Interest
   Period is (i) three (3) months or less, the last day of such Interest
   Period and (ii) more than three (3) months, the date that is three (3)
   months from the first day of such Interest Period and, in addition, the
   last day of such Interest Period.

          Interest Period.  With respect to each Construction Advance or all
   or any relevant portion of the Term Loan, (a) initially, the period
   commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Advance and ending on the last day
   of one of the periods set forth below, as selected by the Borrower in a
   Construction Advance Request (i) for any Base Rate Advance, the last day
   of the calendar quarter; and (ii) for any Eurodollar Rate Advance, 1, 2,
   3, or 6 months; and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last
   day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such and ending on
   the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the
   Borrower in a Conversion Request; provided that all of the foregoing
   provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

               (a)  if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
          Advance would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar
          Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next
          succeeding Eurodollar Business Day unless the result of such
          extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another
          calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on
          the immediately preceding Eurodollar Business Day;

               (b)  if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate
          Advance would end on a day that is not a Business Day, that
          Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day;

               (c)  if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in
          Section 2.7, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a
          conversion of the affected Eurodollar Rate Advance to a Base Rate
          Advance and the continuance of all Base Rate Advances as Base Rate
          Advances on the last day of the then current Interest Period with
          respect thereto;

               (d)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Eurodollar
          Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no
          numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of
          such Interest Period) shall end on the last Eurodollar Business Day
          of a calendar month; and

               (e)  any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate
          Advance that would otherwise extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity
          Date (if comprising the Term Loan or a portion thereof) shall end
          on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

          Investments.  All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
   (contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness
   of, or for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property
   to, or in respect of any guaranties (or other commitments as described
   under Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person.  In determining the
   aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a)
   the amount of any Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at
   not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still
   outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest
   accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and
   until such interest is paid; (c) there shall be deducted in respect of
   each such Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only
   by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or
   liquidating distribution); (d) there shall not be deducted in respect of
   any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment,
   whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that accrued interest
   included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when
   paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of
   Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

          Loan Documents.  This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Fee Letter,
   the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.

          Majority Banks.  As of any date, the Banks holding at least
   sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding principal
   amount of the Notes on such date; and if no such principal is outstanding,
   the Banks whose aggregate Commitments constitutes at least sixty-six and
   two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Total Commitment.

          Maximum Cumulative Advance Amount.  With respect to any
   Construction Loan Advance Date, the amount set forth in Schedule 1.1(b)
   opposite a Milestone as the maximum aggregate amount of the Total
   Commitment available to have been and to be utilized as of such
   Construction Loan Advance Date to fund the Project Costs associated with
   the achievement of such Milestone (including without limitation progress
   payments under the Contract and such increases in the scheduled progress
   payments as arise from change orders or other adjustments strictly in
   accordance with the provisions of the Contract and approved by the Banks).

          Milestone Amount.  At each Construction Loan Advance Date, an
   amount equal to (a) the Maximum Cumulative Advance Amount for such
   Construction Loan Advance Date less (b) the Construction Loan outstanding,
   provided, however, the Milestone Amount for any Construction Advance shall
   never exceed the amount set forth in Schedule 1.1(b) opposite a Milestone
   as the maximum aggregate amount needed to fund the Project Costs
   associated with achieving such Milestone.

          Milestones.  Those stages in the construction and fitting of each
   of the Vessels set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) hereto, the achievement of
   which shall entitle the Borrower to make a Construction Advance Request
   pursuant to Section 2.1.

          Multiemployer Plan.  Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of
   Section 3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any
   ERISA Affiliate.

          Net Worth.  The excess of (a) all assets of a Person determined on
   a consolidated basis in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
   Principles less (b) all liabilities of a Person determined on a
   consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted account
   principles and all Indebtedness of such Person, whether or not so
   classified.

          Notes.  The Term Notes and the Construction Loan Notes.

          Obligations.  All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any
   of the Borrower, the Guarantor and/or their affiliates to any of the Banks
   and the Agent, individually or collectively, existing on the date of this
   Credit Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or
   several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or
   unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law
   or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Credit Agreement or any of
   the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Advances or any of
   the Notes or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.

          Outstanding.  With respect to the Advances, the aggregate unpaid
   principal thereof as of any date of determination.

          PBGC.  The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by Section
   4002 of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar
   responsibilities.

          Perfection Certificate.  The Perfection Certificate as defined in
   the Security Agreement.

          Performance Bond.  The dual-obligee payment and performance bond
   relating to the Builder, naming the Borrower and the Agent (for the
   benefit of the Agent and the Banks) as co-obligees, issued by a licensed
   surety company or companies acceptable to the Agent and the Banks in an
   amount of not less than the Contract Price, such performance bond to
   specify that the interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Agent and
   the Banks) shall be in preference to and have priority over the Borrower
   and any other Person claiming under, from or through the Borrower and that
   any and all payments thereunder shall be made directly to the Agent (for
   the benefit of the Agent and the Banks) so long as any Obligations remain
   Outstanding and unpaid and the Banks have any commitment to make advances
   under the Credit Agreement.

          Permitted Liens.  Liens, security interests and other encumbrances
   permitted by Section 9.2.

          Person.  Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
   unincorporated association, business, or other legal entity, and any
   government or any governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

          Plans and Specifications.  All plans and specifications in
   connection with the construction and design of the expansion to be
   performed on each Vessel, a copy of which are attached hereto as
   Exhibit E.

          Project.  As the context may require, the design, construction and
   finish of the expansion of the Vessels and decorative work and
   installation of fixtures, furniture and equipment of and on each Vessel
   and of all of the property represented by each such Vessel prior to the
   Project Completion Date.

          Project Approvals.  All approvals, consents, waivers, orders,
   agreements, acknowledgment, authorizations, permits and licenses required
   under applicable Requirements, or otherwise necessary or appropriate, for
   the construction and equipping of each Vessel, and the use, occupancy and
   operation of each such Vessel following completion of its construction,
   whether obtained from a Governmental Authority or any other Person.

          Project Budget.  The estimated Project Costs as set forth on
   Schedule 1.1(c) hereto.

          Project Completion Date.  The date on which all work (other than
   warranty and other post completion obligations) under the Contract for
   both Vessels has been performed in all material respects, and both Vessels
   have resumed commercial operation or are in all material respects ready to
   resume commercial operation.

          Project Costs.  The total cost to complete the Project, including
   the Contract Price, costs and expenses under and associated with the
   Contract, architects' fees and miscellaneous fees and expenses as set
   forth in the Project Budget; provided, however, that in no event shall the
   aggregate amount of such Project Costs for each Vessel exceed $10,550,000.

          Ramp.  That portion of the Borrower's personal property located
   Puerto Rico which constitutes the ramps for the Vessels, all as more fully
   described in the Chattel Mortgage.

          Rate Adjustment Period.  As defined in the definition of
   "Applicable Margin".

          Real Estate.  All real property at any time owned or leased (as
   lessee or sublessee) by the Borrower or the Guarantor.

          Record.  The grid attached to a Note, or the continuation of such
   grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained
   by any Bank with respect to any Advance referred to in such Note.

          Reference Bank.  FNBB.

          Rental Obligations.  All present or future obligations of the
   Borrower or the Guarantor under any rental agreements or leases of real or
   personal property, other than (a) obligations that can be terminated by
   the giving of notice without liability to the Guarantor or the Borrower in
   excess of the liability for rent due as of the date on which such notice
   is given and under which no penalty or premium is paid as a result of any
   such termination, and (b) obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases.

          Requirements.  Any law, ordinance, code, order, rule or regulation
   of any Governmental Authority relating in any way to the construction and
   ownership of either Vessel, or the use, occupancy and operation of such
   Vessel following the completion of its construction.

          Security Agreement.  The Security Agreement dated as of the date
   hereof between the Borrower and the Agent and substantially in the form of
   Exhibit F attached hereto.

          Security Documents.  The Guaranty, the Assignment of Insurance, the
   Contract Collateral Assignment, the Assignment of Contracts, the Chattel
   Mortgage, the Charter Assignment, the Louisianna Security Agreement, the
   First Preferred Fleet Mortgage, and the Shipbuilding Guaranty.

          Shipbuilding Guarantor.  Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware
   corporation.

          Shipbuilding Guaranty.  See Section 6 hereof.

          Strong/American.  The integrated tug/barge vessels owned by the
   Borrower know as the Strong/American, official Nos. 598665 and 678752,
   respectively, operated as a U.S. flag vessels.

          Subsidiary.  Any corporation, association, trust, or other business
   entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or
   indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by
   number of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

          Tax Distributions.  For any Person, the lesser of (a) total
   Distributions made in each fiscal year (other than those Distributions set
   forth on  Schedule 7.5(a) and (b) thirty-eight percent (38%) of Combined
   Net Income for each fiscal year.

          Term Loan.  The Term Loan made or to be made by the Banks to the
   Borrower on the Conversion Date as contemplated by Section 4 hereof.

          Term Loan Maturity Date.  June 30, 2003.

          Term Notes.  See Section 4.1 hereof.

          Term Note Record.  A Record with respect to a Term Note.

          Total Commitment.  The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in
   effect from time to time.

          Type.  As to any Advance its nature as a Base Rate Advance or a
   Eurodollar Rate Advance.

          Vessels.  The two roll-on roll-off barges known as the Jax-San Juan
   Bridge, Official No. 667879 and the San Juan-Jax Bridge, Official No.
   667317, each configured to carry 267 48-foot over-the-road trailers, which
   barges are to be reconstructed with mid-bodies to be designed, engineered
   and built in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and which will
   continue to operated as U.S. flag barges, each to be home ported in New
   York, New York.

          Voting Stock.  Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes
   (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as
   such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or
   persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association,
   trust or other business entity involved, whether or not the right so to
   vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency.

            Rules of Interpretation.  

               (a)  A reference to any document or agreement shall include
          such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented
          from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of
          this Credit Agreement.

               (b)  The singular includes the plural and the plural includes
          the singular.

               (c)  A reference to any law includes any amendment or
          modification to such law.

               (d)  A reference to any Person includes its permitted
          successors and permitted assigns.

               (e)  Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
          meanings assigned to them by Generally Accepted Accounting
          Principles applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity
          to which they refer.

               (f)  The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not
          limiting.

               (g)  All terms not specifically defined herein or by Generally
          Accepted Accounting Principles, which terms are defined in the
          Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of
          Massachusetts, have the meanings assigned to them therein, with the
          term "instrument" being that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform
          Commercial Code.

               (h)  Reference to a particular "Section " refers to that
          section of this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

               (i)  The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and words of
          like import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not
          to any particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

     THE CONSTRUCTION LOAN.  

            Agreement to Make Construction Advances.  

          Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit
   Agreement, each of the Banks severally agrees to advance to the Borrower
   (a) on each Construction Loan Advance Date, upon notice by the Borrower to
   the Agent given in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof, an amount equal to
   such Bank's Commitment Percentage multiplied by the lesser of (i) the
   Construction Advance requested in such notice or (ii) the Milestone
   Amount, provided that the sum of the Outstanding amount of all
   Construction Advances made by all Banks to the Borrower pursuant to this
   Section 2.1 (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at
   any time exceed the Total Commitment and, provided further, the proceeds
   of such Construction Advance shall be used to finance the Project Costs
   associated with achieving such Milestone, and (b) on the Closing Date,
   upon notice by the Borrower to the Agent given in accordance with Section
   2.6 hereof, an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the
   Construction Advance requested in such notice, provided that the sum of
   the Outstanding amount of all Construction Advances made by all Banks to
   the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.1 (after giving effect to all
   amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment and,
   provided further, the proceeds of such Construction Advance requested
   pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be used to refinance existing
   Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to Greyrock Financial in an aggregate
   amount not to exceed $5,000,000, provided that the sum of the Outstanding
   amount of all Construction Advances made by all Banks to the Borrower
   pursuant to this Section 2.1 (after giving effect to all amounts
   requested) shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment.  The
   aggregate principal amount requested pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof to be
   advanced by the Banks to the Borrower on any given Construction Loan
   Advance Date is referred to herein, in each instance, as a "Construction
   Advance", and the aggregate cumulative principal amount of all sums
   advanced by the Banks to the Borrower from time to time pursuant to this
   Section 2.1 is referred to herein as the "Construction Loan".  Each
   Construction Advance shall be made pro rata in accordance with each Bank's
   Commitment Percentage.  Each request for a Construction Advance hereunder
   shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the
   conditions set forth in Section 11 and Section 12 hereof, in the case of
   the initial Construction Advance to be made on the Closing Date, and
   Section 12 hereof, in the case of all other Construction Advances, have
   been satisfied on the date of such request.

            Commitment Fee.  

          The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the accounts of the
   Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages a
   commitment fee calculated at the rate of one-half of one percent (1/2%)
   per annum on the average daily amount during each calendar quarter or
   portion thereof from the Closing Date to the Conversion Date by which the
   Total Commitment exceeds the Outstanding amount of the Construction Loan
   during such calendar quarter.  The commitment fee shall be payable
   quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter for the
   immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing on the first such date
   following the date hereof, with a final payment on the Conversion Date or
   any earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate.

            Reduction of Total Commitment.  

          The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time
   upon three (3) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent to reduce
   by $5,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof or terminate entirely the
   unborrowed portion of the Total Commitment, whereupon the Commitments of
   the Banks shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their respective
   Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the
   case may be, terminated.  In the case of a reduction of the Total
   Commitment, the Maximum Cumulative Advance Amount for each of the
   remaining Construction Loan Advance Dates shall be reduced pro rata as a
   result of such reduction of the Total Commitment.  Promptly after
   receiving any notice of the Borrower delivered pursuant to this Section
   2.3, the Agent will notify the Banks of the substance thereof.  Upon the
   effective date of any such reduction or termination, the Borrower shall
   pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks the full amount
   of any commitment fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction.  No
   reduction of the Commitments may be reinstated.

            The Notes.  

          The Construction Loan shall be evidenced by separate promissory
   notes of the Borrower in substantially the form of  Exhibit A attached
   hereto (each a "Construction Loan Note"), dated as of the Closing Date and
   completed with appropriate insertions.  One Construction Loan Note shall
   be payable to the order of each Bank in a principal amount equal to such
   Bank's Commitment or, if less, the Outstanding amount of all Construction
   Loan Advances made by such Bank, plus interest accrued thereon, as set
   forth below.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or
   cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any
   Construction Advance or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal
   on such Bank's Construction Loan Note, an appropriate notation on such
   Bank's Construction Loan Note Record reflecting the making of such
   Construction Advance or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. 
   The Outstanding amount of the Construction Advances set forth on such
   Bank's Construction Loan Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the
   principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Bank, but the failure to
   record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Bank's
   Construction Loan Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the
   obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under any Construction Loan Note
   to make payments of principal of or interest on any Construction Loan Note
   when due.

            Interest on Construction Advances.  

          Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.10,

               (a)  Each Base Rate Advance shall bear interest for the period
          commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last
          day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per
          annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

               (b)  Each Eurodollar Rate Advance shall bear interest for the
          period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the
          last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate
          per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period
          plus the Applicable Margin.

               (c)  The Borrower promises to pay interest on each
          Construction Advance in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with
          respect thereto.

            Requests for Construction Advances.  

          The Borrower shall give to the Agent written notice in the form of
   Exhibit C attached hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in
   the form of Exhibit C attached hereto) of each Construction Advance
   requested hereunder (a "Construction Advance Request") no less than (a)
   two (2) Business Days prior to any Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Advance
   or (b) three (3) Eurodollar Business Days prior to any Drawdown Date of
   any Eurodollar Rate Advance.  Each such notice shall specify (i) the
   principal amount of the Construction Advance; (ii) the amount of the
   Project Costs associated with the achievement of the Milestone to be
   funded by the requested Construction Advance (with reference to the
   Builder's, subcontractor's or supplier's invoices relating to such Project
   Costs and/or other supporting documentation, a copy of which shall have
   been delivered to the Agent prior to or together with the Construction
   Advance Request) or, if such Construction Advance is to fund the repayment
   of Indebtedness owing to Greyrock Financial existing on the Closing Date,
   the amount of such Indebtedness; (iii) the aggregate principal amount of
   the Construction Loan Outstanding after giving effect to the Construction
   Advance requested; (iv) for Construction Advances requested to pay Project
   Costs, the Maximum Cumulative Advance Amount pursuant to Schedule 1.1(b)
   as at the proposed Construction Loan Advance Date, the Milestone Amount as
   of such Construction Loan Advance Date, and the amount set forth on
   Schedule 1.1(b) necessary to achieve such Milestone, (v) the Interest
   Period for such Construction Advance, and (vi) the Type of such
   Construction Advance.  Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent
   shall notify the Banks thereof.  Each such notice, in the case of a
   Construction Advance Request requested to pay Project Costs shall be
   accompanied by a certificate of the Construction Inspector stating that
   the Milestone relating to the Construction Loan Advance Date has been
   achieved in compliance with applicable requirements of the Contract, other
   Vessel contracts, the Construction Documents and this Credit Agreement. 
   Each such notice shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and
   shall obligate the Borrower to accept from the Banks on the applicable
   Construction Loan Advance Date the requested Construction Advance provided
   in such notice.  The amount of each Construction Advance requested
   pursuant to each Construction Loan Request shall be in a minimum aggregate
   amount of $500,000.

            Conversion Options.  

                 Conversion to Different Type of Construction Advance.  

               The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any
          Outstanding Construction Advance to a Construction Advance of
          another Type, provided that (a) with respect to any such conversion
          of a Construction Advance to a Base Rate Advance, the Borrower
          shall give the Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior written
          notice of such election; (b) with respect to any such conversion of
          a Eurodollar Rate Advance into a Construction Advance of another
          Type, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the
          Interest Period with respect thereto; (c) with respect to any such
          conversion of a Base Rate Advance to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the
          Borrower shall give the Agent at least three (3) Eurodollar
          Business Days prior written notice of such election and (d) no
          Construction Advance may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate
          Advance when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
          continuing.  On the date on which such conversion is being made
          each Bank shall take such action as is necessary to transfer its
          Commitment Percentage of such Construction Advances to its Domestic
          Lending Office or its Eurodollar Lending Office, as the case may
          be.  All or any part of Outstanding Construction Advances of any
          Type may be converted as provided herein, provided that partial
          conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000
          or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  Each Conversion
          Request relating to the conversion of a Construction Advance to a
          Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.

                 Continuation of Type of Construction Advance.  

               Any Construction Advances of any Type may be continued as such
          upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by
          compliance by the Borrower with the notice provisions contained in
          Section 2.7.1; provided that no Eurodollar Rate Advance may be
          continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has occurred
          and is continuing, but shall be automatically converted to a Base
          Rate Advance on the last day of the first Interest Period relating
          thereto ending during the continuance of any Default or Event of
          Default of which the officers of the Agent active upon the
          Borrower's account have actual knowledge.  In the event that the
          Borrower fails to provide any such notice with respect to the
          continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Advance as such, then such
          Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be automatically converted to a Base
          Rate Advance on the last day of the first Interest Period relating
          thereto.  The Agent shall notify the Banks promptly when any such
          automatic conversion contemplated by this Section 2.7 is scheduled
          to occur.

                 Eurodollar Rate Advances.  

               Any conversion to or from Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in
          such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after
          giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all
          Eurodollar Rate Advances having the same Interest Period shall not
          be less than $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess
          thereof.

            Funds for Construction Advances.  

                 Funding Procedures.  

               Not later than 11 o'clock a.m. (Boston time) on the proposed
          Drawdown Date of any Construction Advance, each of the Banks will
          make available to the Agent, at its Head Office, in immediately
          available funds, the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
          the amount of the requested Construction Advance.  Upon receipt
          from each Bank of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents
          required by Section Section 11 and 12 and the satisfaction of the
          other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the
          Agent will make available to the Borrower the aggregate amount of
          such Advances made available to the Agent by the Banks in the
          manner provided in Section Section 2.8.3 and 2.8.4.  The failure or
          refusal of any Bank to make available to the Agent at the aforesaid
          time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Commitment
          Percentage of the requested Construction Advance shall not relieve
          any other Bank from its several obligation hereunder to make
          available to the Agent the amount of such other Bank's Commitment
          Percentage of any requested Construction Advance.

                 Advances by Agent.  

               The Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by any Bank
          prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Bank has made available
          to the Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such Bank's
          Commitment Percentage of the Construction Advance to be made on
          such Drawdown Date, and the Agent may (but it shall not be required
          to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the
          Borrower a corresponding amount.  If any Bank makes available to
          the Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date, such Bank
          shall pay to the Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of
          (a) the average computed for the period referred to in clause (c)
          below, of the weighted average interest rate paid by the Agent for
          federal funds acquired by the Agent during each day included in
          such period, times (b) the amount of such Bank's Commitment
          Percentage of such Construction Advance, times (c) a fraction, the
          numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and
          including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the amount of
          such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Construction Advance
          shall become immediately available to the Agent, and the
          denominator of which is 365.  A statement of the Agent submitted to
          such Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph
          shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the
          Agent by such Bank.  If the amount of such Bank's Commitment
          Percentage of such Construction Advance is not made available to
          the Agent by such Bank within three (3) Business Days following
          such Drawdown Date, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such
          amount from the Borrower on demand, with interest thereon at the
          rate per annum applicable to the Construction Advance made on such
          Drawdown Date.

                 Construction Advances to Borrower or Builder.  

               All Construction Advances made pursuant to this Section 2.8
          shall be made, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Agent,
          either directly to the Borrower or directly to the Builder for
          deposit in an appropriately designated special bank account, and
          the execution of this Credit Agreement by the Borrower shall, and
          hereby does, constitute an irrevocable authorization to disburse
          the proceeds of the Construction Advances to fund progress payments
          to the Builder when due, in accordance with Schedule 1.1(b) and the
          provisions of the Contract.  No further authorization from the
          Borrower shall be necessary to warrant such direct disbursements of
          the proceeds of the Construction Advances to the Builder and all
          such disbursements shall satisfy pro tanto the obligations of the
          Agent and the Banks hereunder and shall be secured by the Security
          Documents as fully as if made directly to the Borrower.

                 Construction Advances to Others.  

               Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default
          or Event of Default and following five (5) days prior written
          notice to the Borrower (provided that such prior notice is not
          required if in the reasonable opinion of the Agent such prior
          notice would adversely affect the Collateral or the rights and
          benefits of the Banks in respect of the Collateral), at the
          direction of the Majority Banks in their sole discretion, the Agent
          may disburse all or any portion of the proceeds of any Construction
          Advance to any Person to whom the Agent in good faith determines
          payment is due for goods delivered, services rendered or
          expenditures incurred in connection with the Project, or in order
          to preserve and protect the Collateral in relation to the Project,
          and any portion of a Construction Advance so disbursed by the Agent
          shall be deemed disbursed as of the date on which the Agent makes
          such disbursement.  Subject to the provisions of this paragraph,
          the execution of this Credit Agreement by the Borrower shall, and
          hereby does, constitute an irrevocable authorization so to disburse
          the proceeds of any Construction Advance and no further
          authorization from the Borrower shall be necessary to warrant such
          direct disbursements and all such disbursements shall satisfy pro
          tanto the obligations of the Agent and the Banks hereunder and
          shall be secured by the Security Documents as fully as if made
          directly to the Borrower.

                 Advances Pursuant to Contract.  

               Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default
          or Event of Default and following five (5) days prior written
          notice to the Borrower (provided that such notice is not required
          if in the reasonable opinion of the Agent such prior notice would
          adversely affect the Collateral or the rights and benefits of the
          Banks in respect of the Collateral), at the direction of the
          Majority Banks in their sole discretion, the Banks may fund
          additional Construction Advances to the Builder or any other Person
          the Banks deem necessary to continue and complete all or a portion
          of the construction on the Vessels.  The execution of this Credit
          Agreement by the Borrower shall, and hereby does, constitute an
          irrevocable authorization to make such Construction Advances and
          disburse the proceeds in accordance with this Section 2.8.5, and
          such Advances shall be Construction Advances and shall be secured
          by the Security Documents as fully as if requested directly by the
          Borrower and made directly to the Borrower.

                 Construction Advances Do Not Constitute a Waiver.  

               No Construction Advance made by the Banks shall constitute a
          waiver of any of the conditions to the obligation of the Banks to
          make further Construction Advances nor, in the event the Borrower
          or the Guarantor fails to satisfy any such condition, shall any
          such Construction Advance have the effect of precluding the Agent
          or the Majority Banks from thereafter declaring such failure to
          satisfy a condition to be an Event of Default (unless the
          satisfaction of such condition has been waived pursuant to Section
          26 hereof).

     REPAYMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION LOAN.  

            Maturity.  

          In the event the Construction Loan is not converted into the Term
   Loan on the Conversion Date, the Borrower promises to pay on the
   Conversion Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the
   Conversion Date, the entire unpaid principal balance Outstanding of the
   Construction Loan on such date, together with any and all accrued and
   unpaid interest thereon.

            Mandatory Repayments of Construction Loan.  

          If at any time the Outstanding amount of the Construction Loan
   exceeds the Total Commitment, then the Borrower shall immediately pay the
   amount of such excess to the Agent for application to the Construction
   Loan.

            Optional Repayments of Construction Loan.  

          The Borrower shall have the right, at its election, to repay the
   Outstanding amount of the Construction Loan, as a whole or in part, at any
   time without penalty or premium, provided that the full or partial
   prepayment of the Outstanding amount of any Eurodollar Rate Advance
   pursuant to this Section 3.3 may be made only on the last day of the
   Interest Period relating thereto.  The Borrower shall give the Agent, no
   later than 10:00 a.m., Boston time, at least three (3) Business Days prior
   written notice, of any proposed repayment pursuant to this Section 3.3 of
   Base Rate Advances, and four (4) Eurodollar Business Days notice of any
   proposed repayment pursuant to this Section 3.3 of Eurodollar Rate
   Advances, in each case, specifying the proposed date of payment of
   Construction Advances and the principal amount to be paid.  Each such
   partial prepayment of the Construction Loan shall be in an integral
   multiple of $1,000,000, shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued
   interest on the principal repaid to the date of payment and shall be
   applied first to the principal of Base Rate Advances and then to the
   principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances.  Each partial prepayment shall be
   allocated among the Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the
   respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's Note, with adjustments
   to the extent practicable to equalize any prior repayments not exactly in
   proportion.

     THE TERM LOAN.  

            Conversion of Construction Loans; the Term Loan.  

          Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth,
   including, without limitation, the satisfaction of the conditions set
   forth in Section 12 hereof, on the Conversion Date the aggregate amount of
   the Outstanding Construction Loan shall be converted into a Term Loan in
   an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding principal
   balance of the Construction Loan on that date, held severally by the Banks
   in accordance with their Commitment Percentages.  The Term Loan
   Outstanding after conversion shall be evidenced by the separate promissory
   notes of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached
   hereto (each a "Term Note"), dated as of the Conversion Date and completed
   with appropriate insertions.  One Term Note shall be payable to the order
   of each Bank in a principal amount equal to such Bank's Commitment
   Percentage of the Term Loan, plus interest accrued thereon.  On the
   Conversion Date the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the pro rata
   accounts of the Banks all commitment fees and other fees payable to the
   Agent and the Banks hereunder (if any), and, as soon as reasonably
   practicable after such payment, each Bank shall surrender to the Borrower
   its Construction Loan Note against receipt of its Term Note evidencing the
   amount of the Outstanding Construction Loan so converted.

            The Term Notes.  

          Each Term Note shall represent the obligation of the Borrower to
   pay to such Bank such principal amount or, if less, the Outstanding amount
   of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan, plus interest
   accrued thereon, as set forth below.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes
   the Agent to make or cause to be made a notation on the Agent's Term Note
   Record reflecting the original principal amount of each Bank's Commitment
   Percentage of the Term Loan and, at or about the time of the Agent's
   receipt of any principal payment on any Term Note, an appropriate notation
   on the Term Note Record reflecting such payment.  The aggregate unpaid
   amount set forth on each Term Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of
   the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to each Bank, but the
   failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on the
   Term Note Record shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower
   hereunder or under any Term Note to make payments of principal of and
   interest on any Term Note when due.

            Schedule of Installment Payments of Principal of Term Loan.  

          The Borrower promises to pay to the Agent for the account of the
   Banks the principal amount of the Term Loan in (a) twenty (20) consecutive
   quarterly installments of $750,000, such installments to be due and
   payable on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower commencing
   with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1996, and (b) seven (7)
   consecutive quarterly installments of $1,250,000, such installments to be
   due and payable on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower
   commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2001, with a final
   payment of all remaining Outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loan,
   together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, due and payable on
   the Term Loan Maturity Date.  In addition, the Borrower promises to pay to
   the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks those amounts as are
   required to be paid pursuant to any asset disposition consummated in
   connection with Section 9.5.2. after the Conversion Date, in the manner
   and at the times set forth in Section 9.5.2, which amounts shall be
   applied to the Outstanding Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity.

            Optional Prepayment of Term Loan.  

          The Borrower shall have the right at any time to prepay the Term
   Notes on or before the Term Loan Maturity Date, as a whole, or in part,
   upon not less than three (3) Business Days' prior written notice to the
   Agent, without premium or penalty,  provided that (a) each partial
   prepayment shall be in a principal amount equal to $3,000,000 or an
   integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (b) no portion of the
   Term Loan bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate may be prepaid pursuant
   to this Section 4.4 except on the last day of the Interest Period relating
   thereto and (c) each partial prepayment shall be allocated among the
   Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective
   Outstanding amount of each Bank's Term Note, with adjustments to the
   extent practicable to equalize any prior prepayments not exactly in
   proportion.  Any prepayment of principal of the Term Loan shall include
   all interest accrued to the date of prepayment and shall be applied pro
   rata against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due on the
   Term Loan.  No amount repaid with respect to the Term Loan may be
   reborrowed.

            Interest on Term Loan.  

                 Interest Rates.  

               Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.10, the Term Loan
          shall bear interest during each Interest Period relating to all or
          any portion of the Term Loan at the following rates:

               (a)  To the extent that all or any portion of the Term Loan
          bears interest during such Interest Period at the Base Rate, the
          Term Loan or such portion shall bear interest during such Interest
          Period at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the
          Applicable Margin.

               (b)  To the extent that all or any portion of the Term Loan
          bears interest during such Interest Period at the Eurodollar Rate,
          the Term Loan or such portion shall bear interest during such
          Interest Period at the rate per annum equal to  the Eurodollar Rate
          then in effect plus the Applicable Margin.

               (c)  The Borrower promises to pay interest on the Term Loan or
          any portion thereof Outstanding during each Interest Period in
          arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such Interest
          Period.

                 Notification by Borrower.  

               The Borrower shall notify the Agent, such notice to be
          irrevocable, at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Conversion
          Date if all or any portion of the Term Loan is to bear interest at
          the Base Rate and at least three (3) Business Days prior to the
          Conversion Date if all or any portion of the Term Loan is to bear
          interest at the Eurodollar Rate.  After the Term Loan has been
          made, the provisions of Section 2.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis
          with respect to all or any portion of the Term Loan so that the
          Borrower may have the same interest rate options with respect to
          all or any portion of the Term Loan as it would be entitled to with
          respect to the Construction Loan, subject to the same limitations
          as applied to Construction Advances.

                 Amounts, etc.  

               Any portion of the Term Loan bearing interest at the
          Eurodollar Rate relating to any Interest Period shall be in the
          amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess
          thereof.  No Interest Period relating to the Term Loan or any
          portion thereof bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate shall
          extend beyond the date on which a regularly scheduled installment
          payment of the principal of the Term Loan is to be made unless a
          portion of the Term Loan at least equal to such installment payment
          has an Interest Period ending on such date or is then bearing
          interest at the Base Rate.

     CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.  

            Closing Fee.  

          The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent on the Closing Date a
   closing fee (the "Closing Fee") in the amount set forth in the Fee Letter.

            Funds for Payments.  

                 Payments to Agent.  

               All payments of principal, interest, commitment fees and any
          other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan
          Documents shall be made to the Agent, for the respective accounts

          of the Banks and the Agent, at the Agent's Head Office or at such
          other location in the Boston, Massachusetts, area that the Agent
          may from time to time designate, in each case in immediately
          available funds.

                 No Offset, etc.  

               All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the
          other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or counterclaim
          and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies,
          imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings,
          compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or
          hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political
          subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the
          Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. 
          If any such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to
          any amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan
          Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of
          the Banks or (as the case may be) the Agent, on the date on which
          such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan
          Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary
          to enable the Banks or the Agent to receive the same net amount
          which the Banks or the Agent would have received on such due date
          had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrower.  The
          Borrower will deliver promptly to the Agent certificates or other
          valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid
          with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under
          such other Loan Document.

            Computations.  

          All computations of interest on the Base Rate Advances and of
   commitment or other fees shall be based on a 365-day year and paid for the
   actual number of days elapsed.  All computations of interest on the
   Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be based on a 360-day year and paid for the
   actual number of days elapsed.  Except as otherwise provided in the
   definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate
   Advances, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan
   Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date
   for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day,
   and interest shall accrue during such extension.  The Outstanding amount
   of the Advances as reflected on the Records from time to time shall be
   prima facie evidence of the amounts so Outstanding.

            Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate.  

          In the event, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period
   relating to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, the Agent shall determine or be
   notified by the Majority Banks that adequate and reasonable methods do not
   exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would otherwise determine
   the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate Advance
   during any Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such
   determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and
   the Banks) to the Borrower and the Banks.  In such event (a) any
   Construction Advance Request or Conversion Request with respect to
   Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be automatically withdrawn and shall be
   deemed a request for Base Rate Advances, (b) each Eurodollar Rate Advance
   will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period
   thereof, become a Base Rate Advance, and (c) the obligations of the Banks
   to make Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent or the
   Majority Banks determines that the circumstances giving rise to such
   suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Agent or, as the case may be,
   the Agent upon the instruction of the Majority Banks, shall so notify the
   Borrower and the Banks.

            Illegality.  

          Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any present or
   future law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the interpretation or
   application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to make or
   maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances, such Bank shall forthwith give notice
   of such circumstances to the Borrower and the other Banks and thereupon
   (a) the commitment of such Bank to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or
   convert Advances of another Type to Eurodollar Rate Advances shall
   forthwith be suspended and (b) such Bank's Advances then Outstanding as
   Eurodollar Rate Advances, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base
   Rate Advances on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such
   Eurodollar Rate Advances or within such earlier period as may be required
   by law.  The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the Agent for the
   account of such Bank, upon demand by such Bank, any additional amounts
   necessary to compensate such Bank for any costs incurred by such Bank in
   making any conversion in accordance with this Section 5.5, including any
   interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it
   in order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder.

            Additional Costs, etc.  

          If any present or future applicable law, which expression, as used
   herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations thereunder and
   interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any governmental or
   other regulatory body or official charged with the administration or the
   interpretation thereof and requests, directives, instructions and notices
   at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or otherwise issued
   to any Bank or the Agent by any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or
   other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:

               (a)  subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost,
          duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with
          respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, such
          Bank's Commitment or the Advances (other than taxes based upon or
          measured by the revenue, income or profits of such Bank or the
          Agent), or

               (b)  materially change the basis of taxation (except for
          changes in taxes on revenue, income or profits) of payments to any
          Bank of the principal of or the interest on the Advances or any
          other amounts payable to any Bank or the Agent under this Credit
          Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or

               (c)  impose or increase or render applicable (other than to
          the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit
          Agreement) any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity,
          capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not
          having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or
          for the account of, or loans by, or commitments of an office of any
          Bank, or

               (d)  impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions or
          requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents, the Advances, such Bank's Commitment, or any class of
          loans or commitments of which the Advances or such Bank's
          Commitment forms a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is

               (i)  to increase the cost to any Bank of making, funding,
          issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining the Advances or such
          Bank's Commitment, or

               (ii)  to reduce the amount of principal, interest or other
          amount payable to such Bank or the Agent hereunder on account of
          such Bank's Commitment or the Advances, or

               (iii)  to require such Bank or the Agent to make any payment
          or to forego any interest or other sum payable hereunder, the
          amount of which payment or foregone interest or other sum is
          calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable
          or deemed received by such Bank or the Agent from the Borrower
          hereunder,

   then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such
   Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent at any time and from time to time
   and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank or the
   Agent such additional amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such
   Bank or the Agent for such additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone
   interest or other sum.

            Capital Adequacy.  

          If after the date hereof any Bank or the Agent determines that (a)
   the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule, regulation,
   policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law)
   regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies or any
   change in the interpretation or application thereof by a court or
   governmental authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by
   such Bank or the Agent or any corporation controlling such Bank or the
   Agent with any law, governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or
   directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such entity
   regarding capital adequacy, has the effect of reducing the return on such
   Bank's or the Agent's commitment or Advances to a level below that which
   such Bank or the Agent could have achieved but for such adoption, change
   or compliance (taking into consideration such Bank's or the Agent's then
   existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming full
   utilization of such entity's capital) by any amount deemed by such Bank or
   (as the case may be) the Agent to be material, then such Bank or the Agent
   may notify the Borrower of such fact.  To the extent that the amount of
   such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in the Base Rate,
   the Borrower agrees to pay such Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent for
   the amount of such reduction in the return on capital as and when such
   reduction is determined upon presentation by such Bank or (as the case may
   be) the Agent of a certificate in accordance with Section 5.9 hereof. 
   Each Bank shall allocate such cost increases among its customers in good
   faith and on an equitable basis.

            Certificate.  

          A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant
   to Section 5.6 or 5.7 and a complete explanation of such amounts which are
   due, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the Borrower, shall be prima
   facie evidence that such amounts are due and owing.

            Indemnity.  

          The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to hold each Bank
   harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of
   anticipated profits) that such Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence
   of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or
   any interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advances as and when due and payable,
   including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable
   by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its
   Eurodollar Rate Advances, (b) default by the Borrower in making a
   borrowing after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a
   Construction Advance Request or a Conversion Request relating thereto in
   accordance with Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 or (c) the making of any
   payment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance or the making of any conversion of
   any such Advance to a Base Rate Advance on a day that is not the last day
   of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest
   or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order
   to maintain any such Advances.

            Interest After Default.  

                 Overdue Amounts.  

               Overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by applicable
          law) interest on the Advances and all other overdue amounts payable
          hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall bear
          interest compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per
          annum equal to two and one-half percent (2 1/2%) above the rate
          applicable to Base Rate Advances until such amount shall be paid in
          full (after as well as before judgment).

                 Amounts Not Overdue.  

               During the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default the
          principal of the Advances not overdue shall, until such Default or
          Event of Default has been cured or remedied or such Default or
          Event of Default has been waived by the Majority Banks pursuant to
          Section 26, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater
          of (i) two and one-half percent (2 1/2%) above the rate of interest
          otherwise applicable to the Advances pursuant to Section 2.5 and
          Section 4.5 and (ii) the rate of interest applicable to overdue
          principal pursuant to Section 5.10.1.

            Certain Rights of the Agent and Banks.  

                 Right to Retain the Construction Inspector.  

               The Agent shall have the right to retain, at the Borrower's
          cost and expense (to the extent of reasonable market rates for such
          professional services and which are estimated on the Closing Date
          not to exceed $15,000), the Construction Inspector to perform the
          following services on behalf of the Agent and the Banks:

               (a)  to make periodic inspections (i) for the purpose of
          providing the Agent and the Banks with an opinion to satisfy the
          conditions set forth in Section 12.5 hereof, and (ii) otherwise for
          the purpose of assuring that construction of the Vessels to the
          date thereof is in accordance with the Plans and Specifications,
          and to advise the Agent and the Banks of the anticipated cost of
          and time for completion of construction on the Vessels; and

               (b)  to review and advise the Agent and the Banks on any
          proposed change orders or construction change directives.

               Any such review and inspection for the purposes of Section
          11.15 or Section 12.5 hereof shall be performed in a timely manner.

               The fees of the Construction Inspector shall be paid by the
          Borrower forthwith upon billing therefor and expenses incurred by
          the Agent and the Banks on account thereof shall be reimbursed to
          the Agent and the Banks forthwith upon request therefor, but
          neither the Agent nor the Banks shall have any liability to the
          Borrower on account of (i) the services performed by the
          Construction Inspector, (ii) any neglect or failure on the part of
          the Construction Inspector to properly perform its services, or
          (iii) any approval by the Construction Inspector of construction on
          the Vessels.  Neither the Agent, the Banks nor the Construction
          Inspector assumes any obligation to the Borrower or any other
          Person concerning the quality of construction on the Vessels or the
          absence therefrom of defects.

                 Right to Obtain Appraisals.  

               The Agent and the Banks shall have the right to obtain from
          time to time, at the Borrower's cost and expense, updated
          Appraisals of the Collateral, and an Appraisal of each of the
          Vessels, provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default
          shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall only be
          obligated to pay for the costs and expenses associated with one
          such Appraisal per Vessel during any calendar year or the number of
          Appraisals as otherwise required by a Governmental Authority or by
          law.  The reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and
          the Banks in obtaining such Appraisals shall be paid by the
          Borrower forthwith upon billing or request by the Agent and the
          Banks for reimbursement therefor.

     SECURITY AND GUARANTIES.  

            Security of Borrower.  

          The Obligations shall be secured by a perfected first priority
   security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority
   under applicable law) in all of the assets of the Borrower, whether now
   owned or hereafter acquired, pursuant to the terms of the Security
   Documents to which the Borrower is a party.  Without limiting the
   generality of the foregoing, the Obligations shall be secured by the
   following:

               (a)  a perfected first priority lien and security interest in
          all assets of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Security
          Agreement;

               (b)  a perfected first priority security interest in all of
          the Borrower's rights (but not its obligations) under the Contract
          (including without limitation rights to enforce the Shipbuilding
          Guaranty), such security interests to be granted pursuant to the
          Contract Collateral Assignment;

               (c)  a perfected first priority security interest in and
          assignment of all the Borrower's right, title, and interest in and
          to any insurance and/or insurance policies with respect to each of
          the Vessels and the Strong/American such security interest to be
          granted pursuant to the Assignment of Insurance;

               (d)  a perfected first priority security interest in an
          assignment of all of the Borrower's right, title and interest in
          and to the irrevocable guaranty (the "Shipbuilding Guaranty") by
          the Shipbuilding Guarantor to the Borrower, guarantying the
          performance and payment of Builder of its obligations under the
          Contract and naming the Borrower and the Agent (for the benefit of
          the Agent and the Banks) as co-beneficiaries and specifying that
          the interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Agent and the
          Banks) shall be in preference to and have priority over the
          Borrower and any Person claiming under, from or through the
          Borrower, in a form acceptable to the Agent and the Banks provided,
          however, if at any time the Net Worth of the Shipbuilding Guarantor
          is less than $500,000,000, such Shipbuilding Guaranty shall be
          secured by collateral acceptable to the Agent, or replaced with the
          Performance Bond pursuant to the requirements set forth in the
          Intercreditor Agreement;

               (e)  a perfected first priority security interest in and
          assignment of all the Borrower's right, title and interest in and
          to all contracts, permits and licenses relating to each Vessel and
          the Strong/American, such security interest to be granted pursuant
          to the Assignment of Contracts;

               (f)  a perfected first priority security interest in and
          assignment to all of the Borrower's right, title and interest in
          and to the Charter (including but not limited to dominion over cash
          payments due under the Charter), such security interest to be
          granted pursuant to the Assignment of Charter; and

               (g)  a perfected first preferred mortgage lien and security
          interest in each Vessel and the Strong/American pursuant to the
          terms of the First Preferred Fleet Mortgage.

            Guaranties of the Guarantor.  

          The Obligations shall also be guaranteed pursuant to the terms of
   the Guaranty.

     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor represents and warrants to
   the Banks and the Agent as follows:

            Corporate Authority.  

                 Incorporation; Good Standing.  

               Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor (a) is a corporation
          duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
          laws of its state of incorporation, (b) has all requisite corporate
          power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted
          and as presently contemplated, and (c) is in good standing as a
          foreign corporation and is duly authorized to do business in each
          jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary except where a
          failure to be so qualified would not have a materially adverse
          effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
          Borrower or the Guarantor.

                 Authorization.  

               The execution, delivery and performance of this Credit
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the
          Guarantor is or is to become a party and the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the corporate
          authority of such Person, (b) have been duly authorized by all
          necessary corporate proceedings, (c) do not conflict with or result
          in any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute,
          rule or regulation to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is
          subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit
          applicable to the Borrower or the Guarantor and (d) do not conflict
          with any provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of, or any
          agreement or other instrument binding upon, the Borrower or the
          Guarantor.

                 Enforceability.  

               The execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the
          other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is or
          is to become a party will result in valid and legally binding
          obligations of such Person enforceable against it in accordance
          with the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, except
          as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
          reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting
          generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and except to the
          extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or
          injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before
          which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

            Governmental Approvals.  

          The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the
   Guarantor of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
   the Borrower and the Guarantor is or is to become a party and the
   transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require the approval
   or consent of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority other than those
   already obtained and listed on Schedule 7.2 hereto.

            Title to Properties; Leases.  

          Except as indicated on Schedule 7.3 hereto, the Borrower and the
   Guarantor own all of the assets reflected in the combined balance sheet of
   the Guarantor and the Borrower as at the Balance Sheet Date or acquired
   since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of
   in the ordinary course of business since that date), subject to no rights
   of others, including any mortgages, leases, conditional sales agreements,
   title retention agreements, liens or other encumbrances except Permitted
   Liens.

            Financial Statements and Projections.  

                 Financial Statements.  

               There has been furnished to the Agent a combined balance sheet
          of the Borrower and the Guarantor as at the Balance Sheet Date, and
          a combined statement of income for the fiscal year then ended,
          certified by the Borrower's independent certified public
          accountants.  Such balance sheet and statement of income have been
          prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
          Principles and fairly present the financial condition of the
          Borrower and the Guarantor as at the close of business on the date
          thereof and the results of operations for the fiscal year then
          ended.  There are no contingent liabilities of the Borrower or the
          Guarantor as of such date involving material amounts, known to the
          officers of the Borrower not disclosed in said balance sheet and
          the related notes thereto.

                 Projections.  

               The projections of the annual operating budgets of each of the
          Borrower and the Guarantor on an individual basis, balance sheets
          and cash flow statements for the 1995 to 1999 fiscal years, copies
          of which have been delivered to each Bank, disclose all assumptions
          made with respect to general economic, financial and market
          conditions used in formulating such projections.  To the knowledge
          of the Borrower and the Guarantor, no facts exist that
          (individually or in the aggregate) would result in any material
          change in any of such projections.  The projections are based upon
          reasonable estimates and assumptions, have been prepared on the
          basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect the reasonable
          estimates of the Borrower and the Guarantor of the results of
          operations and other information projected therein.

            No Material Changes, etc.  

               (a)  Since the Balance Sheet Date there has occurred no
          materially adverse change in the financial condition or business of
          the Borrower and the Guarantor as shown on or reflected in the
          combined balance sheet of the Borrower and the Guarantor as at the
          Balance Sheet Date, or the combined statement of income for the
          fiscal year then ended, other than changes in the ordinary course
          of business that have not had any materially adverse effect either
          individually or in the aggregate on the business or financial
          condition of the Borrower and the Guarantor.  Except as set forth
          on Schedule 7.5(a), since the Balance Sheet Date, neither the
          Guarantor nor the Borrower has made any Distributions.

               (b)  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor (before and after
          giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit
          Agreement the other Loan Documents) (i) is solvent, (ii) has assets
          having a fair value in excess of its liabilities, (iii) has assets
          having a fair value in excess of the amount required to pay its
          liabilities on existing debts as such debts become absolute and
          matured, and (iv) has, and expects to continue to have, access to
          adequate capital for the conduct of its business and the ability to
          pay its debts from time to time incurred in connection with the
          operation of its business as such debts mature.

            Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc.  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor possesses all franchises,
   patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and
   rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of its
   business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any
   rights of others.

            Litigation.  

          There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any
   kind pending or threatened against the Borrower or the Guarantor before
   any court, tribunal or administrative agency or board that, if adversely
   determined, might, either in any case or in the aggregate, materially
   adversely affect the properties, assets, financial condition or business
   of the Borrower or the Guarantor or materially impair the right of the
   Borrower and the Guarantor considered as a whole, to carry on business
   substantially as now conducted by them, or result in any substantial
   liability not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate
   reserves are not maintained on the combined balance sheet of the Borrower
   and the Guarantor, or which question the validity of this Credit Agreement
   or any of the other Loan Documents, or any action taken or to be taken
   pursuant hereto or thereto.

            No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc.  

          Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is subject to any charter,
   corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule
   or regulation that has or is expected in the future to have a materially
   adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
   Borrower or the Guarantor.  Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is a
   party to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the
   judgment of the Borrower's officers, to have any materially adverse effect
   on the business of the Borrower or the Guarantor .

            Compliance With Other Instruments, Laws, etc.  

          Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is in violation of any
   provision of its charter documents, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument
   to which it may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be
   bound or any decree, order, judgment, statute, license, rule or
   regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in a manner that could result in
   the imposition of substantial penalties or materially and adversely affect
   the financial condition, properties or business of the Borrower or the
   Guarantor.

            Tax Status.  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor (a) have made or filed all
   federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and
   declarations required by any jurisdiction to which any of them is subject,
   (b) have paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges
   shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations,
   except those being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
   and (c) have set aside on their books provisions reasonably adequate for
   the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which
   such returns, reports or declarations apply.  There are no unpaid taxes in
   any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any
   jurisdiction, and the officers of the Borrower know of no basis for any
   such claim.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is a "S Corporation"
   as defined in Section 1361(a)(1) of the Code.

            No Event of Default.  

          No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

            Holding Company and Investment Company Acts.  

          Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is a "holding company", or a
   "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a
   "holding company", as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding
   Company Act of 1935; nor is it an "investment company", or an "affiliated
   company" or a "principal underwriter" of an "investment company", as such
   terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

            Absence of Financing Statements, etc.  

          Except with respect to Permitted Liens, there is no financing
   statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage or
   other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry, or
   other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give notice of any
   present or possible future lien on, or security interest in, any assets or
   property of the Borrower or the Guarantor or rights thereunder.

            Perfection of Security Interest.  

          All filings, assignments, pledges and deposits of documents or
   instruments have been made and all other actions have been taken that are
   necessary, under applicable law, to establish and perfect the Agent's
   security interest in the Collateral, other than the Ramp, provided,
   however, that all necessary filings, assignments, pledges and deposits of
   document or instruments necessary to establish and perfect the Agent's
   security interest in the Ramp will have been made within thirty (30) days
   of the Closing Date.  The Collateral and the Agent's rights with respect
   to the Collateral are not subject to any setoff, claims, withholdings or
   other defenses.  The Borrower is the owner of the Collateral free from any
   lien, security interest, encumbrance and any other claim or demand, except
   for Permitted Liens.  All of the Obligations of the Borrower and the
   Guarantor will, at the time from and after the execution and delivery of
   each of the Security Documents, be entitled to the benefits of and be
   secured by each of the Security Documents.

            Certain Transactions.  

          None of the officers, directors, or employees of the Borrower or
   the Guarantor is presently a party to any transaction with Borrower or the
   Guarantor (other than for services as employees, officers and directors),
   including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the
   furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal
   property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any
   officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or

   the Guarantor, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in
   which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial
   interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

            Employee Benefit Plans.  

                 In General.  

               Each Employee Benefit Plan has been maintained and operated in
          compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA
          and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited
          to the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions. 
          The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Agent the most
          recently completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required
          attachments, and actuarial statement required to be submitted under
          Section 103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each Guaranteed Pension
          Plan.

                 Terminability of Welfare Plans.  

               Under each Employee Benefit Plan which is an employee welfare
          benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) or Section 3(2)(B)
          of ERISA, no benefits are due unless the event giving rise to the
          benefit entitlement occurs prior to plan termination (except as
          required by Title I, Part 6 of ERISA). The Borrower or an ERISA
          Affiliate, as appropriate, may terminate each such Plan at any time
          (or at any time subsequent to the expiration of any applicable
          bargaining agreement) in the discretion of the Borrower or such
          ERISA Affiliate without liability to any Person.

                 Guaranteed Pension Plans.  

               Each contribution required to be made to a Guaranteed Pension
          Plan, whether required to be made to avoid the incurrence of an
          accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or lien provisions of
          Section 302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been timely made.  No
          waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension of
          amortization periods has been received with respect to any
          Guaranteed Pension Plan.  No liability to the PBGC (other than
          required insurance premiums, all of which have been paid) has been
          incurred by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any
          Guaranteed Pension Plan and there has not been any ERISA Reportable
          Event, or any other event or condition which presents a material
          risk of termination of any Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC. 
          Based on the latest valuation of each Guaranteed Pension Plan
          (which in each case occurred within twelve months of the date of
          this representation), and on the actuarial methods and assumptions
          employed for that valuation, the aggregate benefit liabilities of
          all such Guaranteed Pension Plans within the meaning of Section
          4001 of ERISA did not exceed the aggregate value of the assets of
          all such Guaranteed Pension Plans, disregarding for this purpose
          the benefit liabilities and assets of any Guaranteed Pension Plan
          with assets in excess of benefit liabilities.

                 Multiemployer Plans.  

               Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any
          material liability (including secondary liability) to any
          Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal
          from such Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 of ERISA or as a
          result of a sale of assets described in Section 4204 of ERISA. 
          Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified that
          any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent under and
          within the meaning of Section 4241 or Section 4245 of ERISA or that
          any Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate or has been terminated
          under Section 4041A of ERISA.

            Regulations U and X.  

          The proceeds of the Construction Loan shall be used to finance the
   construction on the Vessels, to pay Project Costs and up to $5,000,000 of
   such proceeds may be used to refinance existing Indebtedness owing to
   Greyrock Financial, and pay costs and fees associated with such
   refinancing.  No portion of the Construction Loan or the Term Loan is to
   be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or
   "margin stock" as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board
   of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

            Environmental Compliance.  

          The Guarantor and Borrower have taken all necessary steps to
   investigate the past and present condition and usage of the Real Estate
   and the operations conducted thereon and, based upon such diligent
   investigation, have determined that:

               (a)  none of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any operator of
          the Real Estate or any operations thereon is in violation, or
          alleged violation, of any judgment, decree, order, law, license,
          rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters, including
          without limitation, those arising under the Resource Conservation
          and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental
          Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended
          ("CERCLA"), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
          1986 ("SARA"), the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air
          Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any state or local
          statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to health,
          safety or the environment (hereinafter "Environmental Laws"), which
          violation would have a material adverse effect on the environment
          or the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or
          the Guarantor;

               (b)  neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor has received
          notice from any third party including, without limitation: any
          federal, state or local governmental authority, (i) that any one of
          them has been identified by the United States Environmental
          Protection Agency ("EPA") as a potentially responsible party under
          CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National Priorities
          List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (ii) that any hazardous waste,
          as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 6903(5), any hazardous substances
          as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14), any pollutant or
          contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(33) and any toxic
          substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or
          substances regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous
          Substances") which any one of them has generated, transported or
          disposed of has been found at any site at which a federal, state or
          local agency or other third party has conducted or has ordered that
          the Borrower or the Guarantor conduct a remedial investigation,
          removal or other response action pursuant to any Environmental Law;
          or (iii) that it is or shall be a named party to any claim, action,
          cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding
          (in each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third
          party's incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any
          kind whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous
          Substances;

               (c)  except as set forth on Schedule 7.18 attached hereto: (i)
          no portion of the Real Estate has been used for the handling,
          processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except in
          accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; and no underground
          tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous
          Substances is located on any portion of the Real Estate; (ii) in
          the course of any activities conducted by the Borrower, the
          Guarantor or operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances
          have been generated or are being used on the Real Estate except in
          accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) there have
          been no releases (i.e. any past or present releasing, spilling,
          leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
          injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping) or threatened releases
          of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the properties of
          the Borrower or the Guarantor, which releases would have a material
          adverse effect on the value of any of the Real Estate or adjacent
          properties or the environment; (iv) to the best of the Borrower's
          knowledge, there have been no releases on, upon, from or into any
          real property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate which,
          through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be
          located on, and which would have a material adverse effect on the
          value of, the Real Estate; and (v) in addition, any Hazardous
          Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate have
          been transported offsite only by carriers having an identification
          number issued by the EPA, treated or disposed of only by treatment
          or disposal facilities maintaining valid permits as required under
          applicable Environmental Laws, which transporters and facilities
          have been and are, to the best of the Guarantor's and the
          Borrower's knowledge, operating in compliance with such permits and
          applicable Environmental Laws; and

               (d)  None of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of the Real
          Estate is subject to any applicable environmental law requiring the
          performance of Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the
          removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, or the giving of
          notice to any governmental agency or the recording or delivery to
          other Persons of an environmental disclosure document or statement
          by virtue of the transactions set forth herein and contemplated
          hereby.

            Subsidiaries, etc.  

          The Borrower and the Guarantor have no Subsidiaries.  Except as set
   forth on Schedule 7.19 hereto, neither the Guarantor nor the Borrower is
   engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other person.

            Real Property.  

          Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, neither of the Guarantor nor
   the Borrower owns or leases (as lessee or sublessee) any Real Estate.

            Principal Place of Business.  

          The Borrower's principal place of business is 500 Park Avenue, New
   York, New York 10022.  The Guarantor's principal place of business is 9550
   Regency Square Boulevard, Suite 500, Jacksonville, Florida  32225.

            Disclosure.  

          None of this Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents nor
   any of the Construction Documents contains any untrue statement of a
   material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make
   the statements herein or therein not misleading.  There is no fact known
   to either the Borrower or the Guarantor which materially adversely
   affects, or which is reasonably likely in the future to materially
   adversely affect, exclusive of effects resulting from changes in general
   economic conditions, the business, assets, financial condition or
   prospects of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

            Fiscal Year.  

          The Borrower's fiscal year is the twelve months ending December 31
   of each year.  The Guarantor's fiscal year is the twelve months ending
   December 31 of each year.

            Insurance.  

          Schedule 7.24 attached hereto lists the policies and types and
   amounts of coverage (including deductibles) of theft, fire, liability,
   life, property and casualty and other insurance owned or held by the
   Borrower and the Guarantor on the date hereof.  Such policies of insurance
   are maintained with financially sound and reputable insurance companies,
   funds, underwriters or mutual indemnification associations and are of the
   kinds, cover such risks and are in such amounts, with such deductibles and
   exclusions, as are required under Section 8.7 hereof and under the
   Security Documents.  All such policies are in full force and effect; are
   sufficient for compliance by the Borrower and the Guarantor with all
   requirements of law and all agreements to which the Borrower and the
   Guarantor is a party; are valid and enforceable policies and will remain
   in full force and effect through the respective dates set forth in such
   schedule; and coverage thereunder will not be reduced by, or terminate or
   lapse by reason of, the transactions contemplated by this Credit
   Agreement.

            Construction Contracts.  

          The Construction Contract is in full force and effect and both the
   Borrower and the other party or parties to such contract are in full
   compliance with their respective obligations under such contract.  The
   work to be performed under the Construction Contract is the work called
   for by the Plans and Specifications.  All work required to complete the
   construction in accordance with the Plans and Specifications is provided
   for under the Construction Contract.

            Concerning the Vessels.  

          (a) The Borrower's ownership and operation of each Vessel and the
   Strong/American complies with all applicable requirements of the Shipping
   Act, 1916, as amended and in effect, and all applicable regulations
   thereunder.  Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is a citizen of the
   United States for purposes of operating each of the Vessels and the
   Strong/American in the registry or coastwise trade in accordance with
   Section 2 of the Shipping Act of 1916, as amended and in effect, and the
   regulations thereunder.  Each Vessel and the Strong/American is (a)
   covered by hull and machinery, protection and indemnity and excess
   liability insurance in accordance by the requirements of the First
   Preferred Fleet Mortgage, and (b) operated and maintained as a vessel in
   the registry or coastwise trade (subject in the case of the
   Strong/American, to certain restrictions resulting from the construction
   financing thereof) in accordance with the Shipping Act, 1916, as amended
   and in effect, and the regulations thereunder.

          (b)  None of the Vessels is subject to any charter other than the
   Charter.

     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR.  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor covenants and agrees that,
   so long as the Construction Loan, Term Loan or any Note is Outstanding or
   any Bank has any obligation to make any Construction Advance:

            Punctual Payment.  

          The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the
   principal and interest on the Advances and the commitment fees provided
   for in this Credit Agreement, all in accordance with the terms of this
   Credit Agreement and the Notes.

            Maintenance of Office.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will maintain its chief
   executive office of those locations listed in Section 7.21, or at such
   other place in the United States of America as the Borrower shall
   designate upon written notice to the Agent, where notices, presentations
   and demands to or upon the Borrower in respect of the Loan Documents may
   be given or made.

            Records and Accounts.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will (a) keep true and
   accurate records and books of account in which full, true and correct
   entries will be made in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
   Principles and (b) maintain adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes
   (including income taxes), depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and
   amortization of its properties contingencies, and other reserves.

            Financial Statements, Certificates and Information.  

          The Borrower will deliver to the Agent for delivery to each of the
   Banks:

               (a)  as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
          the combined balance sheet of the Guarantor and the Borrower and
          the combining balance sheet of the Guarantor and the Borrower, each
          as at the end of such year, and the related combined statement of
          income and combined statement of cash flow and combining statement
          of income and combining statement of cash flow for such year, each
          setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous
          fiscal year and all such combined and combining statements to be in
          reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
          Accounting Principles, and certified without qualification by
          Deloitte & Touche or by other independent certified public
          accountants satisfactory to the Agent, together with a written
          statement from such accountants to the effect that they have read a
          copy of this Credit Agreement, and that, in making the examination
          necessary to said certification, they have obtained no knowledge of
          any Default or Event of Default, or, if such accountants shall have
          obtained knowledge of any then existing Default or Event of Default
          they shall disclose in such statement any such Default or Event of
          Default; provided that such accountants shall not be liable to the
          Banks for failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of
          Default;

               (b)  as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters
          of the Borrower, copies of the unaudited combined balance sheet of
          the Borrower and the Guarantor  and the unaudited combining balance
          sheet of the Borrower and the Guarantor, each as at the end of such
          quarter, and the related combined statement of income and combined
          statement of cash flow and combining statement of income and
          combining statement of cash flow for the portion of the Borrower's
          and the Guarantor's fiscal year then elapsed, all in reasonable
          detail and prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
          Accounting Principles, together with a certification by the
          principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower that the
          information contained in such financial statements fairly presents
          the financial position of the Guarantor and the Borrower on the
          date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

               (c)  as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
          thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year, the annual
          budget for each of the Borrower and the Guarantor for the next
          succeeding fiscal year, such annual budget to be set forth in
          reasonable detail on a month-to-month basis;

               (d)  simultaneously with the delivery of the financial
          statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a
          statement certified by the principal financial or accounting
          officer of the Borrower (the "Compliance Certificate") in
          substantially the form of Exhibit M hereto and setting forth in
          reasonable detail computations evidencing compliance with the
          covenants contained in Section 10 and (if applicable)
          reconciliations to reflect changes in Generally Accepted Accounting
          Principles since the Balance Sheet Date;

               (e)  contemporaneously with the filing or mailing thereof,
          copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders of
          the Borrower or the Guarantors;

               (f)  from time to time upon request of the Agent, projections
          of the Borrower and the Guarantor updating those projections
          delivered to the Banks and referred to in Section 7.4.2 hereto or,
          if applicable, updating any later such projections delivered in
          response to a request pursuant to this Section 8.4(f); and

               (g)  from time to time such other financial data and
          information (including accountants' management letters) as the
          Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

            Notices.  

                 Defaults.  

               The Borrower will promptly notify the Agent and each of the
          Banks in writing of the occurrence of any Default or Event of
          Default.  If any Person shall give any notice or take any other
          action in respect of a claimed default (whether or not constituting
          an Event of Default) under this Credit Agreement or any other note,
          evidence of indebtedness, indenture or other obligation to which or
          with respect to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a party or
          obligor, whether as principal or surety, the Borrower shall
          forthwith give written notice thereof to each of the Banks,
          describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed
          default.

                 Environmental Events.  

               The Borrower will promptly give notice to the Agent (a) of any
          violation of any Environmental Law that the Borrower or the
          Guarantor reports in writing or is reportable by such Person in
          writing (or for which any written report supplemental to any oral
          report is made) to any federal, state or local environmental agency
          and (b) upon becoming aware thereof, of any inquiry, proceeding,
          investigation, or other action, including a notice from any agency
          of potential environmental liability, or any federal, state or
          local environmental agency or board, that has the potential to
          materially affect the assets, liabilities, financial conditions or
          operations of the Borrower or the Guarantor, or the Agent's
          security interests pursuant to the Security Documents.

                 Notification of Claims Against Collateral.  

               The Borrower will, immediately upon becoming aware thereof,
          notify the Agent in writing of any setoff, claims (including, with
          respect to the Real Estate, environmental claims), withholdings or
          other defenses to which any of the Collateral, or the Agent's
          rights with respect to the Collateral, are subject.

                 Notice of Litigation and Judgments.  

               Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will give notice to the
          Agent in writing within fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any
          litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or any pending
          litigation and proceedings affecting the Borrower or the Guarantor
          or to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is or becomes a party
          involving an uninsured claim against the Borrower or the Guarantor
          that could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse
          effect on the Borrower or the Guarantor and stating the nature and
          status of such litigation or proceedings.  The Guarantor and the
          Borrower will give notice to the Agent, in writing, in form and
          detail satisfactory to the Agent, within ten (10) days of any
          judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against the
          Borrower or the Guarantor in an amount in excess of $500,000.

                 Notice of Nonpayment.  

               The Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing if
          the Borrower receives any written or other formal notice from the
          Builder or any laborer, subcontractor or materialman to the effect
          that the Builder, such laborer, subcontractor or materialman has
          not been paid an amount in excess of $200,000 when due for labor or
          materials furnished in connection with the construction on either
          Vessel.

            Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will do or cause to be done
   all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
   corporate existence, rights and franchises.  Each (a) will cause all of
   its properties used or useful in the conduct of its business to be
   maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and
   supplied with all necessary equipment, (b) will cause to be made all
   necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements
   thereof, all as in the judgment of the Guarantor or the Borrower, as the
   case may be, may be necessary so that the business carried on in
   connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all
   times, and (c) will continue to engage primarily in the businesses now
   conducted by them and in related businesses; provided that nothing in this
   Section 8.6 shall prevent the Borrower or the Guarantor from discontinuing
   the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such
   discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower or the Guarantor, as
   the case may be, desirable in the conduct of its or their business and
   that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the business of
   the Borrower and the Guarantor on a combined basis.

            Insurance.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will maintain with
   financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its
   properties and business against such casualties and contingencies and in
   such types and amounts and with such deductibles as in accordance with
   Schedule 7.24 and shall be in accordance with the terms of the Security
   Documents.  In addition, the Borrower will require the Builder and any
   other party to the Contract to obtain and maintain at all times during the
   construction on the Vessels the insurance required by the Contract and
   such other insurance as may be reasonably required by the Banks
   (including, without limitation, commercial general liability insurance,
   comprehensive automobile liability insurance, builders all risk insurance,
   workmen's compensation insurance and employer liability insurance), all
   such insurance to be in such amounts and form, to include such coverage
   and endorsements, and to be issued by such insurers as shall be approved
   by the Banks, and to contain the written agreement of the insurer to give
   the Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation,
   nonrenewal, modification or expiration thereof.  The Borrower will provide
   or will cause the Builder and any other party to the Contract to provide
   the Agent with certificates evidencing such insurance.  The Borrower will,
   at their expense, cause the Agent to be named as additional insured and
   loss payee under each of the policies providing such insurance coverage,
   without recourse against the Agent or any of the Banks for payment of
   premiums, and with the right to prior notice of any cancellation or
   termination of coverage.

            Taxes.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will duly pay and discharge,
   or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same shall become overdue,
   all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges (other than taxes,
   assessments and other governmental charges imposed by foreign
   jurisdictions that in the aggregate are not material to the business or
   assets of the Guarantor or the Borrower on an individual basis or of the
   Borrower and the Guarantor on a combined basis) imposed upon it and its
   real properties, sales and activities, or any part thereof, or upon the
   income or profits therefrom, as well as all claims for labor, materials,
   or supplies that if unpaid might by law become a lien or charge upon any
   of its property; provided that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or
   claim need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently
   be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Guarantor
   or the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with
   respect thereto; and provided further that the Guarantor and the Borrower
   will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims forthwith
   upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may have
   attached as security therefor.

            Inspection of Properties and Books, etc.  

                 General.  

               Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower shall permit the Banks,
          through the Agent or any of the Banks' other designated
          representatives, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the
          Borrower or the Guarantor to examine the books of account of the
          Borrower or the Guarantor (and to make copies thereof and extracts
          therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of
          the Borrower or the Guarantor with, and to be advised as to the
          same by, its and their officers, all at such reasonable times and
          intervals as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

                 Communication with Accountants.  

               After prior written notice to the Borrower, each of the
          Guarantor and the Borrower agrees to authorize the Agent and, if
          accompanied by the Agent, the Banks to communicate directly with
          the Guarantor's and the Borrower's independent certified public
          accountants and agrees to authorize such accountants to disclose to
          the Agent and the Banks any and all financial statements and other
          supporting financial documents and schedules including copies of
          any management letter with respect to the business, financial
          condition and other affairs of the Borrower or the Guarantor.  At
          the request of the Agent, the Borrower and the Guarantor shall
          deliver a letter addressed to such accountants instructing them to
          comply with the provisions of this Section 8.9.2.

            Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will comply with (a) the
   applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is conducted,
   including all Environmental Laws, (b) the provisions of its charter
   documents and by-laws, (c) all agreements and instruments by which it or
   any of its properties may be bound and (d) all applicable decrees, orders,
   and judgments.  If at any time while any Advance or Note is Outstanding or
   any Bank has any obligation to make Advances hereunder, any authorization,
   consent, approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or
   instrumentality of any government shall become necessary or required in
   order that the Guarantor or the Borrower may fulfill any of its
   obligations hereunder, the Guarantor and the Borrower will immediately
   take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps within the power of the
   Guarantor or the Borrower to obtain such authorization, consent, approval,
   permit or license and furnish the Banks with evidence thereof.

            Employee Benefit Plans.  

          The Borrower will (a) promptly upon filing the same with the
   Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service furnish to the Agent a
   copy of the most recent actuarial statement required to be submitted under
   Section 103(d) of ERISA and Annual Report, Form 5500, with all required
   attachments, in respect of each Guaranteed Pension Plan and (b) promptly
   upon receipt or dispatch, furnish to the Agent any notice, report or
   demand sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension Plan under
   Section Section 302, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA,
   or in respect of a Multiemployer Plan, under Section Section 4041A, 4202,
   4219, 4242, or 4245 of ERISA.

            Use of Proceeds.  

          The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Construction Loan solely
   to finance the construction on the Vessels, to pay Project Costs
   associated with the Vessels and to refinance existing Indebtedness owing
   to Greyrock Financial, provided, however, the proceeds of the Construction
   Loan used to refinance existing Indebtedness (including the payment of any
   prepayment penalties) to Greyrock Financial shall be in an amount of not
   more than $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

            Commencement, Pursuit and Completion of Construction.  

          Pursuant to the Contract, the Borrower will cause the Builder to do
   all work in connection with the Project in a good and workmanlike manner
   and without any material defects.  The Borrower will pay all such sums and
   perform all such acts as may be appropriate to complete the Project (i) in
   accordance with the Plans and Specifications, (ii) in compliance in all
   material respects with the Requirements and with all terms and conditions
   of the Loan Documents, (iii) without material deviation from the Plans and
   Specifications unless the Borrower has obtained the prior approval of the
   Banks and the Agent, and (iv) free from any liens, claims or assessments
   (actual or contingent) asserted against either Vessel for any material,
   labor or other items furnished in connection with the Project.

            Approvals.  

          The Borrower will give, or cause the Builder to give, all such
   notices to, and take all such other actions with respect to, such
   Governmental Authority as may be required in order to comply with all
   applicable Requirements in the completion of the construction on the
   Vessels and the use and operation of the Vessels.

            Laborers, Subcontractors and Materialmen.  

          The Borrower will cause the Builder to furnish to the Agent, upon
   request at any time, and from time to time, affidavits listing all
   laborers, subcontractors, materialmen, and any other Persons who might or
   could claim statutory or common law liens, and who are furnishing or have
   furnished labor or material in connection with the Project, or any part
   thereof, in each case in excess of $100,000 and in the aggregate in excess
   of $250,000, together with affidavits or other evidence satisfactory to
   the Agent, showing that such parties have been paid all amounts then due
   for labor and materials furnished in connection with the Project.  The
   Borrower will cause the Builder to furnish to the Agent, at any time and
   from time to time upon demand by the Banks, lien waivers bearing a then
   current date and prepared on a form satisfactory to the Agent from the
   Builder and any such subcontractors or materialmen to whom amounts equal
   to or exceeding $100,000 are owed, in each case, and $250,000 in the
   aggregate, as the Banks may request.

            Classification.  

          Each Vessel will be in compliance with the requirements of the
   American Bureau of Shipping or any other classification society acceptable
   to the Agent, for the highest classification for vessels of like age and
   type at all times except when dry docked for the purpose of the
   performance of the construction of the Project with respect to such
   Vessel.

            Recordation of Vessel Mortgage.  

          On or prior to the Closing Date, each Vessel will be documented
   with the United States Coast Guard, and the Borrower will execute and
   deliver the First Preferred Fleet Mortgage on the Vessels to the Agent for
   the benefit of the Agent and the Banks and cause such First Preferred
   Fleet Mortgage to be recorded with the United States Coast Guard in
   accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement.

            Execution and Delivery of Term Note.  

          The Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Bank, on or before
   the Conversion Date, the Term Notes contemplated by Section 4.2 hereof.

            S Corporation Status.  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor shall take all necessary
   action to maintain its status as an "S Corporation" as defined in Section
   1361(a)(1) of the Code.

            Further Assurances.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will cooperate with the
   Banks and the Agent and execute such further instruments and documents as
   the Banks or the Agent shall reasonably request to carry out to their
   satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and
   the other Loan Documents.

            Concerning the Vessels.  

          The Borrower and the Guarantor shall at all times operate each
   Vessel and the Strong/American in compliance in all respect with all
   applicable governmental rules, regulations and requirements pertaining to
   such vessels (including, without limitation, all requirements of the
   Shipping Act of 1916, as amended and in effect, applicable to each such
   vessel) and in compliance in all respects with all rules, regulations and
   requirements of the American Bureau of Shipping.  Each of the Borrower and
   the Guarantor shall at all times maintain its citizenship in the United
   States for purposes of operating each of the Vessels in the coastwise
   trade in accordance with Section 2 of the Shipping Act of 1916, as amended
   and in effect, and the regulations thereunder.  The Borrower shall furnish
   to the Agent and the Bank the certificate of the American Bureau of
   Shipping covering each of the Vessels and the Strong/American no later
   than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower. 
   The Borrower shall keep each Vessel registered under the laws of the
   United States with a certificate of vessel documentation endorsed to
   evidence its ability to engage in the registry or coastwise trade (except
   to the extent provided in Section 7.26 with respect to the
   Strong/American).

            Chattel Mortgage on Ramps.  

          The Borrower shall, by not later than thirty (30) days after the
   Closing Date, deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the
   Banks, a chattel mortgage on the property of the Borrower constituting the
   ramps located in Puerto Rico granting to the Agent, for the benefit of the
   Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest in such
   ramps, which chattel mortgage shall be in form and substance satisfactory
   to the Agent and the Banks.

     CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTOR  

          Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor covenants and agrees that,
   so long as any Advance or Note is Outstanding or any Bank has any
   obligation to make any Construction Advances:

            Restrictions on Indebtedness.  

          Each Guarantor and the Borrower will not create, incur, assume,
   guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect
   to any Indebtedness other than:

               (a)  Indebtedness to the Banks and the Agent arising under any
          of the Loan Documents;

               (b)  current liabilities of the Guarantor and the Borrower
          incurred in the ordinary course of business not incurred through
          (i) the borrowing of money, or (ii) the obtaining of credit except
          for credit on an open account basis customarily extended and in
          fact extended in connection with normal purchases of goods and
          services;

               (c)  Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments,
          governmental charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and
          supplies to the extent that payment therefor shall not at the time
          be required to be made in accordance with the provisions of Section
          8.8;

               (d)  Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have
          been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an
          appeal so long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect
          of which the Guarantor or the Borrower, as the case may be, shall
          at the time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings
          for review and in respect of which a stay of execution shall have
          been obtained pending such appeal or review;

               (e)  endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and
          warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the
          ordinary course of business;

               (f)  obligations under Capitalized Leases not exceeding
          $2,000,000 in aggregate amount at any time Outstanding;

               (g)  Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition
          after the date hereof of any real or personal property by the
          Guarantor or the Borrower, provided that the aggregate principal
          amount of such Indebtedness incurred in connection with the
          acquisition after the date hereof of any real or personal property
          of the Guarantor and the Borrower shall not exceed the aggregate
          amount of $15,000,000 at any one time; and

               (h)  Indebtedness existing on the date of this Credit
          Agreement and listed and described on Schedule 9.1 hereto.

            Restrictions on Liens.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not (a) create or incur
   or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance,
   mortgage, pledge, charge, restriction or other security interest of any
   kind upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned
   or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b)
   transfer any of such property or assets or the income or profits therefrom
   for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of Indebtedness or
   performance of any other obligation in priority to payment of its general
   creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any
   property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or
   purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (d) suffer to
   exist for a period of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall have
   been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if
   unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be
   given any priority whatsoever over its general creditors; or (e) sell,
   assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any accounts, contract rights,
   general intangibles, chattel paper or instruments, with or without
   recourse; provided that the Guarantor and the Borrower may create or incur
   or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

               (a)  liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government
          charges in respect of obligations not overdue or liens on
          properties to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in
          respect of obligations not overdue;

               (b)  deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure
          payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
          pensions or other social security obligations;

               (c)  liens on properties other than the Vessels the
          Strong/American and the Pontoons in respect of judgments or awards,
          the Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by Section
          9.1(d);

               (d)  liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and
          materialmen, and other like liens on properties other than the
          Vessels the Strong/American and the Pontoons in existence less than
          120 days from the date of creation thereof in respect of
          obligations not overdue;

               (e)  encumbrances consisting of easements, rights of way,
          zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and
          defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or
          lessor's liens under leases to which the Guarantor or the Borrower
          is a party, and other minor liens or encumbrances none of which in
          the opinion of the Borrower interferes materially with the use of
          the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of
          the Guarantor or the Borrower, which defects do not individually or
          in the aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business
          of the Borrower individually or of the Guarantor and the Borrower
          on a combined basis;

               (f)  presently outstanding liens listed on Schedule 9.2
          hereto;

               (g)  purchase money security interests in or purchase money
          mortgages on real or personal property other than the Vessels the
          Strong/American and the Pontoons acquired after the date hereof to
          secure purchase money Indebtedness of the type and amount permitted
          by Section 9.1(g), incurred in connection with the acquisition of
          such property, which security interests or mortgages cover only the
          real or personal property so acquired; and

               (h)  liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks
          and the Agent under the Loan Documents.

            Restrictions on Investments.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not make or permit to
   exist or to remain Outstanding any Investment except Investments in:

               (a)  marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United
          States of America that mature within one (1) year from the date of
          purchase by the Guarantor or the Borrower;

               (b)  demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers
          acceptances and time deposits of United States banks having total
          assets in excess of $1,000,000,000;

               (c)  securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by
          a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
          States of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase
          have been rated and the ratings for which are not less than "P 1"
          if rated by Moody's Investors Services, Inc., and not less than "A
          1" if rated by Standard and Poor's;

               (d)  Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on
          Schedule 9.3 hereto; and

               (e)  Investments consisting of the Guaranty;

   provided, however, that, such Investments will be considered Investments
   permitted by this Section 9.3 only if all actions have been taken to the
   satisfaction of the Agent to provide to the Agent, for the benefit of the
   Banks and the Agent, a first priority perfected security interest in all
   of such Investments free of all encumbrances other than Permitted
   Encumbrances.

            Distributions.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not make any
   Distributions if any Default or Event of Default (a) has occurred and is
   continuing or (b) would exist as a result of making such Distribution.

            Merger, Consolidation.  

                 Mergers and Acquisitions.  

               Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not become a party
          to any merger or consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset
          acquisition or stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of
          assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
          practices).

                 Disposition of Assets.  

               Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not become a party
          to or agree to or effect any disposition of assets, other than the
          disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business,
          consistent with past practices.

            Sale and Leaseback.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not enter into any
   arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby either the Guarantor or the
   Borrower shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in order then or
   thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that the
   Guarantor or the Borrower intends to use for substantially the same
   purpose as the property being sold or transferred.

            Compliance with Environmental Laws.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not (a) use any of the
   Real Estate or any portion thereof for the handling, processing, storage
   or disposal of Hazardous Substances, (b) cause or permit to be located on
   any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground storage
   receptacle for Hazardous Substances, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances
   on any of the Real Estate, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or
   use any Real Estate in any manner so as to cause a release (i.e.
   releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying,
   discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, disposing or dumping) or
   threatened release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real
   Estate or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any
   Real Estate in any manner that would violate any Environmental Law or
   bring such Real Estate in violation of any Environmental Law.

            Negative Pledge.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not enter into any
   agreement limiting such Person's right to grant to the Agent and the Banks
   a lien or security interest in the unencumbered assets of such Person.

            Employee Benefit Plans.  

          Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate will:

               (a)  engage in any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning
          of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which could
          result in a material liability for the Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries; or

               (b)  permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an
          "accumulated funding deficiency", as such term is defined in
          Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not such deficiency is or may be
          waived; or

               (c)  fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an
          extent which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner
          which, could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on
          the assets of the Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to
          Section 302(f) or Section 4068 of ERISA; or

               (d)  permit or take any action which would result in the
          aggregate benefit liabilities (with the meaning of Section 4001 of
          ERISA) of all Guaranteed Pension Plans exceeding the value of the
          aggregate assets of such Plans, disregarding for this purpose the
          benefit liabilities and assets of any such Plan with assets in
          excess of benefit liabilities, by more than the amount set forth in
          Section 7.16.3 hereof.

            Non-Compete.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower will not permit any
   affiliate of the Guarantor or the Borrower to engage in the same or any
   similar line of business as any of the Borrower or the Guarantor in the
   Puerto Rico market.

            Change of Principal Place of Business or Corporate Name.  

          The Borrower will not change its principal place of business or its
   corporate name unless it shall have (a) given the Agent at least thirty
   (30) days' advance written notice of such change, and (b) filed in all
   necessary jurisdictions such documents as may be necessary to continue
   without impairment or interruption the perfection and priority of the
   liens on the Collateral in favor of the Agent pursuant to the Security
   Documents.

            Fiscal Year.  

          Neither the Guarantor nor the Borrower will change its fiscal year
   from that set forth in Section 7.23 hereof.

            Restriction on Change Orders.  

          The Borrower will not cause, permit or suffer to exist any
   deviations from the Plans and Specifications, nor approve or consent to
   any change order or construction change directive, without the prior
   approval of the Agent except for deviations or change orders not exceeding
   $100,000 individually and $250,000 in the aggregate.

            Charter.  

          The Borrower will not amend, supplement or otherwise modify the
   terms of or terminate, the Charter without the prior written consent of
   the Agent and the Banks.

            Transactions with Affiliates.  

          Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor will enter into, or cause,
   suffer or permit to exist (a) any arrangement or contract with any of its
   other Affiliates of a nature customarily entered into by Persons which are
   Affiliates of each other (including management or similar contracts or
   arrangements relating to the allocation of revenues, taxes and expenses or
   otherwise) requiring any payments to be made by the Borrower or the
   Guarantor to any Affiliate unless such arrangement is fair and equitable
   to the Borrower and the Guarantor; or (b) any other transaction,
   arrangement, contract with any of their other Affiliates which would not
   be entered into by a prudent Person in the position of the Borrower or the
   Guarantor with, or which is on terms which are less favorable than are
   obtainable from, any Person which is not one of its Affiliates, provided,
   however, nothing contained in this Section 9.15 shall prohibit the
   Borrower or the Guarantor from restricting payments otherwise permitted by
   Section 9.4 hereof.

            Business Activities.  

          Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor will engage in any business
   activity it is not otherwise engaged in on the Closing Date, and neither
   the Borrower nor the Guarantor will engage in any business activity in any
   jurisdiction in which it does not operate as of the Closing Date.

     FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.  

            Interest Coverage.  

          The Borrower will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio,
   calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, to be
   less than (a) 2.50:1.00 for the period of the Closing Date through the
   fiscal quarter ending March 31, 1997, and (b) 3.00:1.00 for each fiscal
   quarter ending thereafter.

            Debt Service.  

          The Borrower will not permit the ratio of (a) Combined Operating
   Cash Flow to (b) Combined Financial Obligations as of the end of each
   fiscal quarter for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then
   ending to be less than 1.20:1.00 for the period of the Closing Date
   through the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 1997 and 1.30:1.00 for each
   fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

            Liabilities to Worth Ratio.  

          The Borrower will not permit the ratio of Combined Total
   Liabilities to Combined Tangible Net Worth to exceed 1.50:1.00 at any time
   from the Closing Date through December 31, 1996, and 1.25:1.00 at any time
   thereafter.

            Combined Tangible Net Worth.  

          The Borrower will not permit Combined Tangible Net Worth at any
   time to be less than the sum of $20,000,000, plus, on a cumulative basis,
   40% of positive Combined Net Income (without deduction for any year in
   which there is a net loss) for each fiscal year subsequent to the fiscal
   year ended December 31, 1994.

            Appraisal Ratio.  

          The Borrower will not at any time permit the ratio of (a) the
   appraised market value of the Vessels (which appraised market value shall
   be determined in the Agent's sole discretion, by reference to the
   Appraisal or such other appraisals as are satisfactory to the Agent) as at
   the date of determination to (b) the Outstanding principal amount of the
   Advances as at the date of determination to be less than 1.50:1.00.

     CLOSING CONDITIONS.  

          The obligations of the Banks to make the initial Construction
   Advance shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
   precedent on or prior to October 13, 1995:

            Loan Documents, etc.  

                 Loan Documents.  

               Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and
          delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force
          and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to each
          of the Banks.  Each Bank shall have received a fully executed copy
          of each such document.

                 Construction Documents.  

               Each of the Construction Documents shall have been duly
          executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be
          in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance
          satisfactory to each of the Banks.  The Borrower shall have
          obtained from the Builder a duly executed consent, in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks, to the
          collateral assignment by the Borrower of all of its right, title
          and interest in and to the Contract pursuant to the Contract
          Collateral Assignment.  Each Bank shall have received a fully
          executed copy of each such document.

            Certified Copies of Charter Documents.  

          Each of the Banks shall have received from the Guarantor, the
   Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor and the Borrower, a copy, certified by
   a duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the
   Closing Date, of each of (a) its charter or other incorporation documents
   as in effect on such date of certification, and (b) its by-laws as in
   effect on such date.

            Corporate Action.  

          All corporate action necessary for the valid execution, delivery
   and performance by the Guarantor, the Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor
   and the Borrower of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
   which it is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively
   taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Banks shall have been
   provided to each of the Banks.

            Incumbency Certificate.  

          Each of the Banks shall have received from the Guarantor, the
   Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor and the Borrower an incumbency
   certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a duly authorized
   officer of the Guarantor, the Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor and the
   Borrower and giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each
   individual who shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name and on behalf
   of each of the Guarantor, the Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor and the
   Borrower each of the Loan Documents to which the Guarantor, the Builder,
   the Shipbuilding Guarantor and the Borrower is or is to become a party;
   (b) in the case of the Borrower, to make Construction Advance Requests and
   Conversion Requests; and (c) to give notices and to take other action on
   its behalf under the Loan Documents.

            Validity of Liens.  

          The Security Documents shall be effective to create in favor of the
   Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first (except for Permitted Liens
   entitled to priority under applicable law) security interest in the
   Collateral.  All filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments and other
   actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Agent to protect and
   preserve such security interests shall have been duly effected.  The Agent
   shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to
   the Agent.

            Perfection Certificates and UCC Search Results.  

          The Agent shall have received from the Borrower a completed and
   fully executed Perfection Certificate and the results of UCC searches with
   respect to its Collateral, indicating no liens other than Permitted Liens
   and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

            Certificates of Insurance; Consent to Assignment of Insurance.  

               (a)  The Agent shall have received (a) a certificate of
          insurance from an independent insurance broker dated as of the
          Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance
          limits, and policy terms, and otherwise describing the insurance
          obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Security
          Agreement, the Contract and the First Preferred Fleet Mortgage and
          (b) certified copies of all policies evidencing such insurance (or
          certificates therefore signed by the insurer or an agent authorized
          to bind the insurer).

               (b)  the Borrower shall have obtained any and all necessary
          third party consents to the Assignment of Insurance, such consents
          to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks, and the
          Agent shall have received fully executed originals of such
          consents.

            Solvency Certificate  

          Each of the Banks shall have received an officer's certificate of
   the Borrower and the Guarantor dated as of the Closing Date as to the
   solvency of the Borrower and the Guarantor following the consummation of
   the transactions contemplated herein and in form and substance
   satisfactory to the Banks.

            Permits.  

          The Agent shall have received evidence that all necessary licenses
   and permits required for the commencement of construction on the Vessels
   shall have been obtained.

            Charter.  

          The Agent shall have received evidence that the Charter has been
   executed and delivered, is in full force and effect and is in form and
   substance satisfactory to the Banks and shall have received a certified
   copy of the Charter.

            Shipbuilding Guaranty.  

          The Agent shall have received the Contract which evidences that the
   Shipbuilding Guaranty has been executed and delivered by the Shipbuilding
   Guarantor, and assigned thereof to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent
   and the Banks.

            Opinions of Counsel.  

          Each of the Banks and the Agent shall have received a favorable
   opinion addressed to the Banks and the Agent, dated as of the Closing
   Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent, from
   (a) William G. Gotimer, Jr., Esq., counsel to the Borrower and the
   Guarantor and (b) Gilmartin, Poster & Shafto, counsel to the Borrower as
   to the First Preferred Fleet Mortgage.

            Payment of Fees.  

          The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the Closing Fee.

            Naval Architect Letter  

          C.R. Cushing & Co., Inc. shall have delivered to the Agent and the
   Banks a report to the effect that (a) the Plans and Specifications
   relating to the construction on the Vessels by the Builder pursuant to the
   Contract satisfactorily provide for the construction on the Vessels and
   (b) in the opinion of C.R. Cushing & Co., Inc., construction on the
   Vessels can be completed on or before the Conversion Date for an amount
   not greater than the Contract Price.

     CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.  

          The obligations of the Banks to make any Advance, including the
   Construction Advances and to convert the Construction Loan to the Term

   Loan on the Conversion Date, in each case whether on or after the Closing
   Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following
   conditions precedent:

            Representations True; No Event of Default.  

          Each of the representations and warranties of each of the Guarantor
   and the Borrower contained in this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
   Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in
   connection with this Credit Agreement, and each of the representations and
   warranties of each of the Builder and the Shipbuilding Guarantor contained
   in the Construction Documents shall be true as of the date as of which
   they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of the making
   of or conversion of such Advances, with the same effect as if made at and
   as of that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from
   transactions contemplated or permitted by this Credit Agreement and the
   other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of
   business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, and
   to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to
   an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
   and be continuing.

            No Legal Impediment.  

          No change shall have occurred in any law or regulations thereunder
   or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion of any Bank
   would make it illegal for such Bank to make or convert such Advances.

            Governmental Regulation.  

          Each Bank shall have received such statements in substance and form
   reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such Bank shall require for the
   purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations of the Comptroller
   of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

            Proceedings and Documents.  

          All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by
   this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents
   incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in form to the
   Banks and to the Agent and the Agent's Special Counsel, and the Banks, the
   Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such
   counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as
   the Agent may reasonably request.

            Events Relating to Construction.

                 Loan Documents.  

               The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a Construction
          Loan Advance Request pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof together with
          the required supporting documentation relating to the progress
          payment to the Builder to be funded thereby.

                 Lien Waivers.  

               The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent and the Banks
          written lien waivers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
          to the Agent, from the Builder and from laborers, subcontractors
          and materialmen for work done or materials supplied by them, in
          each case in excess of $250,000, and in the aggregate in excess of
          $1,000,000.

                 Construction Inspector's Letter.  

               In the case of each Construction Advance Request requesting a
          Construction Advance to fund Project Costs, the Construction
          Inspector (or, in the case of a Construction Advance Request
          requesting a Construction Advance to achieve a Milestone which does
          not require review by the Construction Inspector, C.R. Cushing &
          Co., Inc.) shall have delivered to the Agent and the Banks a report
          to the effect that in its opinion, based on on-site observations
          and submissions by the Builder and C.R. Cushing & Co., Inc., the
          construction of the Vessels to the date thereof was performed in a
          good and workmanlike manner and in accordance in all material
          respects with the Plans and Specifications and stating that the
          Milestone relating to the Construction Advance has been achieved in
          compliance with the Contract and this Credit Agreement.

                 Effectiveness of Contract, et. al.

                 Each of the Contract, the Performance Bond (if obtained
          pursuant to Section 6 hereof) and the Shipbuilding Guaranty shall
          remain in full force and effect, and there shall not be any
          default, and no event of default shall have occurred and be
          continuing, under the Contract, the Performance Bond, or the
          Shipbuilding Guaranty.

     EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.  

            Events of Default and Acceleration.  

          If any of the following events ("Events of Default" or, if the
   giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is required, then, prior to
   such notice or lapse of time, "Defaults") shall occur:

               (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any
          Advance when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the
          stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at
          any other date fixed for payment;

               (b)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any
          Advance, the commitment fee,  or other sums due hereunder or under
          any of the other Loan Documents, when the same shall become due and
          payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated
          date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;

               (c)  the Borrower or the Guarantor shall fail to comply with
          any of its covenants contained in Section Section 8.1, 8.3 - 8.7,
          8.9-8.10, 8.12 - 8.20, 9 or 10;

               (d)  the Guarantor, the Shipbuilding Guarantor, the Builder or
          the Borrower shall fail to perform any term, covenant or agreement
          contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than
          those specified elsewhere in this Section 13) for fifteen (15) days
          after written notice of such failure has been given to the Borrower
          by the Agent;

               (e)  any representation or warranty of the Guarantor, the
          Builder, the Shipbuilding Guarantor or the Borrower in this Credit
          Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, the Construction
          Documents or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant
          to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have
          been false in any material respect upon the date when made or
          deemed to have been made or repeated;

               (f)  the Guarantor or the Borrower shall fail to pay at
          maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any obligation
          for borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any
          Capitalized Leases, or fail to observe or perform any material
          term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it
          is bound, evidencing or securing borrowed money or credit received
          or in respect of any Capitalized Leases for such period of time as
          would permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if
          required) the holder or holders thereof or of any obligations
          issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof;

               (g)  the Guarantor or the Borrower shall make an assignment
          for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its inability to
          pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or become
          due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee or
          other custodian, liquidator or receiver of the Guarantor or the
          Borrower or of any substantial part of the assets of the Guarantor
          or the Borrower or shall commence any case or other proceeding
          relating to the Guarantor or the Borrower under any bankruptcy,
          reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt,
          dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now
          or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in
          furtherance of any of the foregoing, or if any such petition or
          application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding
          shall be commenced against the Guarantor or the Borrower and the
          Guarantor or the Borrower shall indicate its approval thereof,
          consent thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or
          application shall not have been dismissed within forty-five (45)
          days following the filing thereof;

               (h)  a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee,
          custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating the Guarantor or
          the Borrower bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in any
          such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for relief is
          entered in respect of the Guarantor or the Borrower in an
          involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter
          constituted;

               (i)  there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied
          and unstayed, for more than thirty days, whether or not
          consecutive, any final judgment against the Guarantor or the
          Borrower that, with other outstanding final judgments,
          undischarged, against the Guarantor or the Borrower exceeds in the
          aggregate $500,000;

               (j)  if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled,
          terminated, revoked or rescinded or the Agent's security interests,
          mortgages or liens in any material portion of the Collateral shall
          cease to be perfected, or shall cease to have the priority
          contemplated by the Security Documents, in each case otherwise than
          in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior
          written agreement, consent or approval of the Banks, or any action
          at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel,
          revoke or rescind any of the loan documents shall be commenced by
          or on behalf of the Guarantor, the Shipbuilding Guarantor, the
          Builder or the Borrower party thereto or any of their respective
          stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory
          authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a
          determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to
          the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal,
          invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

               (k)  with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, an ERISA
          Reportable Event shall have occurred and the Majority Banks shall
          have determined in their reasonable discretion that such event
          reasonably could be expected to result in liability of the Borrower
          to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount
          exceeding $500,000 and such event in the circumstances occurring
          reasonably could constitute grounds for the termination of such
          Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the
          appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer
          such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been
          appointed by the United States District Court to administer such
          Guaranteed Pension Plan; or the PBGC shall have instituted
          proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan;

               (l)  the Guarantor or the Borrower shall be enjoined,
          restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any
          administrative or regulatory agency from conducting any material
          part of its business and such order shall continue in effect for
          more than thirty (30) days;

               (m)  there shall occur any material damage to, or loss, theft
          or destruction of, any Collateral, whether or not insured, or any
          strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act of God
          or public enemy, or other casualty, which in any such case causes,
          for more than thirty (30) consecutive days, the cessation or
          substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities at any
          facility of the Guarantor or the Borrower if such event or
          circumstance is not covered by business interruption insurance and
          would have a material adverse effect on the business or financial
          condition of the Guarantor or the Borrower;

               (n)  there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of,
          or failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter
          acquired by the Guarantor or the Borrower if such loss, suspension,
          revocation or failure to renew would have a material adverse effect
          on the business or financial condition of the Guarantor or the
          Borrower;

               (o)  the Guarantor or the Borrower shall be indicted for a
          state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall
          otherwise have been brought or threatened against the Guarantor or
          the Borrower, a punishment for which in any such case could include
          the forfeiture of any assets of the Guarantor or the Borrower
          having a fair market value in excess of $100,000; or

               (p)  Malcom P. McLean or his immediate family or estate shall
          at any time, legally or beneficially own less than sixty percent
          (60%) of the common stock of each of the Guarantor and the
          Borrower, as adjusted pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend
          or recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of such
          corporation;

               (q)  the Agent shall have received a report by the American
          Bureau of Shipping or any other classification society, or by any
          marine engineer or surveyor following an inspection at the request
          of the Agent, that either Vessel is not in compliance with the
          requirements for the highest classification for vessels of like age
          and type or is not in compliance with the requirements of
          applicable law for use as intended under this Credit Agreement and
          action shall not have been commenced within fifteen (15) days after
          written notice thereof shall have been given by the Agent to the
          Borrower and such corrective action shall not be diligently
          prosecuted or completed in a manner and time schedule consistent
          with industry standards;

               (r)  there shall have occurred any default or any event or
          default under the Contract, or any delay by any party in the
          performance of its obligations under the Contract shall have
          occurred, which in the case of any such default or delay has not
          been approved by the Majority Banks and will result in the
          termination or cancellation of, or will relieve the performance of
          any obligations of any other party, under the Contract;

               (s)  the Construction Inspector shall, at any time prior to
          the Project Completion Date, certify to the Banks that either
          Vessel does not conform in any material respect to the Plans and
          Specifications; or

               (t)  the Performance Bond, if obtained, shall be cancelled,
          terminated, revoked, rescinded or modified otherwise then in
          accordance with the provisions thereof or with the express written
          consent of the Banks; or the issuer of the Performance Bond shall
          dissolve or terminate its existence, or make an assignment for the
          benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay or
          generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or become due, or
          shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee or other
          custodian, liquidator or receiver or shall commence any case or
          other proceeding under bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
          insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or
          similar law of any jurisdiction, now or hereafter in effect, or
          shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of any of the
          foregoing, or if any such petition or application shall be filed or
          any such case or other proceedings shall be commenced against it
          and shall indicate its approval thereof, consent thereto or
          acquiescence therein;

   then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the
   Agent may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice in
   writing to the Borrower declare all amounts owing with respect to this
   Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to be, and they
   shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without
   presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
   hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that in the event of any
   Event of Default specified in Section 13.1(g), 13.1(h) or 13.1(j) hereof,
   all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically
   and without any requirement of notice from the Agent or any Bank.

            Termination of Commitments.  

          If any one or more of the Events of Default specified in Section
   13.1(g), Section 13.1(h) or Section 13.1(j) hereof shall occur, any unused
   portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the
   Banks shall be relieved of all obligations to make Advances to the
   Borrower.  If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing, or if on any Drawdown Date the conditions precedent to the
   making of the Advances to be made on such Drawdown Date are not satisfied,
   the Agent may and, upon the request of the Majority Banks, shall, by
   notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion of the credit
   hereunder, and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the
   credit hereunder shall terminate immediately and each of the Banks shall
   be relieved of all further obligations to make Advances.  If any such
   notice is given to the Borrower the Agent will forthwith furnish a copy
   thereof to each of the Banks.  No termination of the credit hereunder
   shall relieve the Borrower of any of the Obligations or any of its
   existing obligations to any of the Banks arising under other agreements or
   instruments.

            Remedies.  

          In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have
   occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have
   accelerated the maturity of the Advances pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof,
   each Bank, if owed any amount with respect to the Advances, may, with the
   consent of the Majority Banks but not otherwise, proceed to protect and
   enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate
   proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or
   agreement contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents
   or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Bank are
   evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the
   ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become
   due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof
   or any other legal or equitable right of such Bank.  No remedy herein
   conferred upon any Bank or the Agent or the holder of any Note is intended
   to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be
   cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder
   or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any
   other provision of law.

            Distribution of Collateral Proceeds.  

          In the event that, following the occurrence or during the
   continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the Agent or any Bank, as
   the case may be, receives any monies in connection with the enforcement of
   any the Security Documents, or otherwise with respect to the realization
   upon any of the Collateral, such monies shall be distributed for
   application as follows:

               (a)  First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the
          reimbursement of the Agent for or in respect of all reasonable
          costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been
          incurred or sustained by the Agent in connection with the
          collection of such monies by the Agent, for the exercise,
          protection or enforcement by the Agent of all or any of the rights,
          remedies, powers and privileges of the Agent under this Credit
          Agreement or any of the other loan documents or in respect of the
          collateral and supports the provision of adequate indemnity to the
          Agent against all taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may
          have, priority over the rights of the Agent to such monies;

               (b)  Second, to all other Obligations in such order or
          preference as the Majority Banks may determine;  provided, however,
          that distributions in respect of such Obligations shall be made
          pari passu among Obligations owing to the Banks with respect to
          each type of Obligation such as interest, principal, fees and
          expenses, shall be made among the Banks pro rata; and provided,
          further, that the Agent may in its discretion make proper allowance
          to take into account any Obligations not then due and payable;

               (c)  Third, upon payment and satisfaction in full or other
          provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Banks and the
          Agent of all of the Obligations, to the payment of any obligations
          required to be paid pursuant to Section 9- 504(1)(c) of the Uniform
          Commercial Code of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and

               (d)  Fourth, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the
          Borrower or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

     SETOFF.  

          Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the
   continuance of any Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited
   by or due from any of the Banks to the Borrower and any securities or
   other property of the Borrower in the possession of such Bank may be
   applied to or set off by such Bank against the payment of Obligations and
   any and all other liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or
   contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of
   the Borrower to such Bank.  Each of the Banks agrees with each other Bank
   that (a) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to Indebtedness of
   the Borrower to such Bank, other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes
   held by such Bank, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other
   Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Notes held by
   such Bank, and (b) if such Bank shall receive from the Borrower, whether
   by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross
   action, enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Notes held by such Bank
   by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof
   thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or
   similar proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the
   payment of the Note or Notes held by such Bank any amount in excess of its
   ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect
   to the Notes held by all of the Banks, such Bank will make such
   disposition and arrangements with the other Banks with respect to such
   excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims,
   subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Bank receiving in respect
   of the Notes held by its proportionate payment as contemplated by this
   Credit Agreement; provided that if all or any part of such excess payment
   is thereafter recovered from such Bank, such disposition and arrangements
   shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery,
   but without interest.

     THE AGENT.  

            Authorization.  

          The Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of each of
   the Banks and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and under any
   of the other Loan Documents and any related documents delegated to the
   Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto,
   provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed herein
   or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Agent.  The
   relationship between the Agent and the Banks is and shall be that of agent
   and principal only, and nothing contained in this Credit Agreement or any
   of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to constitute the Agent as
   a trustee for any Bank.

            Employees and Agents.  

          The Agent may exercise its powers and execute its duties by or
   through employees or agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on,
   advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and
   duties under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

            No Liability.  

          Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders, directors, officers
   or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their duties nor any
   agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver, consent or
   approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good faith
   by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in
   connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences
   of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Agent or
   such other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its
   willful misconduct or gross negligence.

            No Representations.  

          The Agent shall not be responsible for the execution or validity or
   enforceability of this Credit Agreement, the Notes, any of the other Loan
   Documents or any instrument at anytime constituting, or intended to
   constitute, collateral security for the Notes, or for the value of any
   such collateral security or for the validity, enforceability or
   collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the Notes, or for
   any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made herein or
   in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument
   hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower, or be bound to
   ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the
   terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or in any instrument at
   any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for
   the Notes or to inspect any of the properties, books or records of the
   Guarantor or the Borrower.  The Agent shall not be bound to ascertain
   whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the
   Borrower or any holder of any of the Notes shall have been duly authorized
   or is true, accurate and complete.  The Agent has not made nor does it now
   make any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it
   assume any liability to the Banks, with respect to the credit worthiness
   or financial conditions of the Guarantor or the Borrower.  Each Bank
   acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the
   Agent or any other Bank, and based upon such information and documents as
   it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to
   enter into this Credit Agreement.

            Payments.  

                 Payments to Agent.  

               A payment by the Borrower to the Agent hereunder or any of the
          other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank shall constitute a
          payment to such Bank.  The Agent agrees promptly to distribute to
          each Bank such Bank's pro rata share of payments received by the
          Agent for the account of the Banks except as otherwise expressly
          provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.

                 Distribution by Agent.  

               If in the opinion of the Agent the distribution of any amount
          received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Notes or under
          any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability, it
          may refrain from making distribution until its right to make
          distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent
          jurisdiction.  If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge
          that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be
          repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been
          made shall either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the
          amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such
          manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

                 Delinquent Banks.  

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
          Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Bank that
          fails (a) to make available to the Agent its pro rata share of any
          Advance or (b) to comply with the provisions of Section 14 hereof
          with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other
          Banks, where such Bank's share of any payment received, whether by
          setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such
          payments due and to payable to all of the Banks, in each case as,
          when and to the full extent required by the provisions of this
          Credit Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent (a "Delinquent Bank")
          and shall be deemed a Delinquent Bank until such time as such
          delinquency is satisfied.  A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to
          have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower,
          whether on account of Outstanding Advances, interest, fees or
          otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent Banks for application to,
          and reduction of, their respective pro rata shares of all
          Outstanding Advances.  The Delinquent Bank hereby authorizes the
          Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Banks in
          proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all Outstanding
          Advances.  A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in
          full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the
          assigned payments to all Outstanding Advances of the nondelinquent
          Banks, the Banks' respective pro rata shares of all Outstanding
          Advances have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such
          delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing
          such delinquency.

            Holders of Notes.  

          The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the absolute
   owner thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been furnished
   in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent holder.

            Indemnity.  

          The Banks ratably agree hereby to indemnify and hold harmless the
   Agent from and against any and all claims, actions and suits (whether
   groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs, expenses (including any
   expenses for which the Agent has not been reimbursed by the Borrower as
   required by Section 16 hereof), and liabilities of every nature and
   character arising out of or related to this Credit Agreement, the Notes,
   or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated or
   evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Agent's actions taken hereunder or
   thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be directly
   caused by the Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

            Agent as Bank.  

          In its individual capacity, FNBB shall have the same obligations
   and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its Commitment
   and the Advances made by it, and as the holder of any of the Notes, as it
   would have were it not also the Agent.

            Resignation.  

          The Agent may resign at any time by giving sixty (60) days prior
   written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower.  Upon any such
   resignation, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a
   successor Agent.  Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
   and be continuing, such successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to
   the Borrower.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
   Majority Banks and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30)
   days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the
   retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent,
   which shall be a financial institution having a rating of not less than A
   or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's Corporation.  Upon the acceptance
   of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor
   Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
   powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring
   Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. 
   After any retiring Agent's resignation, the provisions of this Credit
   Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its
   benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
   it was acting as Agent.

            Notification of Defaults and Events of Default.  

          Each Bank hereby agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a
   Default or an Event of Default, it shall promptly notify the Agent
   thereof.  The Agent hereby agrees that upon receipt of any notice under
   this Section 15.10 it shall promptly notify the other Banks of the
   existence of such Default or Event of Default.

     EXPENSES.  

          The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing
   and reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the
   other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) any taxes

   (including any interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the
   Agent or any of the Banks (other than taxes based upon the Agent's or any
   Bank's revenue, net income) on or with respect to the transactions
   contemplated by this Credit Agreement (the Borrower hereby agreeing to
   indemnify the Agent and each Bank with respect thereto), (c) the
   reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent's Special Counsel
   and any local counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with the
   preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and
   other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, and
   amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or
   hereunder, (d) the fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred
   by the Agent in connection with the preparation, administration or
   interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned
   herein, including all surveyor, engineering and appraisal charges, (e) all
   reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable
   attorneys' fees and costs, and reasonable consulting, accounting,
   appraisal, investment banking and similar professional fees and charges,
   and any fees and costs of marine consultants or the Construction
   Inspector) incurred by any Bank or the Agent in connection with (i) the
   enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents
   against the Guarantor or the Borrower or the administration thereof after
   the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation,
   proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way
   related to any Bank's or the Agent's relationship with the Guarantor or
   the Borrower and (f) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of
   any Bank or the Agent incurred in connection with UCC searches, UCC
   filings or mortgage recordings.  The covenants of this Section 16 shall
   survive payment or satisfaction of payment of amounts owing with respect
   to the Notes.

     INDEMNIFICATION.  

          The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and
   the Banks from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether
   groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities,
   losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of
   this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the
   transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation, (a) any
   actual or proposed use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any of the
   Advances (b) the Guarantor or the Borrower entering into or performing
   this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or (c) with
   respect to the Guarantor or the Borrower and their respective properties
   and assets, the violation of any Environmental Law, the presence,
   disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, release
   or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances or any action, suit,
   proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to any
   Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to claims with respect to
   wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property), in each case
   including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
   counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or
   other proceeding.  In litigation, or the preparation therefor, the Banks
   and the Agent shall be entitled to select their own counsel and, in
   addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower agrees to pay promptly
   the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  If, and to the extent
   that the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 17 are
   unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower hereby agrees to make the
   maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations
   which is permissible under applicable law.  The covenants contained in
   this Section 17 shall survive payment of satisfaction in full of all other
   obligations.

     SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.  

          All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made
   herein, in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any
   documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor or
   the Borrower pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by
   the Banks and the Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or
   hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Banks
   of the Advances, as herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force
   and effect so long as any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the
   Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains Outstanding or any Bank
   has any obligation to make any Advances, and for such further time as may
   be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement.  All statements
   contained in any certificate or other paper delivered to any Bank or the
   Agent at any time by or on behalf of the Guarantor or the Borrower
   pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby
   shall constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower or such
   Subsidiary hereunder.

     ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.  

            Conditions to Assignment by Banks.  

          Except as provided herein, each Bank may assign to one or more
   Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and
   obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its
   Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of the Advances
   at the time owing to it) and the Notes held by it; provided that (a) each
   of the Agent and the Borrower shall have given its prior written consent
   to such assignment, which consent, in the case of the Borrower, will not
   be unreasonably withheld, (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant,
   and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Bank's rights and
   obligations under this Credit Agreement, (c) each assignment shall be in
   an amount that is a whole multiple of $3,000,000, and (d) the parties to
   such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for recording in
   the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance,
   substantially in the form of Exhibit N hereto (an "Assignment and
   Acceptance"), together with any Notes subject to such assignment.  Upon
   such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the
   effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which
   effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days after the
   execution thereof, (a) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
   and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the
   rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder, and (b) the assigning Bank
   shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the
   Agent of the registration fee referred to in Section 19.3 hereof, be
   released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement.

            Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants.  

          By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
   parties to the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other
   and the other parties hereto as follows:

               (a)  other than the representation and warranty that it is the
          legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby
          free and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no
          representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no
          responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
          representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement
          or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
          sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
          hereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of any security
          interest or mortgage;

               (b)  the assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty
          and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial
          condition of the Guarantors, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or
          any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any
          of the Obligations, or the performance or observance by the
          Guarantor, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person
          primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
          Obligations of any of their obligations under this Credit Agreement
          or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or
          document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

               (c)  such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
          this Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent
          financial statements referred to in Section 7.4 and Section 8.4 and
          such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate
          to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
          Assignment and Acceptance;

               (d)  such assignee will, independently and without reliance
          upon the assigning Bank, the Agent or any other Bank and based on
          such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
          time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
          taking action under this Credit Agreement;

               (e)  such assignee represents and warrants that it is an
          Eligible Assignee;

               (f)  such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take
          such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
          under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are
          delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together
          with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

               (g)  such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance
          with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this
          Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank; and

               (h)  such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
          authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance.

            Register.  

          The Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance
   delivered to it and a register or similar list (the "Register") for the
   recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment
   Percentage of, and principal amount of the Construction Loan owing to the
   Banks from time to time.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive,
   in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the
   Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a
   Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement.  The Register
   shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks at any
   reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon
   each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees to pay to the Agent a
   registration fee in the sum of $3,000.

            New Notes.  

          Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the
   parties to such assignment, together with each Note subject to such
   assignment, the Agent shall (a) record the information contained therein
   in the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and
   the Banks (other than the assigning Bank).  Within five (5) Business Days
   after receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall
   execute and deliver to the Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Note, a
   new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the
   amount assumed by such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and
   Acceptance and, if the assigning Bank has retained some portion of its
   obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Bank in an
   amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.  Such new Notes shall
   provide that they are replacements for the surrendered Notes, shall be in
   an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
   the surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such
   Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form
   of the assigned Notes.  Within five (5) days of issuance of any new Notes
   pursuant to this Section 19.4, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of
   counsel, addressed to the Banks and the Agent, relating to the due
   authorization, execution and delivery of such new Notes and the legality,
   validity and binding effect thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to
   the Banks.  The surrendered Notes shall be cancelled and returned to the
   Borrower.

            Participations.  

          Each Bank may sell participations to one or more banks or other
   entities in all or a portion of such Bank's rights and obligations under
   this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (a) each
   such participation shall be in an amount of not less than $3,000,000 (b)
   any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties of
   the selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower and (c) the only rights granted
   to the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with
   respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents
   shall be the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that
   would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on any Construction
   Advances, extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of such
   Bank as it relates to such participant, reduce the amount of any
   commitment fees to which such participant is entitled or extend any
   regularly scheduled payment date for principal or interest.

            Disclosure.  

          Each of the Guarantors and the Borrower agrees that in addition to
   disclosures made in accordance with standard and customary banking
   practices any Bank may disclose information obtained by such Bank pursuant
   to this Credit Agreement to assignees or participants and potential
   assignees or participants hereunder; provided that such assignees or
   participants or potential assignees or participants shall agree (a) to
   treat in confidence such information unless such information otherwise
   becomes public knowledge, (b) not to disclose such information to a third
   party, except as required by law or legal process and (c) not to make use
   of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to such
   contemplated assignment or participation.

            Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrower.  

          If any assignee Bank is an Affiliate of the Borrower, then any such
   assignee Bank shall have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any
   of the other Loan Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers
   or for purposes of agreeing to amendments or other modifications to any of
   the Loan Documents or for purposes of making requests to the Agent
   pursuant to Section 13.1 or Section 13.2 hereof, and the determination of
   the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other
   Loan Documents be made without regard to such assignee Bank's interest in
   any of the Construction Advances.  If any Bank sells a participating
   interest in any of the Construction Advances to a participant, and such
   participant is the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, then such
   transferor Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the sale of such
   participation.  A transferor Bank shall have no right to vote as a Bank
   hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for purposes of
   granting consents or waivers or for purposes of agreeing to amendments or
   modifications to any of the Loan Documents or for purposes of making
   requests to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1 or Section 13.2 hereof to
   the extent that such participation is beneficially owned by the Borrower
   or any Affiliate of the Borrower, and the determination of the Majority
   Banks shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan
   Documents be made without regard to the interest of such transferor Bank
   in the Construction Advances to the extent of such participation.

            Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions.  

          Any assigning Bank shall retain its rights to be indemnified
   pursuant to Section 16 hereof with respect to any claims or actions
   arising prior to the date of such assignment.  If any assignee Bank is not
   incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state
   thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees are
   payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for its
   account, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification as to its
   exemption from deduction or withholding of any United States federal
   income taxes.  If any Reference Bank transfers all of its interest, rights
   and obligations under this Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, in
   consultation with the Borrower and with the consent of the Borrower and
   the Majority Banks, appoint another Bank to act as a Reference Bank
   hereunder.  Anything contained in this Section 18 hereof to the contrary
   notwithstanding, any Bank may at any time pledge all or any portion of its
   interest and rights under this Credit Agreement (including all or any
   portion of its Notes) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized
   under Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 341.  No
   such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Bank from
   its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

            Assignment by Borrower.  

          The Guarantors and the Borrower shall not assign or transfer any of
   its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the
   prior written consent of each of the Banks.

     NOTICES, ETC.  

          Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement,
   all notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant
   to this Credit Agreement or the Notes shall be in writing and shall be
   delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or certified first
   class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, or sent by
   telegraph, telecopy, telefax or telex and confirmed by delivery via
   courier or postal service, addressed as follows:

               (a)  if to the Borrower or the Guarantor, at 500 Park Avenue,
          New York, New York  10021, Attention: Mr. John McCown, or at such
          other address for notice as the Borrower shall last have furnished
          in writing to the Person giving the notice;

               (b)  if to the Agent, at 100 Federal Street, Boston,
          Massachusetts 02110, USA, Attention: Daniel O'Connor, Director, or
          such other address for notice as the Agent shall last have
          furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice; and

               (c)  if to any Bank, at such Bank's address set forth on
          Schedule 1 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Bank
          shall have last furnished in writing to the Person giving the
          notice.

          Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given
   or made and to have become effective (a) if delivered by hand, overnight
   courier or facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is
   directed, at the time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the
   sending of such facsimile and (b) if sent by registered or certified
   first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third Business Day following the
   mailing thereof.

     GOVERNING LAW.  

          THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT
   AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED THEREIN, ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS
   OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE
   CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH
   OF MASSACHUSETTS (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF
   LAW).  EACH OF THE GUARANTOR AND THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE
   ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
   MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY
   FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
   OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON
   THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN Section 20 HEREOF.  EACH
   OF THE GUARANTOR AND THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY
   NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR
   THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

     HEADINGS.  

          The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of
   reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

     COUNTERPARTS.  

          This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in
   several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of
   which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of
   which together shall constitute one instrument.  In proving this Credit
   Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than
   one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is
   sought.

     ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.  

          The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection
   herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with
   respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  Neither this Credit
   Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or
   terminated, except as provided in Section 26 hereof.

     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  

          Each of the Guarantor and the Borrower hereby waives its right to a
   jury trial with respect to any action or claim arising out of any dispute
   in connection with this Credit Agreement, the Notes or any of the other
   Loan Documents, any rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder or the
   performance of such rights and obligations.  Except as prohibited by law,
   each of the Guarantor and the Borrower hereby waives any right it may have
   to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding
   sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any
   damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages.  Each of the
   Guarantor and the Borrower (a) certifies that no representative, agent or
   attorney of any Bank or the Agent has represented, expressly or otherwise,
   that such Bank or the Agent would not, in the event of litigation, seek to
   enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Agent and the
   Banks have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the other
   Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers
   and certifications contained herein.

     CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.  

          Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement,
   any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to
   be given by one or more or all of the Banks may be given, and any term of
   this Credit Agreement or of any other instrument related hereto or
   mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the
   Borrower or the Guarantor of any terms of this Credit Agreement or such
   other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may
   be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
   retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent
   of the Borrower and the written consent of the Majority Banks. 
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rate of interest on the Notes (other
   than interest accruing pursuant to Section 5.11.2 hereof following the
   effective date of any waiver by the Majority Banks of the Default or Event
   of Default relating thereto), the term of the Notes, the amount of the
   Commitments of the Banks, the amount of commitment fee hereunder and the
   release of Collateral with a value in excess of $1,000,000, may not be
   changed without the written consent of the Borrower and the written
   consent of each Bank affected thereby; the definition of Majority Banks
   may not be amended without the written consent of all of the Banks; and
   Section 15 hereof may not be amended without the written consent of the
   Agent.  No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly
   waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing or
   delay or omission on the part of either Bank in exercising any right shall
   operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto.  No
   notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to other
   or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

     SEVERABILITY.  

          The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any
   one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in
   whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or
   unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part
   thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such
   clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or
   provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit
   Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                                        KADAMPANATTU CORP.


                                        By: /s/ John D. McCown
                                        Name:  John D. McCown
                                        Title: President



                                        TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                        By: /s/ John D. McCown
                                        Name:  John D. McCown
                                        Title: Vice President



                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL
                                        BANK OF BOSTON, 
                                        individually and as Agent



                                        By: /s/ Daniel O'Connor
                                        Name:  Daniel O'Connor,
                                        Title: Director



                                                               EXHIBIT 10D(i)


                               FIRST AMENDMENT
                    TO CONSTRUCTION AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT


        First Amendment dated as of May 9, 1996 to Construction and Term Loan
   Agreement (the "First Amendment"), by and among KADAMPANATTU CORP., a
   Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), TRAILER BRIDGE, INC., a Delaware
   corporation (the "Guarantor"), THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON and the
   other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement
   (as hereinafter defined) (the "Banks") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
   BOSTON, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent"), amending
   certain provisions of the Construction and Term Loan Agreement dated as of
   October 13, 1995 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the "Credit
   Agreement") by and among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Banks and the
   Agent.  Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Credit
   Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.

        WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Banks and the Agent have
   agreed to modify certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement as
   specifically set forth in this First Amendment;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
   agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
   hereto hereby agree as follows:

        Section 1.   Amendment to Section 1 of the Credit Agreement. 
   Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
   definition of "Project Costs" in its entirety and restating it as follows:

             Project Costs.  The total cost to complete the Project,
        including the Contract Price, the costs and expenses under and
        associated with the Contract, architects' fees and miscellaneous fees
        and expenses as set forth in the Project Budget; provided, however,
        that in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Project Costs for
        (a) the Vessel known as the Jax-San Juan Bridge exceed $10,725,000
        and (b) the Vessel known as the San Juan-Jax Bridge exceed
        $10,550,000.

        Section 2.   Amendment to the Credit Agreement.  Schedule 1.1(b) of
   the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Schedule 1.1(b) in its
   entirety and substituting in place thereof the Schedule 1.1(b) attached
   hereto.

        Section 3.   Conditions to Effectiveness.  This First Amendment
   shall not become effective until the Agent receives the following:

        (a)  a counterpart of this First Amendment executed by the Borrower,
   the Guarantor, the Banks and the Agent; and

        (b)  corporate resolutions of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor
   authorizing the transactions contemplated by this First Amendment.

        Section 4.   Representations and Warranties.  Each of the Borrower
   and the Guarantor hereby repeats, on and as of the date hereof, each of
   the representations and warranties made by it in Section 7 of the Credit
   Agreement, provided, that all references therein to the Credit Agreement
   shall refer to such Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  In addition, each
   of the Borrower and the Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the
   execution and delivery by the Borrower and the Guarantor of this First
   Amendment and the performance by the Borrower and the Guarantor of all of
   their agreements and obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended
   hereby are within the corporate authority of each of the Borrower and the
   Guarantor and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
   on the part of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor.

        Section 5.   Ratification, Etc.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Credit Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements
   related thereto, including, but not limited to the Security Documents, are
   hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full
   force and effect.  The Credit Agreement and this First Amendment shall be
   read and construed as a single agreement.  All references in the Credit
   Agreement or any related agreement or instrument to the Credit Agreement
   shall hereafter refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

        Section 6.   No Waiver.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute
   a waiver of, impair or otherwise affect any Obligations, any other
   obligation of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any rights of the Agent or
   the Banks consequent thereon.

        Section 7.   Counterparts.  This First Amendment may be executed in
   one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
   which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        Section 8.   Governing Law.  THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
   MASSACHUSETTS (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF LAWS).

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First
   Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.

                                 KADAMPANATTU CORP.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  President


                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  Chairman


                                 THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                                     individually and as Agent


                                 By:  /s/ Daniel O'Connor
                                 Title:  Managing Director



                                 PREMIER BANK NA



                                 By:  /s/ Emile Dumesnil
                                 Title:  Vice President

   <PAGE>
                           RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

        The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the
   foregoing First Amendment as of May 9, 1996, and agrees that the Guaranty
   dated as of October 13, 1995 (as amended and in effect from time to time)
   from the Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and
   the Banks remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor confirms and
   ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.


                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  Chairman

   <PAGE>
                                Schedule 1.1(b)

                      Maximum Cumulative Advance Amounts

                                                             Maximum
                                                             Cumulative
    Milestone                                   Milestone    Advance
    No.         Milestone Event                 Amount       Amount


    1           Contract Signing                $1,030,000   $ 7,093,960

    2           Receipt of 1,000 short tons of  $  515,000   $ 8,123,960
                steel

    3           Receipt of additional 1,000     $  515,000   $ 9,153,960
                short tons of steel

    4           Receipt of remaining tons of    $  772,500   $10,698,960
                steel

    5           Complete fabrication of 500 ST  $  772,500   $12,243,960
                of panels

    6           Complete fabrication of 1,000   $  772,500   $13,788,960
                ST of panels

    7           Complete fabrication of 1,500   $  772,500   $15,333,960
                ST of panels

    8           Complete fabrication of 2,000   $  772,500   $16,878,960
                ST of panels

    9           Start erecting hull on shipway  $  772,500   $18,423,960

    10          Launch of hull module           $1,030,000   $20,483,960

    11          Begin cutting existing hull     $  515,000   $21,513,960

    12          Complete cutting existing hull  $  515,000   $22,543,960

    13          Begin inserting midbody         $  515,000   $23,573,960

    14          Complete inserting midbody      $  515,000   $24,603,960

    15          Redeliver completed vessel      $  515,000   $25,633,960

    16          Payment for final finishing     $  422,000   $26,055,960
                repairs on first Vessel

                                                $10,722,000
                                                for first
                                                Vessel and
                                                $10,300,000
                                                for second
                                                Vessel



                                                              EXHIBIT 10D(ii)


                             SECOND AMENDMENT
                   TO CONSTRUCTION AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT


        Second Amendment dated as of July 10, 1996 to Construction and Term
   Loan Agreement (the "Second Amendment"), by and among KADAMPANATTU CORP.,
   a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), TRAILER BRIDGE, INC., a Delaware
   corporation (the "Guarantor"), THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON and the
   other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement
   (as hereinafter defined) (the "Banks") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
   BOSTON, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent"), amending
   certain provisions of the Construction and Term Loan Agreement dated as of
   October 13, 1995 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the "Credit
   Agreement") by and among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Banks and the
   Agent.  Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Credit
   Agreement shall have the same respective meanings herein as therein.

        WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Banks and the Agent have
   agreed to modify certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement as
   specifically set forth in this Second Amendment;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
   agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
   the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
   hereto hereby agree as follows:

        Section 1.     Amendment to Section 1 of the Credit Agreement. 
   Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
   definition of "Project Costs" in its entirety and restating it as follows:

             Project Costs.  The total cost to complete the Project,
        including the Contract Price, the costs and expenses under and
        associated with the Contract, architects' fees and miscellaneous fees
        and expenses as set forth in the Project Budget; provided, however,
        that in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Project Costs for
        (a) the Vessel known as the Jax-San Juan Bridge exceed $10,725,000
        and (b) the Vessel known as the San Juan-Jax Bridge exceed
        $11,500,000.

        Section 2.     Amendment to the Credit Agreement.  Schedules 1 and
   1.1(b) of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting each of

   Schedule 1 and Schedule 1.1(b) in its entirety and substituting in place
   thereof the Schedule 1 and Schedule 1.1(b) attached hereto.

        Section 3.     Conditions to Effectiveness.  This Second Amendment
   shall not become effective until the Agent receives the following:

        (a)  a counterpart of this Second Amendment executed by the Borrower,
   the Guarantor, the Banks and the Agent;

        (b)  the duly executed replacement promissory notes payable to each
   of the Banks reflecting the increase in the Commitment of each Bank;

        (c)  an originally executed First Amendment to the Preferred Fleet
   Mortgage, such First Amendment to be in form and substance satisfactory to
   the Banks and the Agent, duly executed by the Borrower; and

        (d)  corporate resolutions of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor
   authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment.

        Section 4.     Representations and Warranties.  Each of the Borrower
   and the Guarantor hereby repeats, on and as of the date hereof, each of
   the representations and warranties made by it in Section 7 of the Credit
   Agreement, provided, that all references therein to the Credit Agreement
   shall refer to such Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  In addition, each
   of the Borrower and the Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the
   execution and delivery by the Borrower and the Guarantor of this Second
   Amendment and the performance by the Borrower and the Guarantor of all of
   their agreements and obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended
   hereby are within the corporate authority of each of the Borrower and the
   Guarantor and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
   on the part of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor.

        Section 5.     Ratification, Etc.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Credit Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements
   related thereto, including, but not limited to the Security Documents, are
   hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full
   force and effect.  The Credit Agreement and this Second Amendment shall be
   read and construed as a single agreement.  All references in the Credit
   Agreement or any related agreement or instrument to the Credit Agreement
   shall hereafter refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

        Section 6.     No Waiver.  Nothing contained herein shall constitute
   a waiver of, impair or otherwise affect any Obligations, any other
   obligation of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any rights of the Agent or
   the Banks consequent thereon.

        Section 7.     Counterparts.  This Second Amendment may be executed
   in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
   which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        Section 8.     Governing Law.  THIS SECOND AMENDMENT SHALL BE
   GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
   COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF LAWS).

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second
   Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.

                                 KADAMPANATTU CORP.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  President


                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  Chairman


                                 THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                                     individually and as Agent


                                 By:  /s/ Daniel O'Connor
                                 Title:  Managing Director



                                 BANK ONE, LOUISIANA N.A.


                                 By:  /s/ Emile Dumesnil
                                 Title:  Vice President

   <PAGE>
                            RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

        The undersigned Guarantor hereby acknowledges and consents to the
   foregoing Second Amendment as of July __, 1996, and agrees that the
   Guaranty dated as of October 13, 1995 (as amended and in effect from time
   to time) from the Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
   Agent and the Banks remains in full force and effect, and the Guarantor
   confirms and ratifies all of its obligations thereunder.


                                 TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                 Title:  Chairman

   <PAGE>
                                  Schedule 1


                                                                  Commitment
             Bank                         Commitment              Percentage

        The First National Bank
           of Boston                      $15,900,000                 60%

        Bank One Louisiana, N.A.          $10,600,000                 40%

   <PAGE>
                                 Schedule 1.1(b)

   Maximum Cumulative Advance Amounts

                                                                   Maximum
                                                                  Cumulative
         Milestone                                  Milestone      Advance
         No.          Milestone Event                Amount        Amount

           1       Contract Signing                 $1,030,000    $ 7,093,960

           2       Receipt of 1,000 short tons of   $  515,000    $ 8,123,960
                   steel

           3       Receipt of additional 1,000      $  515,000    $ 9,153,960
                   short tons of steel

           4       Receipt of remaining tons of     $  772,500    $10,698,960
                   steel

           5       Complete fabrication of 500 ST   $  772,500    $12,243,960
                   of panels

           6       Complete fabrication of 1,000    $  772,500    $13,788,960
                   ST of panels

           7       Complete fabrication of 1,500    $  772,500    $15,333,960
                   ST of panels

           8       Complete fabrication of 2,000    $  772,500    $16,878,960
                   ST of panels

           9       Start erecting hull on shipway   $  772,500    $18,423,960

           10      Launch of hull module            $1,030,000    $20,483,960

           11      Begin cutting existing hull      $  515,000    $21,513,960

           12      Complete cutting existing hull   $  515,000    $22,543,960

           13      Begin inserting midbody          $  515,000    $23,573,960

           14      Complete inserting midbody       $  515,000    $24,603,960

           15      Redeliver completed vessel       $  515,000    $25,633,960

           16      Payment for final finishing      $  422,000    $26,055,960
                   repairs on first Vessel

           17      Payment for certain finishing    $  515,000    $26,570,960
                   repairs on second Vessel

           18      Payment for final finishing      $  515,000    $27,085,960
                   repairs on second Vessel

           19      Miscellaneous Change Orders      $  580,000    $27,665,960

                                                    $10,722,000
                                                    for first
                                                    Vessel and
                                                    $11,330,00
                                                    for second
                                                    Vessel



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10E

                                  February 28, 1997


   Mr. John D. McCown
   Trailer Bridge, Inc.
   500 Park Avenue, 5th Floor
   New York, New York 10022

   Dear Mr. McCown:

        Re:  Secured Term Loan Facility

        We are pleased to confirm that The First National Bank of Boston (the
   "Bank of Boston") has agreed to extend credit to Trailer Bridge, Inc. (the
   "Company") in the form of a committed Chattel Mortgage Line of Credit (the
   "Line of Credit") for term loans (collectively the "Term Loans") made from
   time to time during the period specified below to finance the acquisition
   of new over-the-road tractors (the "Equipment").  Subject to the Company's
   satisfaction of the conditions to lending herein, the Bank of Boston will
   lend the Company Term Loans in an original principal amount not to exceed
   $7,100,000.  The Line of Credit will remain available for drawdown for a
   period from the date of this Agreement (the "Closing Date") through
   December 31, 1997 (the "Availability Period"), provided no Default or
   Event of Default exists.  If a Default or Event of Default occurs prior to
   the expiration of the Availability Period, any unused portion of the
   credit hereunder shall terminate and the Bank of Boston shall be relieved
   of any and all obligations to make Term Loans to the Company.  No
   termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve the Company of any of
   its obligations hereunder or under the Notes.

        The Company may request Term Loans during the Availability Period by
   giving the Bank of Boston written notice of such request not later than
   10:00 a.m. (Boston time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the
   proposed drawdown date of such Term Loan, specifying the amount of the
   Term Loan requested, and the interest rate election (including interest
   period selected, if applicable) of the Company with respect thereto.  Each
   such request, including the related interest rate election (including
   interest period selected, if applicable) shall be irrevocable.  Each
   request for a Term Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by
   the Company that all representations and warranties herein and in the
   Notes were true and correct when made and continue to be true and correct
   on the proposed drawdown date, all conditions to lending have been met and
   that no Default (as defined in the Notes) or Event of Default (as defined
   in the Notes) exists hereunder, under the Notes (as hereinafter defined)
   or under the Guaranty (as hereinafter defined).  Each Term Loan will be
   secured by a first priority security interest in the Equipment acquired
   with the proceeds of such loan and will be cross-collateralized with the
   other Term Loans by all Equipment acquired with proceeds of Term Loans. 
   In addition to standard terms and conditions applicable to all Term Loans,
   we will require that certain other conditions set forth below be satisfied
   prior to the making of each Term Loan.

        1.  Payments and Interest Rate.  Each Term Loan will be in the amount
   requested by the Company, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, but
   in no event may the principal amount of a Term Loan exceed one hundred
   percent (100%) of the lesser of the net book value on the Company's books
   in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the
   Equipment being financed, or the purchase price of the Equipment being
   financed.  Each Term Loan will be evidenced by a separate Secured
   Commercial Promissory Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
   hereto (each a "Note," collectively the "Notes") delivered to the Bank of
   Boston at the time of each request.  The principal amount of each Term
   Loan will be payable in thirty-six (36) consecutive monthly installments,
   the first thirty-five of which shall each be in an amount equal to two
   percent (2%) of the original principal amount of such Term Loan, and the
   final installment shall be in the remaining outstanding principal amount,
   payable on the first business day of each month, with a final maturity
   three (3) years from the date of drawdown.  Accrued interest will be
   payable in arrears on the first day of each month for the preceding month. 
   You hereby authorize the Bank of Boston to charge your demand deposit
   account with the Bank of Boston directly for all such payments of
   principal and interest. The Bank of Boston will maintain corresponding
   records of debits and credits as evidence of payments received under the
   Notes that, absent manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding.

        At the election of the Company, interest will accrue at (a) the Bank
   of Boston's Base Rate, (b) a rate of one and four tenths percent (1.4%)
   above the Bank of Boston's Eurodollar Rate, as adjusted for reserve
   requirements, for interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, provided, that
   Eurodollar Rate interest periods may only be selected to end on the first
   day of any month, and not more than eight (8) Eurodollar Rate interest
   periods may be in effect at any time in the aggregate with respect to all
   of the Term Loans, or (c) a Fixed Rate of one and four tenths percent
   (1.4%) above the Bank of Boston's cost of funds (as determined by the Bank
   of Boston in its sole discretion), for interest periods of up to three (3)
   years.  Interest will be computed on the basis of 360-day year and 30-day
   months and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

        2.  Collateral and Guaranty Requirements.  Each Term Loan will be
   secured by the grant of a first priority security interest in the
   Equipment being acquired with the proceeds of such Term Loan and all
   Equipment acquired with the proceeds of the other Term Loans pursuant to
   the security provisions contained in the Notes.  Such security interest
   will also be evidenced by the delivery of the applicable certificate of
   title for each piece of Equipment to the Bank of Boston with the lien of
   the Bank of Boston noted on each such certificate.  The Term Loans will be
   cross-collateralized by all of such Equipment.

        The Term Loans will be guaranteed by an unlimited guaranty from
   Kadampanattu Corp. (the "Guarantor") substantially in the form of Exhibit 
   B attached hereto (the "Guaranty") delivered to the Bank of Boston on the
   Closing Date.

        3.  Basic Documentation Requirements.  Concurrent with the
   establishment of this Line of Credit, you must deliver to the Bank of
   Boston the following:

        (i)   this Line Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Company;

        (ii)  the Guaranty duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor;

        (iii) Corporate Borrowing Resolutions of the Company and the Guarantor;

        (iv)  a Secretary's Certificate with respect to charter documents,
   by-laws, corporate proceedings, incumbency and signatures of the Company
   and the Guarantor;

        (v)   Good Standing Certificate of the Company and the Guarantor; and

        (vi)  an opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor in form
   and substance satisfactory to the Bank of Boston.

        Prior to our making each Term Loan under this Line of Credit you will
   deliver to the Bank of Boston the following:

        (i)   the applicable Note duly executed and delivered by the Company;

        (ii)  the manufacturer's statement of origin with respect to the
   Equipment being acquired;

        (iii) the original invoice with respect to such Equipment;

        (iv)  the original certificate of title with respect to such
   Equipment, with the lien of the Bank of Boston duly noted thereon; or if
   the certificate is not yet available, a copy of the duly executed (and
   acknowledged, if necessary) application for the certificate of title,
   indicating the Bank of Boston's lien, in proper form for registration;

        (v)   Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements with respect to
   such Equipment; and

        (vi)  a certificate of insurance with respect to such Equipment
   showing the Bank of Boston as loss payee and additional insured.

   If the certificate of title with the Bank of Boston's lien noted thereon
   referred to in clause (iv) is not available on the drawdown date of the
   applicable Term Loan, the Company shall deliver the same to the Bank of
   Boston within forty-five (45) days after the disbursement of such Term
   Loan.

        4.  Financial and other Reporting.  You agree that, so long as any
   obligations remain outstanding  hereunder or under any Note, you will
   provide the following:

        (i)   as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45)
   days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
   fiscal year, the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the
   Company and the Guarantor and their subsidiaries as of the end of, and the
   related consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings and
   consolidated and consolidating statements of cash flow for, such quarter,
   in each case certified by the principal financial officer of the Company;

        (ii)  as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days
   after the end of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of the
   Company and the Guarantor and their subsidiaries as of the end of, and the
   related consolidated statements of earnings and consolidated statements of
   cash flow for, such year, in each case, accompanied by a report and
   unqualified opinion of an independent certified public accountant
   reasonably satisfactory to the Bank of Boston;

        (iii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial
   statements referred to in subsections (i) and (ii) above, a statement
   certified by the principal financial officer of the Company in
   substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (each a "Compliance
   Certificate");

        (iv)  promptly upon request of the Bank of Boston from time to time,
   such evidence of registration and licensing of the equipment as the Bank
   of Boston may request; and

        (v)   promptly upon request of the Bank of Boston from time to time,
   such other financial information regarding the Company and its
   subsidiaries and the Guarantor and its subsidiaries as the Bank of Boston
   may reasonably request.

   All financial statements required hereunder shall be in reasonable detail
   and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
   applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.  The Company will also
   provide access to its facilities, books and records and collateral to the
   Bank of Boston and its employees and agents for the purposes of performing
   periodic commercial finance and credit examinations and collateral
   examinations.

        5.  Expenses.  You agree to pay or reimburse the Bank of Boston for
   all reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees of outside counsel or
   the allocated costs of in-house counsel and fees and expenses of brokers,
   appraisers, accountants, consultants and other professionals and experts)
   incurred or paid in connection with the preparation, interpretation,
   amendment, administration or enforcement of this Line Agreement, the
   Notes, or any other documents delivered in connection with the Term Loans,
   and the costs of periodic commercial finance and credit examinations which
   may be performed by the Bank of Boston from time to time.

        6.  Notices.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Line
   Agreement or the Notes, all notices and other communications made or
   required to be given pursuant to this Line Agreement or the Notes shall be
   in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States
   registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by
   overnight courier, or sent by facsimile and confirmed by delivery via
   courier, facsimile or postal service, addressed as follows:

        (a)  if to the Company, at (i) 500 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York,
   New York 10022, Attention: John D. McCown and (ii) 9550 Regency Square
   Boulevard, Suite 500, Jacksonville, Florida 32225, Attention:  Mark A.
   Tanner, Vice President - Finance, or at such other addresses for notice as
   the Company shall have furnished in writing to the Bank of Boston;

        (b)  if to the Bank , at 100 Federal Street, 01-08-01, Boston,
   Massachusetts 02110, Attention:  Transportation Division, or such other
   address for notice as the Bank of Boston shall have last furnished in
   writing to the Company.

   Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made
   and to have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier
   or facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is
   directed, at the time of receipt thereof by such officer or the sending of
   such facsimile and (ii) if sent by registered or certified first-class
   mail, postage prepaid, on the third Business Day following the mailing
   thereof.

        7.   Miscellaneous.  This Line Agreement shall be governed by and
   construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
   Massachusetts.  This Line Agreement may be executed in several
   counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which
   when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which
   shall constitute one agreement.  In proving this Line Agreement it shall
   not be necessary to account for more than one such counterpart signed by
   the party to be charged.  This Line Agreement together with the related
   Notes and Guaranty express the entire understanding of the parties with
   respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  Neither this Line
   Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, terminated or
   discharged except in a writing executed by the Bank of Boston.

        If you agree with the foregoing, please execute and return the
   enclosed copy of this Line Agreement whereupon it will become a binding
   contract executed under seal between you and the Bank of Boston as of the
   Closing Date.

                                      Sincerely,

                                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON


                                      By:  /s/ Lisa W. Pattinson
                                      Title:  Vice President



   CONSENTED AND AGREED TO
   as of February 28, 1997:

   TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


   By: /s/ John D. McCown
   Title:  Chairman

   Enclosures



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10F

                  VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR TWO VESSELS

   THIS CONTRACT is entered into as of this 30th day of December 1996 (the
   "Contract Date") between Halter of Louisiana, Inc., a corporation
   organized and existing under the laws of the state of  Louisiana (the
   "Builder"), Halter Marine Group, Inc., a corporation organized and
   existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the "Guarantor") and
   Coastal Ship, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
   the state of Delaware (together with its successors and assigns, the
   "Purchaser").

   WITNESSETH:

   WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to have Builder construct two 408'9" x 100'
   container deck barges (the "Vessels") at Builder's (or its affiliates')
   shipyards in Pearlington, Mississippi, Gulfport, Mississippi and New
   Orleans, Louisiana in accordance with this Contract; and

   WHEREAS, Builder's performance under this Contract will be guaranteed by
   the Guarantor; and 

   WHEREAS, Purchaser will finance such construction pursuant to a
   Construction and Term Loan Agreement to come from a bank or other
   financial institution under terms acceptable to Purchaser in its sole
   discretion  and to be entered into upon receipt of a Title XI guaranty
   commitment from the United States Maritime Administration under terms
   acceptable to Purchaser in its sole discretion (the "Loan Agreement").
   This Contract is conditioned upon execution of a Loan Agreement that is
   satisfactory in all respects to the Purchaser.  The initial payment under
   this contract shall be due in accordance with this Agreement by Purchaser
   to Builder within three days of execution of the Loan Agreement and the
   delivery and payment schedules of the Vessels shall be determined based on
   the date of that initial payment (the "Effective Date").  

   WHEREAS, Builder is willing to construct the Vessels for the consideration
   and under the other terms and provisions called for by this Contract and
   the Intercreditor Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

   NOW, THEREFORE, Purchaser and Builder agree as follows:

   ARTICLE I - DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

   Builder, for and in consideration of the obligations of Purchaser
   hereinafter set forth, agrees to build, equip, and complete, free and
   clear of any liens, claims and encumbrances, the Vessels, in accordance
   with the Contract Documents (as hereinafter defined).  Purchaser and
   Builder acknowledge that certain portions of the construction of the
   Vessels will be performed at the Gulf Coast Fabrication, Inc. shipyard in
   Pearlington, Mississippi, the Halter Marine Shipyard in Gulfport,
   Mississippi and Equitable Shipyard in New Orleans, Louisiana all owned by
   affiliates of Builder (collectively, "Builder's Yard").  As set forth on
   Exhibit "A" to this Contract, "Contract Documents" are defined as: (a)
   This Contract; (b) Specifications, dated December 26, 1996 (Exhibit "A-1"
   to this Contract); and the Contract Guidance Drawings (the "Drawings")
   listed on Exhibit "A" to this Contract.

   Except for any Purchaser-furnished equipment as may be listed in the
   Contract Documents, Builder agrees to furnish all plant, labor, tools,
   equipment, dry docks and material necessary for the construction of the
   Vessels. The construction of the Vessels shall be performed in a
   workmanlike manner pursuant to the standards commonly obtained in first
   class shipyards and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
   Documents.

   Purchaser and Builder acknowledge that the Vessels shall be constructed
   according to the design, specifications and engineering provided by
   Purchaser, its contractors (except Builder), subcontractors, employees,
   agents or architects as set forth in the Contract Documents (the
   "Purchaser's Design") as approved by the American Bureau of Shipping (the
   "Classification Society').  Builder shall have no responsibility
   whatsoever for the adequacy or suitability of such design.

   The Vessels shall meet the applicable requirements of the regulatory
   bodies as set forth in the Contract Documents and, to the extent required
   by the Contract Documents, certificates evidencing the required compliance
   of the Vessels shall be furnished by Builder to Purchaser.  Builder shall
   indicate to Purchaser any changes from the Contract Guidance Drawings and
   shall furnish Purchaser with a full list of all such changes to Purchaser.
   Builder shall be responsible for any required stability test(s) and
   related activities necessary for securing the stability letter, all at
   Builder's cost and expense.

   Decisions of the Classification Society as to compliance or non-compliance
   with classification rules shall be binding and final upon both parties
   hereto, provided that Builder shall appeal any decision of the
   Classification Society as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser, at
   Purchaser's sole cost and expense.  Disputes arising prior to delivery of

   each of the Vessels to Purchaser and concerning the Specifications,
   Drawings and other technical disputes related to the construction of the
   Vessels shall be resolved as set forth in this paragraph. Builder and
   Purchaser shall each appoint an impartial, disinterested arbitrator and
   such arbitrators shall select a third impartial, disinterested arbitrator
   (collectively the "Technical Arbitrators") and the Technical Arbitrators
   shall then promptly arbitrate such dispute. Any expense of the Technical
   Arbitrators (excluding attorneys' fees) in connection with the resolution
   of such technical disputes shall be paid by the party against whom the
   adverse decision was rendered.

   The Vessels shall also comply with the rules, regulations and requirements
   of other regulatory bodies as described in the Contract Documents in
   effect as of the Effective Date, including but not limited to the rules
   and regulations of the United States Coast Guard (hereinafter "Coast
   Guard") applicable to documented United States vessels of the same type as
   the Vessels. Decisions by the Coast Guard or other such regulatory bodies
   as to the compliance or non-compliance with respect to the respective
   rules, regulations and requirements of such bodies shall be final and
   binding upon both parties, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent
   either party from exercising its right of appeal on petition to such body
   in respect of its decision. 

   All fees and charges in compliance incidental to the classification of the
   Vessels and compliance with the above referred rules shall be paid as
   follows: (A) Builder shall be responsible for inspection by such
   Classification Society, the Coast Guard, and other regulatory bodies,
   including reasonable travel expenses of the inspectors, (B) Purchaser
   shall be responsible for all drawing review fees, costs and expenses of
   the Classification Society.

   Builder recognizes that compliance of the Vessels with the rules and
   regulations of the Coast Guard and the Classification Society is essential
   to Purchaser, and agrees accordingly that this Contract and the Contract
   Documents shall be construed without reference to any other rules or
   regulations, it being the intent of this provision that the standards to
   which the Vessels are to be built are those agreed upon by the Purchaser
   and Builder in this Contract and the other Contract Documents.

   In the event that after the Effective Date, any requirements as to class,
   or as to rules and regulations (or any interpretation or application
   thereof) to which the construction of the Vessels is required to conform
   are altered or changed by the Classification Society, the Coast Guard, or
   other regulatory bodies authorized to make such alterations or changes,
   the following provisions shall apply:

   a.  If such alterations or changes are compulsory for the Vessels, either 
   of the parties hereto, upon receipt of such information from the
   Classification Society, the Coast Guard, or such other regulatory bodies,
   shall promptly transmit the same to the other in writing, and the Builder
   shall thereupon incorporate such alterations or changes into the
   construction of the Vessels.  The Builder and Purchaser shall agree by
   means of a change order ("Change Order") to adjustments reasonably
   requested by Builder in the Contract Price, Delivery Date and other terms
   and conditions of this Contract and the Contract Documents relating to the
   performance of the Vessels occasioned by or resulting from such
   alterations or changes, it being understood that the cost increase or cost
   savings to be reflected in such Change Order are to reflect the agreed
   costs, as set forth in the rate schedule in Article IV hereof, to the
   Builder, or savings, as the case may be, resulting from such alterations
   or changes.  If Purchaser and Builder do not so agree, then Purchaser and
   Builder shall promptly submit the matter of such adjustment to arbitration
   in accordance with Article XIX hereof, but in any event, Builder shall
   promptly incorporate such changes or alterations into the Vessels without
   awaiting the result of any such arbitration, provided that Purchaser shall
   promptly deliver such Change Order in accordance with Article IV of this
   Contract specifically indicating the basis for any disagreement as to
   price or time of redelivery.  Should Purchaser not (i) deliver such Change
   Order submitted by Builder, or (ii) submit such matter to arbitration,
   within fourteen (14) days of receipt from Builder of a compulsory Change
   Order, such Change Order shall be deemed effective against Purchaser with
   no further action by Builder.

   b.  If such alterations or changes are not compulsory for the Vessel but 
   the Purchaser desires to incorporate such alterations or changes into the
   construction of the Vessels, then, Purchaser shall notify Builder of such
   intention by means of a standard Change Order as provided Article IV of
   this Contract.

   Purchaser and Builder acknowledge that the Vessels shall be constructed
   according to the Purchaser's design and Specifications and that the
   Contract Price has been determined based on the Purchaser's Design and
   Specifications meeting the rules and regulations of the Classification
   Society, the Coast Guard and other regulatory bodies.  Should the
   Purchaser's Design or equipment specified fail to meet the minimum
   requirement of the Classification Society, the Coast Guard, or other
   regulatory bodies with respect to the structural steel requirements of the
   Vessel only (any such failure, an "Original Design Change"), and require
   alterations or additions to the Vessels whereby the cost of the  Vessels
   is increased or decreased and/or the time required for completion for the 
   Vessels is increased or decreased and Builder notifies Purchaser of such

   Original Design Change, prior to the later of (i) two (2) months after
   receipt of approval by the Classification Society of the preliminary
   structural drawings or (ii) four (4) months after the Effective Date,
   Purchaser shall authorize, and pay for, if an increase, or receive a
   reduction if a decrease, as a Change Order under this Contract, any such
   alterations, additions, outfit and/or equipment, and shall grant Builder
   any extension of the Date of Delivery, as hereinafter defined, as may be
   required to comply with any such regulatory change.  

   Should Change Orders directly related to such Original Design Changes
   aggregate an increase of more than one percent (1%) of the Contract Price,
   Purchaser shall have the right, at its option and upon ten (10) days
   notice to Builder, to elect to terminate this Contract by paying Builder
   all of Builder's actual direct costs (including a reasonable allocation of
   overhead and profit) to the date of such termination and all costs
   incurred for organizing and carrying out the stoppage of work on the
   Vessel, and the delivery to Purchaser of the work to date, if applicable,
   including yard overhead and general and administrative expenses incurred
   by Builder and any cancellation charges and penalties to Builder's
   subcontractors and suppliers.  Builder shall, not later than thirty (30)
   days after the date it notifies Purchaser of such a Change Order which,
   together with all previous Change Orders necessitated by Original Design
   Changes in the aggregate would have a cost exceeding said one percent (1%)
   of the Contract Price, specify to Purchaser an estimate of (i) the
   aggregate amount of its said actual direct costs, and (ii) costs incurred
   for organizing and carrying out the stoppage and delivery of work referred
   to in the preceding sentence.  

   Builder and Guarantor represent and warrant that each of them (i) are in
   good corporate standing in their respective states of incorporation (ii)
   has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution,
   delivery and performance of their respective obligations under this
   Contract and the Intercreditor Agreement (iii) has executed this Contract
   by officers properly authorized to do so, and (iv) are free to enter into
   this Contract without violating any restrictions in their certificate of
   incorporation, by-laws or any other agreements. Upon request of Purchaser,
   Builder and Guarantor will provide Purchaser with Officer's Certificates,
   Secretary's Certificates or other evidence of the same. Builder and
   Guarantor agree to immediately notify Purchaser and the Bank if any of the
   above representations and warranties cease to be true or are changed in
   any material respect. Guarantor, the parent company of Builder, hereby
   unconditionally guarantees the due and prompt performance of all of
   Builder's obligations hereunder as if such obligations were direct
   obligations of the Guarantor.

   All provisions, conditions or requirements contained in the Contract
   Documents and any other provision, condition or requirement inconsistent
   or in conflict with the provisions of this Contract are superseded by this
   Contract, it being the intent of the parties that the provisions of this
   Contract shall prevail.  If there is any conflict or inconsistency between
   the Drawings and Specifications, the Specifications shall control.

   Builder shall not employ any major subcontractor to perform the
   construction of the Vessels, whether initially or as a substitute without
   notice to Purchaser or against whom Purchaser shall have a reasonable
   objection.

   ARTICLE II - PRICE AND PAYMENT:

   Purchaser, in consideration of the obligation of Builder under this
   Contract, agrees to pay Builder the sum of  FIVE MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED
   SIXTY EIGHT THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND SIX AND NO/100 DOLLARS
   ($5,768,806.00) per Vessel, (hereinafter the "Contract Price") and a total
   of ELEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY SEVEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED TWELVE
   AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($11,537,612.00) for both Vessels.

   The schedule of payments to be made by Purchaser for each of the Vessels
   is set forth in Exhibit "A" to this Contract.  Within fifteen (15) days
   from the receipt of the initial payment from Purchaser, Builder shall
   deliver to Purchaser a preliminary production schedule (the "Preliminary
   Production Schedule") which includes milestone payments.  Should Builder
   believe that a revision to the Preliminary Production Schedule is
   required, Builder shall have the right to revise the Preliminary
   Production Schedule upon notice to Purchaser.

   In the event the initial payment due from Purchaser is not tendered to
   Builder in immediately available funds by the close of business on the
   third (3rd) business day after Purchaser has executed the Loan Agreement (
   the "Condition Precedent") or if the Condition Precedent is not satisfied
   within forty five (45) days of the Contract Signing Date, either party
   shall have the right to cancel this Contract, in which event neither
   Builder nor Purchaser shall have any further obligation to the other.  

   Builder shall submit invoices for each payment set forth on Exhibit "A"
   which payment shall be due and payable ten (10) days from the date of each
   such invoice, except for the initial payment from Purchaser, which is due
   as set forth above.  Builder may, in its discretion, charge Purchaser
   interest on any amounts hereunder, if not paid when due, at the rate of
   two and one half (2-1/2 %) percent per annum above the Chase Manhattan
   Bank prime rate (the "Agreed Interest Rate"), accruing from the date such
   amount is due until paid in full.  The full Contract Price for each
   Vessel, including any amounts or credits due for extras, change orders,
   other additional costs as provided in this Contract, and interest shall be
   paid in immediately available funds prior to the delivery of the Vessel to
   Purchaser.

   If any invoice for payment shall not be paid within five (5) days of the
   date when due, Builder may, in its discretion, suspend or reschedule
   progress of the construction of the Vessels with respect to either one or
   both of the Vessels (such right being in addition to any other right at
   law or in equity), and Purchaser shall then be obligated to Builder, in
   addition to other amounts becoming due hereunder, for any direct costs
   resulting from such suspension or rescheduling of the construction of the
   Vessels.  In addition to any other remedies available to Builder at law or
   in equity, Builder shall be entitled to terminate this Contract upon ten
   (10) days notice to Purchaser.  If Builder elects to terminate this
   Contract, Builder shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to (i)
   sue Purchaser for damages as a result of its breach and apply any deposits
   or other payments made hereunder toward those damages, or (ii) retain
   and/or obtain title to the  Vessels, free of any claim of Purchaser.

   ARTICLE III - TIME AND CONDITIONS OF DELIVERY:

   The Vessels, after required tests and trials, completed in accordance with
   the Contract Documents, shall be delivered to Purchaser, on or before the
   date set forth on Exhibit "A" (the "Date of Delivery"), or on such later
   date or dates as provided for in Articles I, II, IV and V hereof (the
   "Extended Date of Delivery").  Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of (i)
   final approval by the Classification Society of the structural drawings,
   and (ii) the initial payment due from the Purchaser, Builder shall provide
   Purchaser with a notice setting forth the initial Date of Delivery.

   Builder shall Deliver the Vessels to Purchaser safely afloat at the Gulf
   Coast Fabrication shipyard in Pearlington, Mississippi (the "Place of
   Delivery") or such other location as may be mutually agreed by Builder and
   Purchaser (the "Alternate Place of Delivery").  Upon delivery of each
   Vessel, Builder and Purchaser shall execute a Certificate of Delivery and
   Acceptance in the form of Exhibit "B" to this Contract.  The expenses of
   transporting the Vessels to the Place of Delivery shall be borne by and be
   the obligation of the Builder.  Should Purchaser desire to have any of the
   Vessels delivered at the Alternative Place of Delivery, Purchaser shall
   accept the Vessel and execute an Acceptance Certificate in the form of
   Exhibit "B-1" to this Contract (the "Acceptance Certificate") prior to
   Builder transporting the Vessel from the Place of Delivery to the
   Alternative Place of Delivery.  All costs and expenses of operating and/or
   transporting the Vessel to the Alternative Place of Delivery and
   delivering the Vessel at the Alternative Place of Delivery, including but
   not limited to all insurance premiums and taxes, shall be borne by and be
   the obligation of Purchaser.  If a Vessel is redelivered at the
   Alternative Place of Delivery, the Vessel shall be deemed delivered upon
   the execution of the Acceptance Certificate for purposes of determining
   the bonus payment to Builder or liquidated damages pursuant to this
   Contract.

   Builder shall furnish Purchaser on delivery of each Vessel a Bill of Sale,
   a Builder's Certificate and a Declaration of Warranty of the Builder that
   the Vessel is delivered to Purchaser free and clear of any liens, claims
   or other encumbrances upon the Purchaser's title thereto, and, in
   particular, that the Vessel is absolutely free of all liabilities of the
   Builder to its sub-contractors, employees, and crew, of all liabilities
   arising from the operation of the Vessel in trial runs, or otherwise,
   prior to delivery and acceptance, excepting only those liens arising by or
   through the acts of the Purchaser, together with any other documents as
   may be required by the Contract Documents.  Any cost or expense in
   connection with the documentation of the Vessels with (as opposed to
   inspection of the Vessels by) the U. S. Coast Guard or other governmental
   agency shall be paid by Purchaser.

   If completion and delivery of a Vessel shall be delayed beyond the Date of
   Delivery, or Extended Date of Delivery, it is agreed that Purchaser shall
   suffer damages which are difficult to ascertain, and the parties hereby
   agree that Purchaser shall sustain, and Builder agrees to pay, liquidated
   damages in the amount of THREE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($3,000.00) for
   each calendar day that delivery is delayed beyond the Date of Delivery or
   Extended Date of Delivery up to a maximum amount of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND
   AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($500,000.00) per Vessel for liquidated damages. 
   Purchaser's right to such liquidated damages shall be Purchaser's sole and
   exclusive remedy for damages or loss due to late delivery of the Vessel,
   and except as expressly provided herein, Purchaser specifically waives all
   other rights or remedies at law or in equity therefor.  Notwithstanding
   the foregoing, liquidated damages shall cease to accrue at such time that
   Builder tenders delivery of the Vessel if construction of the Vessel is
   fully completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, except for
   minor items which do not adversely affect the commercial utility or
   efficient and lawful operation of the Vessel and Builder has agreed to
   correct such minor items in a timely manner.

   Builder shall be entitled to a bonus payment of ONE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED
   AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,500.00) per day for each day that each Vessel is
   delivered in advance of the initial Date of Delivery, or the Extended Date
   of Delivery if such Date of Delivery is extended by an event of Force
   Majeure caused by Purchaser, Purchaser's contractors (except Builder),
   subcontractors, employees, architects or engineers, provided, however,
   Builder shall only be entitled to such bonus payment to the extent
   Purchaser takes delivery of the Vessel prior to the initial Date of
   Delivery or the extended Date of Delivery, as the case may be. Purchaser
   shall be under no obligation to accept delivery of the Vessel prior to the
   initial Date of Delivery.  Builder shall be entitled to such bonus
   payments based on any extension of the Date of Delivery stemming from any
   event of Force Majeure not caused by Purchaser only to the extent of fifty
   (50%) percent of the aggregate of such delay.

   If (i) Builder provides Purchaser with forty five (45) days notice of the
   date that Builder anticipates to deliver a Vessel, and (ii) the Vessel is
   not removed from the Place of Delivery or the Alternative Place of
   Delivery, as the case may be, within five (5) days of receipt of written
   notice that the Vessel is complete and available for delivery in
   accordance with the Contract Documents, Purchaser shall pay Builder either
   (A) FIVE HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS($500.00) per day for wharfage, if a
   berth is available at the Gulf Coast Fabrication shipyard Pearlington, or
   (B) the actual cost to hire a berth at another location, together with
   costs to relocate the Vessel to such berth, if a berth is not available at
   the Gulf Coast Fabrication shipyard, plus the cost of maintaining
   Builder's Risk Insurance on the Vessel beyond the date on which redelivery
   was available.  Should Purchaser fail to take delivery of a Vessel within
   twenty (20) days of receipt of written notice duly tendered in accordance
   herewith the Vessel is complete and available for redelivery in accordance
   with the Contract Documents, Purchaser shall be in default of this
   Contract, and Builder shall have the right to mitigate its damages and
   protect its rights and interests, including, but not limited to, the right
   to (i) sue for specific performance of this Contract; (ii) terminate this
   Contract upon ten (10) days notice to Purchaser; (iii) retain any deposits
   or other payments made hereunder toward Builder's damages; (iv) obtain
   and/or retain title to the Vessels (v) exercise its rights under any
   security interest, lien or privilege; and (vi) to sell the Vessels, upon
   commercially reasonable terms and conditions and apply any monies received
   as follows:

   a.  In the event of default by Purchaser of this Contract as above
   described, the Builder shall have full right and power either to complete
   or not to complete the Vessel as it deems fit, and to sell the Vessels at
   a public or private sale, upon five (5) days' prior notice to the
   Purchaser upon commercially reasonable terms and conditions.

   b.  In the event of the sale of any of the Vessels, the proceeds of the 
   sale received by the Builder shall be applied first to payment of all 
   expenses attending such sale and otherwise incurred by the Builder as 
   a result of the Purchaser's default, and then to payment of all unpaid 
   installments of the Contract Price plus interest on such installments 
   at the rate provided in Article II of this Contract from the respective 
   due dates to the date of application.

   Builder's exercise of the foregoing remedies, or any other remedies or
   rights, shall not be deemed a waiver or release by Builder of any other
   rights or remedies that Builder may have at law or in equity, including,
   but not limited to, the right to sue for any additional damages, costs,
   expenses or attorneys' fees incurred by Builder as a result of Purchaser's
   default.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary,
   should Purchaser default under the terms of this Contract, Builder shall
   have the option, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Contract with
   respect to any of the Vessels.

   Should the delivery of a Vessel to Purchaser be delayed in excess of
   ninety (90) days beyond the Date of Delivery or the Extended Date of
   Delivery, as the case may be, based on delay by Builder, upon payment to
   Builder of all progress payments then due to Builder and all costs
   incurred to date by Builder in connection with the construction of the
   Vessels that are not included in the milestone events that constitute the
   progress payments due to Builder, provided that such amounts shall not
   exceed that percentage of the Contract Price that is equal to the
   percentage completion of the  Vessels to date by Builder, Purchaser shall
   have right, at its option, to terminate this Contract by providing written
   notice to Builder and to have the Vessel completed by another shipyard. 
   If so requested by Purchaser, Builder shall (a) in the least expensive
   manner, complete all work required to permit the Vessel to be safely
   removed from Builder's Yard, (b) remove its employees, agents and
   contractors, together with their equipment, and render all necessary
   assistance to the Vessel in leaving Builder's Yard at the earliest moment
   convenient to Builder.  Once Purchaser has documented Purchaser's cost to
   complete the construction of the Vessels, Builder shall pay to Purchaser
   the difference, if any, between (a) Purchaser's reasonable auditable costs
   of completion, and (b) the Contract Price, as adjusted for Change Orders
   performed by Builder.  If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds
   Purchaser's reasonable auditable costs of completion, such excess shall be
   paid to Builder.

   Should the Date of Delivery be extended pursuant to this Contract for more
   than one hundred eighty (180) days from the initial Date of Delivery based
   upon one or more events of Force Majeure pursuant to Article VI not caused
   by Purchaser, upon payment to Builder of (a) all progress payments then
   due to Builder; (b) all costs incurred to date by Builder in connection
   with the construction of the Vessels that are not included in the
   milestone events that constitute the progress payments due to Builder
   (including yard overhead and general and administrative expenses incurred
   by Builder and any cancellation charges and penalties to Builder's
   subcontractors and suppliers), and a profit of eight percent (8%),
   provided that such amounts shall not exceed that percentage of the
   Contract Price that is equal to the percentage completion of the  Vessels
   to date by Builder, Purchaser shall have the right, at its option, to
   terminate this Contract by providing written notice to Builder.  If so
   requested by Purchaser, Builder shall (a) in the least expensive manner,
   complete all work required to permit the Vessel to be safely removed from
   the Builder's Yard, (b) remove its employees, agents and contractors,
   together with their equipment, and (c) render all necessary assistance to
   the Vessel in leaving the Builder's Yard at the earliest moment convenient
   to Builder.  Upon fulfilling the obligation in the previous sentence,
   Builder shall have no further obligation to Purchaser except as provided
   in the following paragraph.

   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract to the contrary,
   should Purchaser terminate this Contract pursuant to the two preceding
   paragraphs, Purchaser shall have ninety (90) days from such termination to
   notify Builder of any defective materials or workmanship which were both
   (i) included in the percentage completion of the construction of the
   Vessels to date by Builder and (ii) represented in the amount paid to
   Builder upon such termination.  In no event shall Builder be liable to
   Purchaser for any sum in excess of the cost of repairs or replacements of
   the materials or workmanship, nor shall Builder be obligated to repair or
   replace any material or workmanship, where such repair or replacement is
   caused by Purchaser, its contractors (except Builder), subcontractors or
   employees.  Builder shall have no responsibility whatsoever for such
   defective materials or workmanship if Purchaser does not notify Builder
   within the period set forth above in this paragraph.

   ARTICLE IV - CHANGES IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:

   Purchaser has the right to request deletions or additions to the Drawings
   or Specifications for the construction of the Vessels and the Vessels upon
   notice in writing to Builder.  A statement of the increase or decrease to
   the Contract Price and the number of days of extension, if any, to the
   Date of Delivery necessitated by the requested change and Builder's
   opinion as to whether any other changes will be necessitated by the
   requested change shall be submitted to Purchaser by Builder within
   fourteen (14) days of Purchaser's request and shall be approved by
   Purchaser in writing before Builder shall make any such change in the
   Drawings or Specifications unless Purchaser shall have agreed to
   arbitration as to the increase or decrease in Contract Price and/or number
   of days of extension and, if applicable, procured the letter of credit
   referred to in the last paragraph of this Article IV.  Except as provided
   elsewhere in this Article IV, the cost increase or cost savings to be
   reflected in such Change Orders are to reflect the agreed costs, as set
   forth below, to the Builder, or savings, as the case may be, resulting
   from such alterations or changes: (i) labor shall be included at the
   following rates: $29.75 per hour during calendar year 1997 and $30.50 per
   hour during calendar year 1998, and (ii) material shall he included at one
   hundred two and six-tenths (102.6%) percent of the price paid by Builder
   for such material in order to compensate Builder for its costs in
   connection with purchasing, handling and storing said material.  All
   credits to Purchaser for material shall be included at one hundred (100%)
   percent of the price paid by Builder for such material.

   In connection with increases in steel work on the Vessels as the result of
   an Original Design Change or a Change Order which are agreed upon prior to
   commencement of fabrication of the affected parts, the following shall
   apply: (x) additional fabricated mild steel in connection with shell
   plates and girders shall be included at a fixed price of $1.18 per pound
   (this price includes labor, material, fabrication and painting) and (y)
   all other additional fabricated mild steel, including, without limitation,
   brackets and stiffeners, shall be included at a fixed price of $1.75 per
   pound (this price includes, labor, material, fabrication and painting). 
   Increases in fabricated mild steel that are agreed upon after commencement
   of fabrication of the affected parts shall be priced according to the
   labor and material schedule set forth above.  Notwithstanding the
   foregoing, all labor and material supplied by any subcontractor of Builder
   in connection with a Change Order shall be included at one hundred two and
   six-tenths (102.6%) percent of the amount paid by Builder to the
   subcontractor for such labor and material; provided, however, Builder
   agrees that its subcontractors' prices in connection with increases in
   steel work as the result of a Change Order which is agreed upon prior to
   the commencement of fabrication of the affected parts shall be no greater
   than Builder's prices pursuant to this paragraph. All prices and changes
   in time for the completion agreed to by Builder and Purchaser and signed
   by the designated individual for each party, as provided herein, in a
   Change Order in the form of Exhibit "C" to this Contract, which shall be
   numbered sequentially by Builder, shall be firm and fixed unless
   specifically agreed to in writing.

   All Change Orders shall be incorporated into this Contract by reference at
   the time the Change Order becomes effective as provided herein, and all
   prices agreed to shall be paid for in the following manner: 

   Upon the next milestone event, Purchaser shall pay to Builder, a
   percentage of the Change Order price that is equal to the sum of the
   percentages of the Contract Price due as a result of the next milestone
   event and all prior milestone events.

   The remaining portion of the Change Order price shall be paid with each
   remaining milestone event with the percentage of the Change Order price
   being paid at each milestone event being the same percentage as the
   percentage of the Contract Price paid at such milestone event.

   Any costs associated with a Change Order, that are not incorporated into a
   Change Order, or subject to arbitration as provided in Article I of this
   Contract, shall be for the account of Builder.

   The Builder may make minor changes to the Drawings and Specifications, if
   found necessary for introduction of improved production methods provided
   that Builder shall first obtain Purchaser's approval which shall not be
   unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Such approval or denial shall be
   confirmed by Purchaser within fourteen (14) business days after receipt in
   writing of Builder's request under this Article IV of this Contract.

   The parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith to obtain a mutually
   acceptable price for all Change Orders; provided, however, if the parties
   do not agree on the price or the extension of the Date of Delivery in
   connection with such a Change Order, the dispute shall be referred to
   arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article I of this
   Contract.  If the dispute relates to the price of the Change Order, each
   party shall promptly submit to the other party the price that it believes
   is reasonable and all undisputed amounts shall be paid to Builder in
   accordance with this Article.  If the dispute is not resolved at the time
   of delivery to Purchaser, then contemporaneously with delivery, Purchaser
   shall then procure a letter of credit in an amount equal to any disputed
   amount plus interest thereon at the Agreed Interest Rate for a one (1)
   year period.  Such letter of credit shall be issued by a United States
   bank, and shall be in such form, as may be reasonably acceptable to
   Builder.  Such letter of credit shall further provide that it will be
   drawable with a final arbitral award, court decree or statement signed by
   both parties in the event of a settlement prior to final arbitral award or
   court decree.  If such letter of credit or replacement letter of credit is
   not renewed at least thirty (30) days prior to its expiration date,
   Builder shall have the right to draw (but only for the purpose of holding
   as security for final award and only until replaced by an acceptable
   letter of credit) the full amount of same.

   ARTICLE V - INSPECTION BY PURCHASER'S REPRESENTATIVE(S):

   Builder will furnish reasonable space at Builder's Yard for the duly
   authorized representative(s) of Purchaser who shall have reasonable access
   to the Vessels during all reasonable hours.  Purchaser's representative(s)
   shall promptly inspect and accept all workmanship and material which is in
   conformity with the Contract Documents and shall, with equal promptness,
   reject all workmanship and material which does not comply with the
   Contract Documents, provided that the acceptance of such workmanship and
   material by Purchaser's representative shall not prejudice the rights of
   Purchaser under the provisions of Article VII hereof.  Purchaser's
   representatives shall comply with all safety procedures of Builder then in
   effect in Builder's Yard and all laws and regulations of governmental
   bodies and standard reasonable norms of conduct.

   Purchaser's representative shall have, during the construction of the
   Vessels, the right to attend all tests and inspections of the Vessels. 
   Builder shall give a written notice to Purchaser's representative
   reasonably in advance of the date and place of such tests and inspections
   to be attended by him for his convenience.  Builder and its subcontractors
   shall render such assistance and give such information to Purchaser's
   representative as he may reasonably require to facilitate the performance
   of his duties and the exercise of Purchaser's rights under this Contract. 
   Upon Purchaser's reasonable request, Builder shall promptly furnish
   Purchaser's representative with sufficient copies of the results of all
   tests required by the Specifications.

   ARTICLE VI - FORCE MAJEURE:

   The Date of Delivery of the Vessels shall be subject to extension by
   reason of Force Majeure, which term is hereby defined to include the
   following causes, provided such causes are beyond the reasonable control
   of Builder: strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; acts of
   God; acts of the Purchaser, its officers, directors, employees, agents or
   contractors; war, preparation for war or the acts or interventions of
   naval or military executives or other agencies of government; blockade,
   sabotage, vandalism, malicious mischief, bomb scares, insurrection or
   threats thereof; landslides, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes;
   collisions or fires; non-delivery and/or late delivery of any Purchaser-
   furnished supplies, material, equipment or labor, including plans,
   drawings or engineering; delays due to changes in drawings or
   specifications.  Rain shall not be considered a Force Majeure event unless
   its occurrence within two (2) months prior to the Date of Delivery
   requires a shut down of a substantial portion of Builder's Yard prior to
   12:00 noon on a regularly scheduled work day and, for each such day,
   Builder shall be entitled to a one (1) day extension of the Delivery Date.
   Shortages of skilled labor shall not be considered a Force Majeure event.

   Within ten (10) days of knowledge of any Force Majeure event which may
   affect the Date of Delivery, Builder shall notify Purchaser in writing and
   within thirty (30) days shall furnish Purchaser with a Force Majeure
   notice in the form of Exhibit "D" to this Contract, which shall be
   numbered sequentially by Builder.  Upon receipt of any such notice,
   Purchaser shall, within twenty-one (21) days, acknowledge the Force
   Majeure notice in writing and either agree that the event is to be treated
   as a Force Majeure event and approve Builder's request for an extension of
   the Date of Delivery, or state any objections and the reasons therefor. 
   If Builder fails to timely notify Purchaser of a Force Majeure event,
   Builder shall be estopped from thereafter claiming an extension of the
   Date of Delivery as a result of the Force Majeure event for any period of
   delay more than thirty (30) days prior to said notice.  If Purchaser
   should fail to respond within twenty-one (21) days, the extension of the
   Date of Delivery shall be considered approved.

   If the completion of the Vessel is delayed by one or more events of Force
   Majeure, the Date of Delivery shall be extended by a period equal to one
   (1) day for each day, or portion thereof, by which the delivery of the
   Vessels was delayed by such events of Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding any
   provision in this Contract to the contrary, an event of Force Majeure
   affecting any of the Vessels shall not extend the Date of Delivery for all
   subsequent Vessels hereunder unless that event of Force Majeure also
   effected subsequent Vessels, in which case a specific notice with
   explanation concerning the subsequent Vessels shall be given by Builder to
   Purchaser.

   ARTICLE VII - WARRANTY:

   During the Warranty Period, as hereinafter defined, Builder warrants that
   all labor furnished by Builder, its employees and subcontractors, all
   Builder furnished materials and all Vessels constructed under this
   Contract will be free from defects and shall conform to the requirements
   of the Contract Documents.

   Builder shall have no responsibility whatsoever with respect to any claim
   under this Warranty not reported in writing to Builder within three
   hundred sixty-five (365) days from the Delivery Date as specifically
   defined in this Article VII (such 365 day period being hereinafter
   referred to as the "Warranty Period").

   For purposes solely of this Article VII, "Delivery Date" shall be defined
   as the earlier of the following: (1) fourteen (14) days after date of a
   written notice from Builder that the Vessel is complete in accordance to
   the Contract Documents and the Vessel is available for delivery, or (2)
   the date of actual delivery of the Vessel.

   In the event Purchaser timely notifies Builder of any claim covered under
   this Warranty, Builder shall correct the non-conforming work by making
   repairs or replacements at its option at a yard designated by Builder
   without expense to Builder for transporting the Vessel, or any component
   thereof, to or from that yard; provided, however, that if it is not
   practical to have the Vessel proceed to such yard, Purchaser may, with
   prior written consent of Builder, have such repairs or replacements made
   elsewhere, and, in such event, Builder shall reimburse Purchaser a sum
   equivalent to (i) one hundred twenty (120%) percent of the amount Builder
   would have expended at such yard at Builder's then prevailing rates, or
   (ii) the amount actually expended by Purchaser, whichever is less.  In no
   event shall Builder be liable to Purchaser for any sum in excess of the
   cost of repairs or replacements as specified above, nor shall Builder be
   obligated to repair or replace any material or equipment, where such
   repair or replacement is caused by the negligent operation or maintenance
   of the Vessel, its equipment, or components.

   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract to the contrary,
   Builder makes no express or implied warranty that any new or rebuilt
   equipment, material or components purchased from suppliers or
   manufacturers and installed on the Vessels are free from manufacturers'
   defects; provided, however, Builder warrants that the installation of such
   equipment, material and components shall be conducted in a proper and
   workmanlike manner and that Builder shall use reasonable care to inspect,
   in accordance with Builder's usual and customary shipbuilding practice,
   such equipment material and components prior to installation.  Builder
   agrees to utilize equipment, material and components with manufacturer's
   warranties where such warranties are customarily offered by manufacturers,
   provided, however, Builder shall have no obligation to (i) incur any
   expense in obtaining such warranty or (ii) purchase any extended warranty,
   unless Purchaser expressly requests such action, in which case all
   expenses in connection with Purchaser's request shall be at Purchaser's
   sole cost and expense.  To the extent available, Builder agrees to
   transfer and assign to Purchaser, without warranty of Builder with respect
   thereto, any manufacturer's warranties covering equipment, material or
   components furnished by others and Builder further agrees to cooperate
   with Purchaser to enforce any such manufacturer's warranties, short of
   instituting legal action on Purchaser's behalf and/or incurring other
   legal fees or expenses.  Builder represents that the Vessel and all
   equipment, material and components incorporated therein (except those
   specifically designated by Purchaser as aforesaid), shall be of first
   class marine quality.

   Except as otherwise provided herein with respect to the Builder's Design
   (as hereinafter defined), Builder has no responsibility whatsoever for the
   design or engineering of the Vessels.  Builder shall obtain the approval
   of the Classification Society, where such approval is required, for the
   classification of the Vessels or as otherwise desired by Builder. Upon
   obtaining such approval by the Classification Society, Builder shall have
   no responsibility whatsoever for the design or engineering of the Vessels.
   Any design, working drawings or engineering provided by Builder (not
   duplicative of, and as opposed to, the Purchaser's Design) which has not
   been reviewed and approved by the Classification Society (the "Builder's
   Design") shall be performed diligently and in accordance with first class
   industry standards.

   With respect to paint, Builder warrants that it will purchase paint of
   good marine quality in accordance with the Contract Documents and that it
   will apply the paint in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications
   and recommendations, and Builder makes no warranty, express or implied,
   with respect to the paint or the manufacturer's specifications and
   recommendations.

   THE WARRANTY AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE VII ARE IN
   SUBSTITUTION OF AND IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES
   EXPRESSED OR WHICH MIGHT BE IMPLIED (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY
   IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
   WORKMANLIKE SERVICES) WITH RESPECT TO THE CONSTRUCTION, DELIVERY AND SALE
   OF THE VESSELS, AND BUILDER SHALL, FOLLOWING SAID DELIVERY AND SALE, IN NO
   EVENT BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR THE BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY, GUARANTY, OR
   REMEDY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY
   SET FORTH ABOVE.  BUILDER SHALL AT NO TIME AND IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO
   PURCHASER OR TO ANYONE CLAIMING TO OR THROUGH PURCHASER FOR LOSS OR
   DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
   SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOSS OF PROFITS RESULTING
   FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY ACT, ERROR,
   OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, TORT, PRODUCT LIABILITY, OR
   OTHERWISE OF BUILDER, ITS EMPLOYEES OR SUBCONTRACTORS. THE PARTIES HERETO
   AGREE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES GIVEN WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE LANGUAGE OF
   THIS ARTICLE.

   Builder does not warrant any components, equipment, engineering,
   specifications, designs or plans specified or furnished by Purchaser, its
   contractors (except Builder), subcontractors, employees, architects or
   engineers, or any labor performed by others (other than Builder or
   Builder's subcontractors) at the direction or request of Purchaser or
   Purchaser's representative(s), and Builder specifically disclaims any
   warranties, express or implied, in connection therewith.  To the extent
   Purchaser, its contractors (except Builder), subcontractors, employees,
   architects or engineers furnished any components, equipment, designs,
   plans, engineering or specifications, Purchaser agrees to protect, defend,
   indemnify and hold Builder, its subcontractors, employees, officers,
   directors, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (if more than 50% owned)
   harmless from and against any and all liability, obligations, claims,
   demands or actions of any nature for personal injury, death, or property
   damage, arising out any such components, equipment, design, plan,
   engineering or specification. 

   ARTICLE VIII - INSURANCE:

   Until each Vessel has been completed, physically delivered at the Place of
   Delivery and accepted by Purchaser, Builder shall cause such Vessel and
   all materials, outfitting, equipment, and appliances to be installed in
   the Vessel including all materials, outfitting, equipment and appliances
   provided by Purchaser and delivered to Builder's Yard for the construction
   of the Vessels or in the construction thereof, to be declared under a
   Builder's Risk Policy(ies) the terms of which shall correspond to the
   American Institute Clauses or Institute of London Underwriters Clauses for
   Builders Risk in force and effect at the time that the construction of the
   Vessels is commenced when the Vessel's keel is laid, all at Builder's
   expenses. The amount of any payment under said Builder's Risk Policy(ies)
   shall be subject to policy(ies).  Such Builder's Risk Policy(ies) shall
   name Purchaser and Purchaser's lender as joint loss payees, as their
   interests may appear; provided, however, Purchaser shall have no
   obligation to pay the premium for such Builder's Risk Policy(ies).

   Partial losses, if any, shall be payable to Builder and the proceeds
   thereof devoted by Builder to the repair and/or replacement of the damage
   satisfactory to the Classification Society and the regulatory bodies. 
   Builder shall advise Purchaser promptly of any such occurrence. In the
   event that an "actual total loss" or a "constructive total loss" (as these
   terms are defined in the Builder's Risk Policy(ies)) should occur prior to
   the Vessels being complete and ready for delivery, the Builder shall, as
   the parties hereto shall mutually agree, either:

   (1)  Proceed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, in which case
   the amount recovered under said insurance policy shall be applied to the
   reconstruction of the damage to the affected Vessel, provided the parties
   hereto shall have first agreed in writing as to such reasonable
   postponement of the Date of Delivery and adjustment of other terms of this
   Contract including the Contract Price as may be necessary for the
   completion of such reconstruction; or

   (2)  Refund immediately to the Purchaser upon receipt of such insurance
   proceeds, and whether or not such proceeds shall be sufficient therefor,
   all installments paid to the Builder under this Contract including an
   amount equal to the value of any Purchaser's supplies or property which
   have become a total loss, whereupon this Contract shall be deemed to be
   rescinded and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of
   the parties to the other shall terminate forthwith (except those that by
   their terms survive the termination of this Contract) and title to the
   Vessel that is accepted by the Builder's Risk underwriters to be an actual
   or total constructive loss shall revert to Builder.  Builder shall retain
   all such insurance proceeds not payable to Purchaser pursuant to the terms
   of this paragraph.

   If the parties fail to reach such agreement within thirty (30) days after
   the Vessel is determined and is accepted by the Builder's Risk
   underwriters to be an actual or total constructive loss, the provisions of
   subparagraph 2 above shall apply.

   Builder shall also purchase and maintain, at its expense, during the life
   of this Contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance at statutory amounts,
   with Longshoreman & Harbor Workers Compensation Act coverage endorsement,
   Employer's Liability Insurance in the amount of at least Two Million
   Dollars ($2,000,000) and Public Liability Insurance against property
   damage, death and bodily injury in the amount of not less than Two Million
   Dollars ($2,000,000).

   A confirmation of insurance outlining the pertinent terms and conditions
   of the Builder's Risk Policy(ies) referred to in sub-paragraph A above
   shall be provided to Purchaser and Purchaser shall be furnished a
   certificate of insurance as to all other policies required hereunder. The
   original of the said Builder's Risk Policy shall be available in the
   Builder's or Guarantor's office. All of the policies of insurance and
   certificates referred to herein shall contain a provision requiring the
   insurer at risk to give Purchaser thirty (30) days' notice, in writing,
   prior to the cancellation of any such insurance.

   ARTICLE IX - TAXES:

   Any transportation, sales, use or other tax which may be levied on, or
   imposed by any state, local, federal, municipal or other governmental
   agency in connection with the delivery or sale of the Vessels or any
   personal property tax which may be levied or imposed with respect to the
   transfer to Purchaser of title to the Vessel shall be paid by Purchaser. 
   Builder agrees that it shall not pay any such tax on behalf of Purchaser,
   or concede any liability on behalf of Purchaser for same, without prior
   notice to Purchaser.

   To the extent any Vessel is subject to any waiver, exemption, suspension
   of, or exception to, sales, use or other tax of any government or agency,
   Purchaser shall provide Builder upon request with certificates or other
   documents as required by applicable law evidencing Purchaser's and/or the
   Vessels' entitlement to any such waiver, exemption, suspension or
   exception.  Purchaser's obligations under this Article shall survive
   delivery of the Vessels to Purchaser and completion of this Contract.

   ARTICLE X - PATENTS:

   Builder agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser against
   loss or damage sustained by Purchaser by reason of any alleged
   infringement of patent rights or other proprietary interests in any
   materials, processes, machinery, equipment, or hull form selected by
   Builder.

   Purchaser agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Builder against
   loss or damage sustained by Builder by reason of an alleged infringement
   of patent rights or other proprietary interests in any materials, designs,
   processes, machinery, equipment, or hull form selected by Purchaser or
   required by the Contract Documents.

   ARTICLE XI - USE OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:

   The Purchaser and its naval architect C.R. Cushing and Co. retain all
   rights with respect to the Specifications, the Drawings, and plans and
   working drawings, technical descriptions, calculations, test results and
   other data, information and documents concerning the design and the
   construction of the Vessels (the "Confidential Information").  It is
   understood that the Confidential Information has been produced by
   Purchaser for purposes of this paragraph and Builder undertakes not to
   disclose the Confidential Information or divulge any information contained
   therein, directly or indirectly, to anyone without the prior written
   consent of Purchaser.   

   Builder acknowledges that Purchaser believes the Confidential Information
   contains proprietary design information, the release of which would harm
   Purchaser. In addition to maintaining the information in strict
   confidence, Builder agrees not to disclose the terms of this Agreement to
   any third party.

   The provisions of this Article XI shall survive and be binding upon
   Builder and Purchaser notwithstanding any rescission or other termination
   of this Contract.

   ARTICLE XII - BANKRUPTCY:

   If either party hereto shall be adjudicated as bankrupt or an order
   appointing a receiver of it or of the major part of its property shall be
   made, or an order shall be made approving a petition or answer seeking its
   reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or if either
   party shall institute proceedings for voluntary bankruptcy or apply for or
   consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or its property, or
   shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or shall admit
   in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due for
   the purpose of seeking a reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy laws,
   or otherwise, then, in any one or more of such events, the other party to
   this Contract shall have the option at its discretion to terminate this
   Contract by written notice.  Termination of this Contract pursuant to the
   provisions of this Article by one party to this Contract shall not relieve
   the other party from any payment obligations hereunder due and owing as of
   the date of such termination or from any obligations due or which may
   become due under Article IX of this Contract.  Should Purchaser terminate
   this Contract pursuant to this Article, Purchaser shall have the right, at
   its option, to have the Vessels completed by another shipyard.

   ARTICLE XIII - NOTICES:

   Notices required by this Contract shall be in writing and shall be
   delivered in person or by registered mail, return receipt requested or by
   overnight courier service with evidence of receipt.

   Notices to Builder shall be addressed to:

        Halter Marine of Louisiana, Inc.
        c/o Halter Marine Group, Inc.
        13085 Seaway Road P.O. Box 3029
        Gulfport, MS 39505
        Attn: John Dane, III, President

   Notices to Guarantor shall be addressed to:

        Halter Marine Group, Inc.
        13085 Seaway Road P.O. Box 3029
        Gulfport, MS 39505
        Attn: John Dane, III, President

   Notices to Purchaser shall be addressed to:

        Coastal Ship, Inc.
        Fifth Floor
        500 Park Avenue
        New York, New York 10022
        Attn: John D. McCown, President

   In all matters relating to this Contract, except warranty claims which are
   covered under Article VII, the parties shall be represented by none other
   than the following named representatives:

   For Builder:   Mr. John Dane, III

   For Purchaser: Mr. John McCown
                  Mr. Charles R. Cushing

   Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, Purchaser will provide
   Builder with a listing of those individuals authorized to execute Change
   Orders an behalf of Purchaser.  Such listing shall include the names of
   the authorized individuals and their monetary limitation on Change Orders
   that such individuals may execute on behalf of Purchaser.

   Each party agrees that at least one of its above-named representatives
   shall be available for consultation during normal working hours. 
   Purchaser and Builder agree that no one other than their respective named
   representatives shall be considered as their authorized agent with power
   or authority to bind them, respectively.  Except as may be herein
   authorized, no change or modification to this Contract or the Contract

   Documents shall be valid or enforceable unless in writing and signed by
   one of the above designated representatives of each party.

   Any other person may be designated to represent either Purchaser or
   Builder upon written notice of such designation accomplished in accordance
   with the notice provisions of this Article XIII.

   ARTICLE XIV - LENDER COOPERATION:

   Builder agrees to cooperate with Purchaser in complying with all
   reasonable provisions in the Loan Agreement without (i) adversely
   affecting any rights of Builder under this Contract, or (ii) altering any
   material provisions of this Contract; provided, however, that the lender
   shall enter into an Intercreditor Agreement (the "Intercreditor
   Agreement") with Builder in substantially the for of Exhibit "F" attached
   hereto.

   ARTICLE XV - CONSTRUCTION:

   The headings of the Articles, Exhibits or other provisions have been
   inserted as a convenience for reference only and are not to be considered
   in any construction or interpretation of this Contract.

   ARTICLE XVI- LAW APPLICABLE:

   This Contract shall be governed by and interpreted under the law of the
   State of Louisiana and, to the extent applicable, federal maritime law.

   ARTICLE XVII - ASSIGNMENT:

   Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, this Contract may be
   assigned by Purchaser to any related or affiliated company of Purchaser
   (if more than 50% owned), provided that Purchaser shall execute a
   guaranty, in form and substance acceptable to Builder, in which Purchaser
   unconditionally guarantees the performance of all obligations of such
   assignee or transferee under this Contract.  Purchaser may also assign
   this contract to a lender as described in Article XIV hereof.

   No other assignment by Purchaser of this Contract may be made without the
   prior written consent of Builder.

   All obligations of Builder herein are subject to compliance with all
   applicable laws and regulations of the United States government and
   agencies thereof and, if required, the prior approval of the Departments
   of Commerce, Transportation, Defense or State.

   ARTICLE XVIII - MISCELLANEOUS:

   The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties
   and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and
   oral.  The invalidity or un-enforceability of any phrase, sentence, clause
   or article in this Contract shall not affect the validity or
   enforceability of the remaining portions of this Contract, or any part
   thereof.

   ARTICLE XIX - DISPUTES PROVISION:

   Any dispute, difference or disagreement between Builder and Purchaser
   arising out of the performance of this Contract and not otherwise provided
   for in Article I or the last paragraph of this Article XIX, this Contract
   shall promptly be referred to arbitration as described in this Article XIX
   upon notice given by either party hereto.  Within ten (10) days after the
   party instituting arbitration (the "Instituting Party") has so notified
   the other, the Instituting Party shall appoint one arbitrator and notify
   the other party of such appointment.  Within ten (10) days after receipt
   of notice of selection of one arbitrator, the other party shall appoint
   one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so selected shall then select a
   third arbitrator (collectively, the "Arbitrators").  The Arbitrators shall
   be business people.  If within ten (10) days, the two arbitrators so
   selected shall not have selected a third arbitrator, either the Builder or
   Purchaser may request the American Arbitration Association to select such
   third arbitrator.  The Arbitrators shall take an oath of impartiality, and
   the decision of a majority of the Arbitrators selected by either method
   aforementioned shall be final and binding upon both parties; provided,
   however, the Arbitrators shall be bound by the provisions of this Contract
   where applicable and shall have no authority to alter any such provision
   in any way.  Any decision, award or remedy by the Arbitrators that is in
   contravention of the provisions of this Contract, including but not
   limited to the limitations on consequential damages, punitive damages,
   liquidated damages and warranty, shall not be binding on the parties
   hereto.  Any such arbitration shall be conducted in New Orleans,
   Louisiana, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
   American Arbitration Association, provided, any arbitration instituted
   pursuant to this Article XIX shall be subject to the Federal Rules of
   Civil Procedure and the Federal Rules of Evidence, including the
   provisions of such rules governing production of evidence and discovery. 
   Expedited arbitration shall be utilized wherever permitted by these rules. 
   The arbitration decision shall be binding on the parties hereto.

   Unless otherwise provided in this Contract, pending final decision of a
   dispute under arbitration, the Builder and Purchaser shall respectively
   proceed diligently with the performance of the Contract.  It is further
   agreed that performance of the obligations of the parties (including
   Purchaser's obligation otherwise to make progress payments) shall not be
   withheld pending final decision of any dispute.

   Irrespective of the foregoing, demand for arbitration shall be made within
   a reasonable time of the dispute giving rise to the arbitration. 
   Arbitration instituted pursuant to this Article XIX shall be limited to
   those disputes relating to a particular Vessel arising prior to the
   earlier of (i) the actual date of delivery of the Vessel to Purchaser, or
   (ii) the date of notice to Purchaser that the Vessel is complete and
   available for redelivery in accordance with the Contract Documents (such
   date the "Completion Date"); provided, in no event may such demand for
   arbitration be made more than thirty (30) days subsequent to the
   Completion Date.

   ARTICLE XX TITLE:

   Builder and Purchaser agree that (a) title to the work for the Vessel
   shall vest in Purchaser as and when performed, (b) title to the materials
   shall vest in Purchaser as and when delivered to Builder or its
   subcontractor's yard; and (c) title to the components of the Vessel shall
   rest in Purchaser as and when fabricated.  Builder shall ensure that such
   title is free and clear of all liens and claims of third parties other
   than liens or claims arising as a result of Purchaser's actions.
   Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership to Owner of all or any part of
   the Vessels or their materials or components, neither Owner, nor the Bank
   (or any party acting on behalf of Bank) shall be entitled to delivery of
   possession of the Vessels unless (a) they are in compliance with this
   Contract, (b) the conditions precedent to such delivery or possession set
   forth in the Intercreditor Agreement have been satisfied in full, and (c)
   Builder has received payment in accordance with this Contract.

   Builder shall mark or stamp on all materials the hull number of the Vessel
   of which such materials will form a part upon the delivery of such
   materials to the Builder's Yard or, alternatively, will maintain records
   which will identify with certainty all such materials with the hull number
   of the Vessel. Builder shall mark or stamp on all components the hull
   number of the Vessel of which such components will form a part, upon the
   commencement of the fabrication thereof, or, alternatively, will maintain
   records which will identify with certainty all such components with the
   hull number of the Vessels.

   IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract as of
   the day and year first above written.

   BUILDER:


   /s/ John Dane, III                   __________________________________
   By: John Dane, III                      Witness
   Title: President



   GUARANTOR:


   /s/ John Dane, III                   __________________________________
   By: John Dane, III                      Witness
   Title: President


   PURCHASER:


   /s/ John D. McCown                   __________________________________
   By: John D. McCown                      Witness
   Title: President

   <PAGE>
                                   Exhibit  A


   CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

   This Contract

   Specifications, dated  December 26, 1996,  Exhibit "A-1"

   Contract Guidance Drawings as listed in Table 1.9-1 of the Specifications
   in (b) above:

     C.R. Cushing & Co., Inc.
   
     Drawing Number                Description
     2019-S1-3-1                   General Arrangement
     2019-S11-11-0                 Midship Section
     2019-S11-11-1                 Transverse Sections
     2019-S11-6                    Scantling Plan, Deck
     2019-S11-5                    Transverse Bulkheads
     2019-S11-17                   Scantling Plan, Profile
     2019-S5-0-1                   Lines Plan, Forward
     2019-S5-0-2                   Lines Plan, Aft
     2019-S5-0-3                   Table of Offsets
     2019-S12-1                    Mooring and Towing Fittings
     2019-S62-1                    Electrical One Line Diagram


   PRICE AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE

   The Contract Price for the Work is FIVE MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED SIXTY EIGHT
   THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND SIX AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($5,768,806.00) per
   Vessel

   1.     Payment Schedule for each Vessel (with no earlier than # of days
          from the Effective Date for the first Vessel; add 70 days for
          second Vessel to get no earlier than # of days):

   PAYMENT NO.                DESCRIPTION                          AMOUNT
    
   1                          Down Payment                           10%

   2                          Receipt of approx. 1100
                              tons of steel (15)                     10%

   3                          Start Fabrication (30)                 10%

   4                          Completion of 40% of Hull Modules 
                              (not completely welded) (60)           10%


   5                          Receipt of an additional
                              1,100 tons (75)                        10%

   6                          Start erection of Modules
                              on Shipway (75)                        10%

   7                          Setting of Bow Module
                              (90)                                   10%

   8                          Setting of Stern Module
                              (100)                                  10%

   9                          Launch (120)                           10%

   10                         Delivery (130)                    10% - Balance


   PLACE OF DELIVERY:

   The Vessels shall be delivered to Owner safely afloat at the Gulf Coast
   Fabrication shipyard in Pearlington, Mississippi or such other location to
   be mutually agreed by Builder and Owner in accordance with Article III of
   this Contract.

   DATE OF DELIVERY:

   The Date of Delivery for the first Vessel shall be two hundred and ten
   (210) days after the Effective Date. The Date of Delivery of the second
   Vessel shall be the earlier of seventy days from the date that the first
   Vessel was delivered or two hundred and eighty (280) after the Effective
   Date.

   V.     LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

   As more specifically set forth in Article III of this Contract, liquidated
   damages are $3,000.00 per day with a total not to exceed FIVE HUNDRED
   THOUSAND AND NO/100 ($500,000.00) per Vessel.



                                                               EXHIBIT 10F(i)


                        ASSIGNMENT OF VESSEL CONSTRUCTION
                CONTRACT FOR TWO VESSELS dated December 30, 1996


        THIS ASSIGNMENT, dated as of March 24, 1997, is between Coastal Ship,
   Inc. (the "Assignor") in favor of Trailer Bridge, Inc. (the "Assignee").

                                 WITNESSETH THAT

        WHEREAS, the Assignor entered into a Vessel Construction Contract For
   Two Vessels dated as of the 30th day of December, 1996 by and between
   Assignor, Halter Marine, Inc. ("Builder") and Halter Marine Group, Inc.
   ("Guarantor") (the "Contract"); and

        WHEREAS, Assignor wishes to assign and Assignee wishes to accept
   assignment of the Contract.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

        1.   The Assignor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Assignee
             all of the Assignor's right, title and interest in the Contract
             between the Assignor and Builder and Guarantor.

        2.   The Assignee hereby accepts such assignment and assumes all
             obligations of Assignor under the Contract.

        3.   The assignment shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of
             the respective successors and assigns of the Assignor and the
             Assignee.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have executed this
   instrument as of the date first written above.


                                      COASTAL SHIP, INC.


                                      By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                      Name:  John D. McCown
                                      Title: Vice President



                                      TRAILER BRIDGE, INC.


                                      By:  /s/ John D. McCown
                                      Name:  John D. McCown
                                      Title: Chairman



                                                              EXHIBIT 10F(ii)


   AMENDMENT No. 1 ("Amendment No.1") to the Vessel Construction Contract for
   Two Vessels dated as of the 30th day of December 1996 by and between
   Coastal Ship, Inc. ("Purchaser"), Halter Marine  Inc. ("Builder") and
   Halter Marine Group, Inc. ("Guarantor") being made by the above parties as
   of this ____  day of April 1997.

                                   WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, as set forth in the Contract, a copy of which is attached
   hereto and incorporated as Exhibit A, the parties have agreed to the
   construction and purchase of two 408'9" x 100' container deck barges 
   (individually, a "Vessel" and collectively the "Vessels") and the guaranty
   of Builder's  performance pursuant to the Contract ; and

        WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into an amendment to the
   Contract to recognize the rights and obligations of Trailer Bridge, Inc.,
   as assignee of the Contract, to clarify certain conditions and  satisfy
   the requirements of The United States of America, represented by the
   Secretary of Transportation, acting by and through the Maritime
   Administration ("Marad")  because   Marad will finance the construction of
   the Vessels pursuant  to   Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as
   amended; 

        NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which
   is acknowledged,  the parties hereto agree as follows: 

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained  in the Contract,
        title to all work, materials and components, incorporated in, or to
        be incorporated in, each Vessel shall vest in Purchaser on the
        earliest of: a) when Purchaser pays Builder for such work, materials
        or components, or b) when (i) such work is performed on the hull of
        each Vessel, (ii) such materials are installed in the hull of each
        Vessel, or (iii) such components are fabricated and installed in the
        hull of each Vessel. 

        Builder and Guarantor hereby agree and acknowledge that the
        obligations of Purchaser under the Contract with regard to the
        Vessels are separate, distinct and independent of any other
        obligation or agreement of Purchaser in favor of Builder or
        Guarantor, and that a default by Purchaser under such other
        obligation or agreement shall not in any way affect the obligations
        of Builder or Guarantor under the Contract with regard to the Vessels
        or permit Builder or Guarantor to exercise any right of set-off or
        other remedy (all of which Builder and Guarantor expressly agree not
        to assert) which could materially adversely affect the Contract, the
        Vessels or the construction thereof.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract,
        the Contract shall not be amended, modified or terminated except in
        writing duly signed by the Builder, Guarantor and Purchaser with the
        prior written consent of Marad, provided that Marad's prior written
        consent shall not be necessary, but written notice to Marad shall be
        given, for (a) any mandatory change to the Contract as a result of
        any requirements of any governmental agency; or (b) any non-mandatory
        changes that Builder and Purchaser desire to make which do not, in
        the aggregate, exceed five (5%) percent of the Contract Price (as
        defined in the Contract) of the Vessels, and which do not cause the
        total Contract Price to be increased more than one (1%) percent or
        the delivery and completion date of the Vessels to be extended more
        than ten (10) days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change shall be
        made in the general dimensions and/or characteristics of the Vessels
        which would diminish the capacity of the Vessels to perform as
        originally  intended by the Contract, without the prior written
        consent of Marad.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract,
        Builder agrees to give Marad written notice, concurrent with any
        notice given to Purchaser under the Contract of any default by
        Purchaser or Builder and hereby grants Marad thirty (30) days from
        the receipt of any such notice to cure any default under the
        Contract, and Builder agrees to take no action to enforce its rights
        pursuant to the Contract until the elapse of said thirty (30) days.

        Builder warrants and agrees that all work under the Contract shall
        take place at the Builder's shipyard in Pearlington, Mississippi.
        Builder further agrees to cooperate with Marad and supply such
        information as may be reasonably required by Marad in connection with
        the Vessels. Builder acknowledges that such cooperation may include
        but is not limited to providing Marad 1) access to the Vessels and
        areas of the Shipyard where work related to the Vessels is being
        performed by the Builder, its contractors and subcontractors, at all
        reasonable times during normal working hours to inspect performance
        of the work and to observe trials and other tests, 2) copies of
        detailed production schedules for the Vessels along with changes to
        such schedules as they occur, 3) access to contract plans and
        specifications for the Vessels, 4) reasonable access to Builder's
        production manager or supervisor, and 5) access to progress payment
        and construction milestone information.  Builder further agrees that
        requests or billings for periodic payments under this contract shall
        be submitted by the Builder to Marad in a form acceptable to Marad,
        based on payment milestones set forth in the Contract, after
        satisfactory performance is certified by Purchaser and Builder as to
        each payment.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract, 
        no changes to the payment milestones shall  be made without Marad's
        prior written consent.

        Article VII  of the Contract - INSURANCE shall be deleted and
        replaced with the following:

        ARTICLE VII - INSURANCE

        Until each Vessel has been completed, physically delivered at the
   Place of Delivery and accepted by Purchaser, Builder shall cause such
   Vessel and all materials, outfitting, equipment and appliances to be
   installed in the Vessel including all materials outfitting, equipment and
   appliances provided by the Purchaser and delivered to Builder's Yard for
   the construction of the Vessels or in the construction thereof, to be
   declared under a full form Builder's Risk Policy under the latest American
   Institute Builder's Risk From in force and effect at the time that the
   construction of the Vessels is commenced when the Vessels' keel is laid,
   all at Builder's expense. Such policy(ies) shall name the Builder, the
   Purchaser and the United States of America as assureds. The policy(ies)
   shall provide that there shall be no recourse against the Purchaser and
   the United States of America for payment of  premium; provided, however,
   the United States of America  and Purchaser shall be subject to
   cancellation upon 30 days prior written notice as set forth below. The
   policy(ies) shall also provide a 30 day prior written notice of
   cancellation or material change in the policy to the Purchaser and the
   United States of America (U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime
   Administration 400 Seventh St. S.W., Washington D.C. 20590 Attention,
   Chief, Division of Marine Insurance). The amounts, terms and conditions,
   deductibles and underwriters of the Builder's Risk Policy(ies) shall at
   all times be satisfactory to the Purchaser and the Secretary.

        The Builder's Risk policy(ies) shall provide that all losses in
   excess of $100,000 shall be paid to the Secretary of Transportation acting
   by and through the Maritime Administrator for distribution by him to
   himself, the Builder and the Purchaser in accordance with Section 2.07 c
   of the Title XI Security Agreement on the Vessel and the Intercreditor
   Agreement between the parties hereto and dated the date hereof. 

        Builder shall also purchase and maintain, at its expense, during the
   life of this Contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance at statutory
   amounts, with Longshoreman & Harbor Workers Compensation Act coverage
   endorsements, Employer's Liability Insurance in the amount of at least Two
   Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and Public Liability Insurance against
   property damage, death and bodily injury in the amount of not less than
   Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

        A satisfactory confirmation of insurance outlining the pertinent
   terms and conditions of the Builder's Risk Policy(ies) referred to above
   shall be provided to Purchaser and the Secretary. The Purchaser shall be
   furnished a certificate of insurance for all other policies required
   hereunder. The original of the said Builder's Risk Policy shall be
   available in the Builder's or Guarantor's office. All of the policies of
   insurance and certificates referred to herein shall contain a provision
   requiring the insurer at risk to give Purchaser thirty (30) days' notice,
   in writing prior to cancellation of any such insurance.

        Builder and Purchaser agree to submit to Marad, upon Marad's request,
   one set of shipyard plans, in form and substance satisfactory to Marad,
   for the Vessels as built.

        Guarantor agrees to execute a separate guaranty in the form attached
   hereto as Attachment 1.

        Builder agrees to provide Purchaser upon delivery with a Certificate
   of No Liens  and Release in the form attached hereto as Attachment 2.

        Any notice or other communication required or permitted to Marad
   hereunder shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, by nationally
   recognized overnight courier service or by facsimile transmission,
   confirmed by certified mail postage prepaid, or nationally recognized
   overnight courier service, addressed as follows:

             United States Maritime Administration
             400 Seventh St. S.W.
             Washington, D.C. 20590

             Attention: Director Office of Ship Financing

        ARTICLE XVI - LAW APPLICABLE is amended to read as follows: "Builder
   agrees that notwithstanding the first "Whereas" clause of the Contract,
   the Vessels will be constructed in the State of Mississippi  and the
   Contract shall be governed by and interpreted under the law of the State
   of Mississippi and, to the extent applicable, federal maritime law."

        All references in the Contract to the  "Construction and Term Loan
   Agreement" are hereby deleted.

        Builder, and Guarantor consent to the assignment of all rights under
   this Contract from Purchaser to Trailer Bridge, Inc., appearing herein to
   accept the benefits and undertake the obligations of Purchaser under the
   Contract, and wherever the term "Purchaser" appears in the Contract,
   hereafter said term shall refer to Trailer Bridge, Inc. Builder and
   Guarantor agree that they have received a satisfactory guaranty in
   accordance with Article XVII of the Contract.  

        This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, all of which
   taken together shall constitute one instrument.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly
   executed by their duly authorized representatives all as of the day and
   year first above written.

   BUILDER:
   Halter Marine, Inc.


   /s/ John Dane, III                   _________________________________
   By: John Dane, III                      Witness
   Title: President


   GUARANTOR:
   Halter Marine Group, Inc.


   /s/ John Dane, III                   _________________________________
   By: John Dane, III                      Witness
   Title: President


   PURCHASER:
   Coastal Ship, Inc.


   /s/ John D. McCown                   _________________________________
   By: John D. McCown                      Witness

   Title: President



   ASSIGNEE:
   Trailer Bridge, Inc.

   /s/ John D. McCown                   _________________________________
   By: John D. McCown                      Witness
   Title: Chairman



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10G

                           REAL ESTATE PROMISSORY NOTE


   $1,680,000.00                                            April _____, 1996
                                                        Jacksonville, Florida
                                             (Date of Execution and Delivery)


   LENDER:     First Union National Bank of Florida (hereinafter termed
               "LENDER"), 225 Water Street, Post Office Box 2080, Jackson-
               ville, Florida, 32231-0010  

   BORROWER:   Trailer Bridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation authorized to
               transact business in Florida (hereinafter termed "BORROWER"),
               9550 Regency Square Boulevard, Jacksonville, Florida, 322225   
                                          
                    (No., Street or RFD, City, County, State, Zip Code)


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED:  to wit, money loaned, the above named,
   the undersigned BORROWER(S) (hereinafter collectively termed "BORROWER"),
   jointly and severally (if more than one BORROWER), promise(s) to pay to
   the order of LENDER at its office in the above city, or wherever else
   LENDER may specify, the sum of One Million Six Hundred Eighty Thousand and
   No/100 Dollars ($1,680,000.00), with interest until paid.

   CONTRACT RATE OF INTEREST:

   A.          Definitions:

               1.   "Banking Day" shall mean, with respect to Jacksonville,
                    Florida or any other applicable city, any day on which
                    commercial banks are open for business (including
                    dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency
                    deposits) in that city. 

               2.   "Interest Period" shall mean a period of one (1) month.

               3.   "LIBOR Rate" shall mean a rate per annum which is
                    equivalent to two percent (2%) per annum (200 basis
                    points) above the applicable rate identified below as the
                    "USDA-LIBOR-BBA Rate" or the "USD-LIBOR-Only Reference
                    Banks Rate". 

               4.   "Reference Banks" shall mean four (4) major banks in the 
                    London Interbank Market.  

               5.   "Representative Amount", for the purpose of determining
                    the USD-LIBOR-Reference Banks Rate, shall mean an amount
                    that is representative for a single transaction in the
                    relevant market at the relevant time. 

               6.   "Reset Date" shall mean the date upon which an adjustment
                    is made by the Lender to the LIBOR Rate. 

               7.   "USD-LIBOR-BBA Rate" shall mean the rate for deposits in
                    U.S. Dollars for a period of one (1) month which appears
                    on the Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London Time,
                    on the day that is two (2) London Banking Days preceding
                    the Reset Date.  If such rate does not appear on the
                    Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that Reset Date shall be
                    determined by reference to the "USD-LIBOR-Reference Banks
                    Rate". 

               8.   "USD-LIBOR-Reference Banks Rate" shall mean a rate that
                    is determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits
                    in U.S. Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at
                    approximately 11:00 a.m. London Time on the day that is
                    two (2) London Banking Days preceding the Reset Date to
                    major banks in the London Interbank Market for a period
                    of one (1) month commencing on that Reset Date and in a
                    Representative Amount.  The Lender or its agent will
                    request the principal London office of each of the
                    Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.  If
                    at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate
                    for the Reset Date will be arithmetical mean of the
                    quotations.  If fewer than two (2) quotations are
                    provided as requested, the rate for that Reset Date will
                    be the arithmetical mean of the rates quoted by major
                    banks in New York City, selected by the Lender or its
                    agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. New York City time on
                    that Reset Date for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading
                    European banks for a period of one (1) month commencing
                    on that Reset Date and in a Representative Amount.  

   B.          Interest Rate.  

               The principal balance of this Note outstanding from time to
               time shall bear interest at a rate which shall always be equal
               to the LIBOR Rate.  The rate of interest shall be adjusted on
               each Reset Date.  If, for any reason, the LENDER determines
               that the LIBOR Rate is no longer available as a rate index for
               this Note, the remaining principal balance hereof shall, from
               and after the date such rate becomes unavailable, bear
               interest at the PRIME RATE (as hereinafter defined) plus one-
               half of one percent (.5%) (50 basis points) per annum.

   TERMS OF PAYMENT:

   A.          Interest accrued at the rate aforesaid shall be payable on the
               eighteenth day of each month commencing May 18, 1996 (or the
               next Banking Day), thereafter until maturity. 

   B.          Commencing November 18, 2006, and continuing on the eighteenth
               day (or the next Banking Day thereafter) of each month
               thereafter until and including the payment due October 18,
               2006, the principal balance of this Note shall be payable in
               consecutive monthly installments, each in an amount sufficient
               to reduce the principal balance by the amount designated
               "Notional Reduction" in the far right-hand column opposite the
               date of such payment as shown on Attachment I attached hereto
               and by this reference incorporated herein.

   C.          Unless sooner paid, the entire remaining principal balance of
               this Note, plus accrued interest, shall be due and payable, in
               full, on October 18, 2006.
                                                                              

               BORROWER hereby further covenants, warrants and agrees as
   follows:

               Late Payment; Default Rate.  The BORROWER agrees to pay a late
   charge equal to five percent (5%) of each payment of principal and/or
   interest which is not paid within ten (10) days of the date on which it is
   due.  At LENDER'S option, the contract rate shall become the highest rate
   allowed by the law of the state of LENDER'S office as set forth herein,
   commencing with and continuing for so long as the loan or any portion
   thereof is in default (as hereinafter defined).

               Prepayment.  This Note may be prepaid in full or in part
   without penalty or premium, provided that:  (i) partial prepayment shall
   not interrupt or defer the installment payments due hereunder; (ii) any
   such prepayment (including a prepayment required under the section
   entitled "Disbursement for Construction of Improvements" on page 6 of this
   Note) shall, at the option of the LENDER, be  accompanied by a
   corresponding buy-down under the SWAP Agreement (hereinafter defined) of
   an amount equivalent to the amount of such prepayment; and
   (iii)notwithstanding prepayment of this Note in full, nevertheless, the
   Mortgage shall continue to serve as collateral for the SWAP Agreement and
   all sums which may become due the LENDER thereunder under the expiration
   thereof or, if sooner terminated, the payment of all sums due by reason of
   such termination.

               Costs of Collection.  Upon BORROWER'S default and where LENDER
   deems it necessary or proper to employ an attorney to enforce collection
   of any unpaid balance or to otherwise protect its interest hereunder; then
   BORROWER agrees to pay LENDER'S reasonable attorney's fee (including
   appellate costs, if any) and collection costs.  Liability for reasonable
   attorney's fees and costs shall exist whether or not any suit or
   proceeding is commenced.

               Definition of Prime Rate and Computation Formulae.  Interest
   is computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days
   in the interest period (Actual/360 Computation).  If the interest
   provision contained herein refers to "LENDER'S PRIME RATE", the LENDER'S
   PRIME RATE shall be that rate announced by LENDER from time to time as its
   "prime rate" and is one of several interest rate bases used by the LENDER. 
   The LENDER lends at rates both above and below LENDER'S PRIME RATE, and
   BORROWER acknowledges that LENDER'S PRIME RATE is not represented or
   intended to be the lowest or most favorable rate of interest offered by
   LENDER.  LENDER'S Actual/360 or 365/360 computation determines the annual
   effective interest yield taking the stated (nominal) interest rate for a
   year's period and then dividing said rate by 360 to determine the daily
   periodic rate to be applied for each day in the interest period. 
   Application of such computation produces an annualized effective interest
   rate exceeding that of the nominal rate.

               All payments received during normal banking hours after 2:00
   P.M. shall be deemed received at the opening of the next banking day.  At
   LENDER'S option, any repayments of this Note, other than by U.S. currency,
   will not be credited to the outstanding loan balance of this Note until
   LENDER receives collected funds.

               If the scheduled payment amount is insufficient to pay accrued
   interest, BORROWER shall make an additional payment of the amount of the
   accrued interest in excess of the scheduled payment.  

               Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if
   for any reason the effective rate of interest on this Note should exceed
   the maximum lawful rate, the effective rate shall be deemed reduced to and
   shall be such maximum lawful rate, and any sums of interest which have
   been collected in excess of such maximum lawful rate shall be applied as a
   credit against the unpaid balance due hereunder.

               Collateral.  Payment of this Note and all obligations of the
   undersigned BORROWER (hereunder "OBLIGATIONS") to LENDER, its successors
   and assigns, is secured, inter alia, (and includes the terms and
   obligations set forth therein) by a valid, subsisting mortgage (the
   "Mortgage") of even date herewith, executed and delivered by BORROWER to
   the LENDER, recorded or to be recorded in the county in which the real
   property described in the Mortgage (the "Property") is located, and is
   entitled to the benefits and protections thereof.  If this Note is issued
   pursuant to a loan agreement between the LENDER and the BORROWER (the
   "Loan Agreement"), which term shall include any construction loan
   agreement or development loan agreement), the disbursement of the proceeds
   of the Note is subject to the additional terms and conditions thereof.

               SWAP Agreement.  The BORROWER and LENDER have entered into
   that certain ISDA Master Agreement (with accompanying schedules and
   confirmations) dated effective April 15, 1996 (the "SWAP Agreement"),
   contemplating an exchange of interest rate payments based on a notional
   amount equal to the principal balance of this Note.  All payments of
   interest and principal due under this Note are intended to coincide with
   interest payments due with reductions of the notional principal amount as
   contemplated in the SWAP Agreement.  Should the SWAP Agreement be
   terminated for any reason prior to the scheduled expiration, resulting in
   an "Early Termination" and defined therein, the BORROWER shall pay to the
   LENDER any and all sums then due thereunder.  Any sums due BORROWER from
   LENDER under the SWAP Agreement by reason of an "Early Termination"
   thereof shall be applied to the unpaid balance of this Note.  Any sums due
   to LENDER from BORROWER by reason of any such "Early Termination" shall be
   secured by the Mortgage. 

               Remedies; Non Waiver of Default.  The remedies of LENDER as
   provided herein, in the Mortgage and any Loan Agreement, shall be
   cumulative and concurrent, and may be pursued singly, successively or
   together, at the sole discretion of LENDER and may be exercised as often
   as occasion therefor shall arise.  No act of omission or commission of
   LENDER, including specifically any failure to exercise any right, remedy
   or recourse, shall be effective as a waiver thereof unless it is set forth
   in a written document executed by LENDER and then only to the extent
   specifically recited therein.  A waiver or release with reference to one
   event shall not be construed as continuing, as a bar to, or as a waiver or
   release of, any subsequent right, remedy or recourse as to any subsequent
   event.

               Waivers.  BORROWER and all sureties, endorsers and guarantors
   of this Note hereby (a) waive demand, presentment for payment, notice of
   nonpayment, protest, notice of protest and all other notices, filing of
   suit and diligence in collecting this Note, in enforcing any of the
   security rights of the LENDER or in proceeding against the Property; (b)
   agree to any substitution, exchange, addition or release of any of the
   Property or the addition or release of any party or person primarily or
   secondarily liable hereon; (c) agree that LENDER shall not be required
   first to institute any suit, or to exhaust its remedies against BORROWER
   or any other person or party to become liable hereunder or against the
   Property in order to enforce payment of this Note; (d) consent to any
   extension, modification, amendment, rearrangement, renewal or postponement
   of time of payment of this Note and to any other indulgence with respect
   hereto without further notice, consent or consideration to any of the
   foregoing (except the express written release by LENDER of any such
   person), and shall be and remain jointly and severally, directly and
   primarily, liable for all sums due under this Note, the Mortgage and the
   Loan Agreement.

               Completion of Blanks.  In the event any provision(s) of this
   instrument shall be left blank or incomplete, BORROWER hereby authorizes
   and empowers LENDER to supply and complete the necessary information as a
   ministerial task consistent with the understanding between the parties.

               Setoff.  Upon the occurrence of any of the "Events of
   Default", as hereinafter defined, LENDER is herewith expressly authorized
   to exercise its right of set-off or bank lien as to any monies deposited
   in demand, checking, time, savings or other accounts of any nature
   maintained in and with LENDER by any BORROWER, or any endorser or
   guarantor of this note, without advance notice.  Said right of set-off
   shall also be exercised and applicable where LENDER is indebted to any
   signer hereof by reason of any certificate of deposit, note or otherwise.

               Events of Default.  BORROWER shall be in default under this
   AGREEMENT upon the happening of any of the following events, circumstances
   or conditions; namely:

                1.  Default in the payment or performance of any of the
   OBLIGATIONS provided hereunder or in connection herewith or any other
   OBLIGATIONS of BORROWER or any affiliate (as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101(2),
   hereinafter "Affiliate") of BORROWER or any endorser, guarantor or surety
   for BORROWER to LENDER or any Affiliate of LENDER, howsoever created,
   primary or secondary, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
   now or hereafter existing, due or to be become due, or of any other
   covenant, warranty or undertaking expressed herein, therein, or in any
   other document establishing said endorsement, guaranty or surety, or any
   other document executed by BORROWER in conjunction herewith;

                2.  Any warranty, representation or statement made or
   furnished to LENDER by or on behalf of BORROWER, or any guarantor,
   endorser or surety for BORROWER in connection with the Note or to induce
   LENDER to make a loan to BORROWER which was false in any material respect
   when made or furnished or has become materially false, if such warranty of
   BORROWER or guarantor, endorser or surety for BORROWER was ongoing in
   nature; or

                3.  Death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency,
   business failure, appointment of a receiver, custodian or trustee for any
   part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or
   the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws
   by or against BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser or surety for BORROWER;
   or

                4.  BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser or surety for
   BORROWER shall allow the acquisition of substantially all of the business
   or assets of BORROWER or guarantor or surety for BORROWER or a material
   portion of such business assets if such a sale is outside BORROWER'S or
   guarantor's, endorser's or surety's ordinary course of business or more
   than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock or voting power of
   BORROWER in a single transaction or a series of transactions, or acquire
   substantially all of the business or assets or more than fifty percent
   (50%) of the outstanding stock or voting power of any other entity, or
   enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation without prior
   written consent of LENDER; or

                5.  Failure of a corporate BORROWER or guarantor, endorser or
   surety for said BORROWER to maintain its corporate existence in good
   standing; or

                6.  Upon the entry of any monetary judgment or the assessment
   and/or filing of any tax lien against BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser
   or surety, or upon the issuance of any writ of garnishment, judicial
   seizure of, or attachment against any property of, debts due or rights of
   BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser or surety, in excess of $250,000.00
   which is not discharged or superseded within thirty (30) days of the date
   when issued or entered, to specifically include commencement of any action
   or proceeding to seize monies of BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser or
   surety on deposit in any bank account with LENDER; or

                7.  The BORROWER or any guarantor, endorser or surety for
   said BORROWER shall be a debtor, either voluntary or involuntary, under
   (and as the term debtor is defined in) the Federal Bankruptcy Code or
   should the BORROWER be generally not paying BORROWER'S debts as such debts
   become due; or

                8.  Failure of said BORROWER, guarantors, endorsers or
   sureties to furnish financial statements or other financial information
   reasonably requested by LENDER; or

                9.  Loss, theft, substantial damage, destruction, sale or
   encumbrance to or of any collateral for this Note, or the assertion or
   making of any levy, seizure, mechanic's or materialman's lien or
   attachment thereof or thereon; or

               10.  Should there occur any default in the performance of any
   continuing obligation of the BORROWER or any other obligated party under
   the Mortgage, the SWAP Agreement, any Loan Agreement, or any of them.

               Remedies on Default (Including Powers of Sale).  Upon the
   occurrence of any of the foregoing events, circumstances or conditions of
   Default, all of the OBLIGATIONS evidenced herein and secured hereby shall
   at the option of the LENDER, immediately be due and payable without
   notice.  Further, LENDER shall then have all the rights and remedies of a
   SECURED PARTY under the Uniform Commercial Code and the common law, as
   adopted by the state of LENDER'S office as set forth herein.

               In addition, and without limitation thereto, LENDER shall have
   the following specific rights and remedies:

                1.  To exercise all remedies available to the LENDER under
   the Mortgage and any Loan Agreement.

                2.  To enforce the provisions of this Note in any court of
   competent jurisdiction.

                3.  To exercise its rights of set-off by applying any monies
   of BORROWER on deposit with LENDER toward payment of the OBLIGATIONS
   evidenced or referred to herein or secured hereby, without notice.  If any
   process is issued or ordered to be served on LENDER, seeking to seize
   BORROWER'S rights and/or interest in any bank account maintained with
   LENDER, the balance in any said account shall immediately be deeded to
   have been and shall be set-off against any and all OBLIGATIONS of BORROWER
   to LENDER, as of the time of issuance of any such writ or process, whether
   or not BORROWER and/or LENDER shall then have been served therewith.

                4.  To apply the proceeds realized from disposition of any
   collateral for this Note to satisfy the following terms, in the order here
   listed:

                    (a)  The expenses of taking, removing,
               maintaining, holding for sale, repairing or
               otherwise preparing for sale and selling of said
               collateral specifically including the LENDER'S
               reasonable attorney's fees (including appellate
               costs, if any) and both legal and collection
               expenses; next to

                    (b)  The expense of liquidating any liens,
               security interests, attachments or encumbrances
               upon the property encumbered by the Mortgage,
               whether inferior or superior to the security
               interest therein created; and finally to

                    (c)  The unpaid principal and all accumulated
               interest hereunder and to any other debt owed to
               LENDER by the BORROWER.

   Any surplus, after the satisfaction of the foregoing items (a) through (c)
   shall be paid to BORROWER or to any other PARTY lawfully entitled thereto
   and known to this LENDER.  Further, if proceeds realized from disposition
   of the any collateral for this Note shall fail to satisfy any of the
   foregoing items (a) through (c), BORROWER shall forthwith pay deficiency
   balance to LENDER.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the LENDER
   to pursue any particular remedy available hereunder prior to the pursuit
   of any other remedy.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the LENDER
   to seek recourse against any collateral for this Note prior to the
   exercise of any other remedy available to the LENDER hereunder.

               Disbursements for Construction of Improvements.  It is
   contemplated that a portion of the credit evidenced by this Note in the
   approximate amount of $419,910.00 shall be used for payment of costs
   associated with the renovation and repair of certain improvements (the
   "Improvements") upon the Mortgaged Property.  Such loan proceeds have been
   disbursed to the BORROWER prior to LENDER'S receipt and review of an
   acceptable construction contract and plans and specifications regarding
   construction of the Improvements.  BORROWER shall submit to LENDER copies
   of the subject construction contract and plans and specifications for the
   Improvements for approval by the LENDER prior to commencement of
   construction.  BORROWER shall advise to the extent that a sum equal to 
   75% of approved costs of Improvements, when added to 90% of the purchase 
   price of the Mortgaged Property ($1,260,090.00) is less than the face 
   amount of this Note ($1,680,000.00), BORROWER shall pay such deficiency 
   to LENDER, on or before December 31, 1996.  The failure of BORROWER to 
   pay such deficiency shall constitute an event of default hereunder and 
   shall entitle LENDER to exercise all rights and remedies under this Note 
   and each and every loan document executed and delivered in connection 
   therewith.


                        Additional Covenants of Borrower

               At all times during the term of the loan evidenced by this
   Note, and any renewals, modifications or extensions thereof, the BORROWER
   shall:

                1.  Banking Relationship.   Maintain a deposit banking
   account with LENDER.

                2.  Financial Information.  Furnish or cause to be furnished
   to LENDER the following:

                    (a)  Within ninety (90) days of the end of
               each fiscal year of the BORROWER and each
               guarantor, an annual audited financial statement,
               including a balance sheet and reconciliation of
               surplus, an income statement and statement of
               profit and loss, all prepared in accordance with
               generally accepted accounting principles, prepared
               by an independent certified public accountant of
               recognized standing selected by the BORROWER and
               each guarantor and approved by the LENDER and
               certified by the chief financial officer of the
               BORROWER and each guarantor as being true and
               accurate.

                    (b)  Within thirty (30) days after the end of
               each of the first three quarterly accounting
               periods of the BORROWER'S fiscal year, a financial
               statement, including a balance sheet and
               reconciliation of surplus, an income statement and
               statement of profit of loss, for the period from
               the beginning of the then current fiscal year of
               the BORROWER to the end of such quarterly
               accounting period, all prepared in accordance with
               generally accepted accounting principles,
               certified by the chief financial officer of the
               BORROWER as being true and accurate.

                    (c)  Concurrently with the delivery of the
               annual and quarterly financial statements of the
               BORROWER to LENDER, a certificate showing the
               ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth
               (hereinafter defined), and the calculation
               thereof, certified by the chief financial officer
               of the BORROWER as being true and accurate.  

                    (d)  BORROWER shall keep books and records
               reflecting its financial condition, including, but
               not limited to, the operation of the Property, all
               in accordance with generally accepted accounting
               principles.  Lender shall have the right, from
               time to time, during normal business hours, to
               examine such books, records and accounts at the
               office of the BORROWER or other person or entity
               maintaining such books, records and accounts, and
               to make such copies of extracts thereof as
               requested by LENDER.

                3.  Ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth. 
   Maintain a ratio of Total Liabilities (excluding loans from affiliates) to
   Tangible Net Worth (including loans to affiliates) of not more than 1.5:1. 
   For purposes of the foregoing, "Total Liabilities" shall mean all
   liabilities, including capitalized leases and all reserves for deferred
   taxes and other deferred sums appearing on the liabilities side of a
   balance sheet of the BORROWER, in accordance with generally accepted
   accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.  For purposes of the
   foregoing, "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean the capital surplus of the
   BORROWER, excluding the aggregate book value of intangible assets, such as
   organization expense, goodwill, going-concern value, franchises, licenses,
   patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, service marks and brand
   names, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
   principles applied on a consistent basis.

                4.  Loans from Affiliates.  Not make any payments of any
   loans to BORROWER from any parent, subsidiary or other affiliated
   organization, unless BORROWER has sufficient cash flow to make such
   payments (as determined on a cash basis) after payment of all indebtedness
   then due under present and future contractual obligations to financial
   institutions (including, without limitation, LENDER).

                5.  Loans and Advances.  Not make loans or advances to any
   person or entity, except for business travel and expense advances incurred
   in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount greater than
   $500,000.00.

                6.  Dividends.  Not declare or pay dividends, except if
   earned.  In no event shall BORROWER declare or pay a dividend if there
   shall exist an event of default, or a condition which with the passing of
   time and/or notice would become an event of default under this Note, or
   any other loan document executed and delivered in connection therewith or
   pursuant thereto.

                7.  Fiscal Year.  Not change its fiscal year without the
   written consent of LENDER.

                8.  Guaranties.  Not guaranty or otherwise become responsible
   for obligations of any other persons or entities in an aggregate amount in
   excess of $100,000.00, except for (a) the endorsement of checks and drafts
   for collection in the ordinary course of BORROWER'S business and (b)
   guaranties in connection with the purchase of equipment used by the
   BORROWER and owned by an affiliate of BORROWER.

                9.  Obligations for Money Borrowed.  Not default on any
   material obligation of BORROWER when due, or in the payment or performance
   of any obligation of BORROWER to any other financial institution incurred
   for money borrowed.


                            Miscellaneous Provisions

               No waivers, amendments or modifications shall be valid unless
   in writing.  

               All terms and expressions contained herein which are defined
   in Articles 1, 3, 4 or 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the state of
   LENDER'S office set forth herein shall have the same meaning herein as in
   said Articles of said Code.  

               All rights of LENDER hereunder shall inure to the benefit of
   its successors and assigns; and all obligations of BORROWER shall bind his
   heirs, executors, administrators, successors and/or assigns.

               If more than one person has signed this Note, such parties are
   jointly and severally obligated hereunder.  Further, use of the masculine
   pronoun herein shall include the feminine and neuter and also the plural. 

               If any provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid
   under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective but only to the
   extent of such prohibition of invalidity, without invalidating the
   remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Note.

               As used herein, the words, "BORROWER" and "LENDER" shall be
   deemed to include BORROWER and LENDER as defined herein and their
   respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

               This Note is executed and delivered at the place of execution
   and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
   State of Florida.

               BORROWER warrants that BORROWER does not have either a
   "record" or reputation for violating laws of the United States or of any
   state relating to liquor (as referred to in 18 U.S.CA 3617, et seq.) or
   narcotics and/or any commercial crimes.

               WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BORROWER (BY EXECUTION HEREOF) AND
   LENDER (BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE) EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND
   INTENTIONALLY AGREES, THAT:

                1.  NEITHER BORROWER NOR LENDER, ANY ASSIGNEE, SUCCESSOR,
   HEIR, OR LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OF THE SAME SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL
   IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER LITIGATION PROCEDURE
   ARISING FROM OR BASED UPON THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN
   DOCUMENT EVIDENCING, SECURING OR RELATING TO THE OBLIGATIONS OR TO THE
   DEALINGS OR RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO;

                2.  NEITHER THE BORROWER NOR LENDER WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE
   ANY SUCH ACTION, IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED, WITH ANY OTHER
   ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS NOT BEEN OR CANNOT BE WAIVED;

                3.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH HAVE BEEN FULLY
   NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO, AND THESE PROVISIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO
   NO EXCEPTIONS;

                4.  NEITHER THE BORROWER, NOR LENDER HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED
   WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS
   PARAGRAPH WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES; AND

                5.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER TO
   ENTER INTO THIS TRANSACTION.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the BORROWER, on the day and year first
   written above, has caused this Note to be executed under seal by (i) if a
   corporation, partnership or other entity its duly authorized officer(s) or
   partner(s), as applicable, or (ii) if by individuals, hereunto setting
   their hands and seals.


                                           TRAILER BRIDGE, INC., a Delaware
                                           corporation authorized to transact
                                           business in Florida



                                           By:  /s/ Ralph W. Heim
                                            Ralph W. Heim, President



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OF TRAILER BRIDGE, INC. AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED 1994, 1995,
1996 AND THE FIRST QUARTERS OF 1996 AND 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
<C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   YEAR                   YEAR                   3-MOS
3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994             DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996             DEC-31-1996
             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1994             JAN-01-1995             JAN-01-1996             JAN-01-1996
             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994             DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996             MAR-31-1996
             MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                       1,946,369                 498,328               1,658,921               1,373,422
               2,246,206
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                8,911,005               9,564,858               9,211,453               8,386,884
               9,431,172
<ALLOWANCES>                               (1,125,285)               (655,440)               (905,581)               (719,850)
             (1,178,737)
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            10,992,777              10,018,975              10,929,764               8,998,426
              10,801,644
<PP&E>                                      15,268,188              14,704,344              20,766,444              14,709,949
              22,059,923
<DEPRECIATION>                             (4,149,616)             (5,853,119)             (8,254,314)             (6,520,773)
             (7,711,061)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              23,520,541              20,225,533              24,763,665              18,556,576
              26,440,270
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       21,180,566              14,715,938              12,648,605              12,710,633
              13,664,629
<BONDS>                                     20,775,844              13,461,866              13,878,974              11,084,928
              15,242,109
                                0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
                                          0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<COMMON>                                        85,000                  85,000                  85,000                  85,000
                  85,000
<OTHER-SE>                                 (2,941,014)               2,588,170               5,959,544               3,290,638
               6,228,587
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                23,520,541              20,225,533              24,763,665              18,556,576
              26,440,270
<SALES>                                              0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            72,192,336              62,531,365              63,148,218              14,568,079
              16,446,066
<CGS>                                                0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               65,501,542              53,594,020              58,050,012              13,496,265
              14,577,754
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               645,632                 491,720                 556,809                 112,800
                 172,016
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               515,302                 158,995                 673,699                 106,063
                 120,413
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           1,159,702                 822,558                 457,743                 143,182
                  91,400
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              4,370,158               7,464,072               3,409,955                 709,769
               1,484,483
<INCOME-TAX>                                    11,859                  67,316                  38,581                   7,301
                  29,690
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          4,358,299               7,396,765               3,371,374                 702,468
               1,454,793
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                 4,358,299               7,396,765               3,371,374                 702,468
               1,454,793
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0                       0                       0
                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission